IN_ITELY_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,snippets/*-intro.itely)
SNIPPET_LY_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,snippets/*.ly)
+OUT_SNIPPET_LY_FILES = $(SNIPPET_LY_FILES:%.ly=out/%.ly)
EXTRA_DIST_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,*.init) $(call src-wildcard,*.bst)
$(outdir)/%.itely: snippets/%-intro.itely snippets/%.snippet-list
xargs $(LYS_TO_TELY) -f doctitle,texidoc,verbatim --name=$@ --template=$< < $(filter %.snippet-list, $^)
-$(outdir)/snippets.texi: $(GENERATED_ITELY_FILES) $(SNIPPET_LY_FILES)
+$(TEXI_FILES_FROM_TELY): $(GENERATED_ITELY_FILES) $(OUT_SNIPPET_LY_FILES)
+
+$(OUT_SNIPPET_LY_FILES): out/ly-snippets.dep
+
+out/ly-snippets.dep: $(SNIPPET_LY_FILES)
+ mkdir -p snippets/out
+ $(buildscript-dir)/makesnippets $(src-dir)/snippets snippets/out $(src-dir)
+ mkdir -p out
+ touch $@
$(outdir)/%.bib: %.bib
ln -f $< $@
it emails its results to you. If you haven't, then you can view
them in a logfile. It also merges @code{staging} into @code{master}.
+@warning{in case the build fails, do not try to push fixes on top of
+staging branch, for details see @ref{Pushing to staging}.}
+
When you have run Patchy a few successful times with email sending,
you are ready for running it as a cron job. First, make sure you have
the following in @file{$HOME/.lilypond-patchy-config} to avoid
don't do so, some @code{@@lilypond} snippets might be broken or make
no sense in their context.
-When you have updated texidocs in
-@file{Documentation/@var{MY-LANGUAGE}/texidocs}, you can get these
-changes into compiled snippets in @file{Documentation/snippets}, see
-@q{General guidelines} in @ref{Adding and editing snippets}.
-
Finally, a command runs the three update processes above for all
enabled languages (from @file{Documentation/}):
git rev-list HEAD |head -1
@end example
-A special case is updating Snippet documentation strings in
-@file{Documentation/@var{MY-LANGUAGE}/texidocs}. For these to be
-correctly marked as up-to-date, first run @code{makelsr.py} as
-explained in @ref{Adding and editing snippets}, and commit the
-resulting compiled snippets left in @file{Documentation/snippets/}.
-Say the SHA1 ID code of this commit is <C>. Now edit again your
-translated files in @file{Documentation/@var{MY-LANGUAGE}/texidocs}
-adjusting the 40-digit committish that appears in the text to be <C>;
-finally, commit these updated files. Not doing so would result in
-changes made both to your updates and original snippets to
-persistently appear in the check-translation output as if they were
-out of sync.
-
-This two-phase mechanism avoids the (practically) unsolvable problem
-of guessing what committish will have our update, and pretending to
-put this very committish on the files in the same commit.
-
@c http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2009-01/msg00245.html
@c contains a helper script which could be used to perform massive
@c committish updates.
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
@end example
-@noindent
-@command{makelsr} also copies translated texidoc fields and snippet titles into
-snippets in @file{Documentation/snippets}. Note: this, in turn, could
-make the translated texidoc fields to appear as out of sync when you
-run @code{make check-translation}, if the originals changed from the
-last translation update, even if the translations are also updated;
-see @ref{Documentation translation maintenance} for details about
-updating the docs; in particular, see @ref{Updating translation
-committishes} to learn how to mark these translated fields as fully
-updated.
-
Be sure that @command{make doc} runs successfully before submitting a
patch, to prevent breaking compilation.
@enumerate
@item
-Make sure that @command{convert-ly} script and the
-@command{lilypond} binary are a
-bleeding edge version -- the latest release or even better, a fresh
-snapshot from Git master.
+Make sure that @command{convert-ly} script and the @command{lilypond}
+binary are a bleeding edge version -- the latest release or even
+better, a fresh snapshot from Git master, with the environment
+variable @code{LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR} correctly set up, see
+@ref{Environment variables}.
@item
Start by creating a list of updated snippets from your local
@end example
Commit the changes and make a patch. Check the patch has nothing
-other than minor changes - in particular changes to the commitish
-for translations. If all is good and you're confident in what
+other than minor changes. If all is good and you're confident in what
you've done, this can be pushed directly to staging.
@item
-Next, download the updated snippets and run makelsr against them.
-From the top source directory, run:
+Next, download the updated snippets and run @command{makelsr.py}
+against them. From the top source directory, run:
@smallexample
-wget http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it/download/lsr-snippets-docs-@var{YYYY-MM-DD}.tar.gz
-tar -xzf lsr-snippets-docs-@var{YYYY-MM-DD}.tar.gz
-scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py lsr-snippets-docs-@var{YYYY-MM-DD}
+wget http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it/download/lsr-snippets-docs-`date +%F`.tar.gz
+tar -xzf lsr-snippets-docs-`date +%F`.tar.gz
+make -C $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR
+scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py lsr-snippets-docs-`date +%F`
@end smallexample
@noindent
-where @var{YYYY-MM-DD} is the current date, e.g. 2011-12-25.
+where @command{date +%F} gives the current date in format
+@var{YYYY-MM-DD} (the snippets archive is usually generated around
+03:50 CET, you may want to use @command{date -d yesterday +%F}
+instead, depending on your time zone and the time you run this
+commands sequence). @command{make} is included in this sequence so
+that @command{makelsr} can run @command{lilypond} and
+@command{convert-ly} versions that match current source tree; you can
+select different binaries if desired or needed, to see options for
+this do
+
+@smallexample
+scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py --help
+@end smallexample
@item
Follow the instructions printed on the console to manually check for
carefully to see if files have been added. If so, add them with
@code{git add}.
-As the console says, makelsr creates a list of possibly unsafe
-files in @file{lsr-unsafe.txt} by running @code{lilypond} against each
-snippet using the @code{-dsafe} switch. This list can be quite
-long. However, by using the command @code{xargs git diff HEAD < lsr-unsafe.txt}
-git will take that list and check whether any of the snippets are
-different from the snippet already in master. If any is different
-it must be checked manually VERY CAREFULLY.
+As the console says, @command{makelsr} creates a list of possibly
+unsafe files in @file{lsr-unsafe.txt} by running @code{lilypond}
+against each snippet using the @code{-dsafe} switch. This list can be
+quite long. However, by using the command @code{xargs git diff HEAD <
+lsr-unsafe.txt} git will take that list and check whether any of the
+snippets are different from the snippet already in master. If any is
+different it must be checked manually VERY CAREFULLY.
@warning{Somebody could sneak a @code{#'(system "rm -rf /")}
command into our source tree if you do not do this! Take this
advised to run a review on Rietveld.
@item
-If a Review is not needed, commit the changes and push to staging.
+If a Review is not needed, commit the changes and push to
+@code{staging}.
@end enumerate
documentation build successfully.
@item
-Determine where it comes from by looking at its first line, e.g. run
+Determine where it comes from by looking at its first two lines,
+e.g. run
@example
-head -1 Documentation/snippets/@var{foo}.ly
+head -2 Documentation/snippets/@var{foo}.ly
@end example
@item
@file{Documentation/snippets/new}, then run @command{makelsr.py}.
@item
-@strong{If the snippet comes from}
-@file{Documentation/snippets/new}, apply the same fix in
-@file{Documentation/snippets/new/@var{foo}.ly} that you did in
-@file{Documentation/snippets/@var{foo}.ly}. If the build failure
-was caused by a translation string, you may have to fix
-@file{input/texidocs/@var{foo}.texidoc} instead.
+@strong{If the snippet comes from} @file{Documentation/snippets/new},
+apply the fix in @file{Documentation/snippets/new/@var{foo}.ly}, then
+run @command{makelsr.py} without argument from top of the source tree:
+
+@example
+scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
+@end example
+
+Then, inspect @file{Documentation/snippets/@var{foo}.ly} to check that
+the fix has been well propagated.
+
+If the build failure was caused by a translation string, you may have
+to fix some @file{Documentation/@var{lang}/texidocs/@var{foo}.texidoc}
+instead; in case the build failure comes only from translation
+strings, it is not needed to run @command{makelsr.py}.
@item
When you've done, commit your changes to Git and ensure they're
A C(++) object that is encapsulated so it can be used as a Scheme
object. See GUILE info, "19.3 Defining New Types (Smobs)"
-@@subheading When is each C++ class constructed and used
+@subheading When is each C++ class constructed and used?
@itemize
@code{origin/staging} by looking at the git web interface on
savannah.
+It may happen occasionally that the staging branch breaks automated
+testing. In this case the automatic move of staging material to
+master gets halted in order to avoid broken material entering master.
+This is a safety net. Please do not try breaking out from it by
+adding fixes on top of staging: in that case the whole sequence will
+end up in master after all, defeating the purpose of the system. The
+proper fix usually involves rewriting the staging branch and is best
+left to core developers after discussion on the developer list.
+
@subsubheading If your work is in a patch file
Assuming that your patch is in a file called
Die @code{measureLength}-Eigenschaft ist beschrieben in
@ref{Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten}.
+@cindex \inStaffSegno
+
+Der @code{\inStaffSegno}-Befehl kann angewandt werden, um das
+Segno-Zeichen in die Notenzeile einzubinden, auch in Kooperation
+mit dem @code{\repeat volta}-Befehl. Die benutzten
+Taktstrichsymbole können durch Überschreiben der Eigenschaften
+@code{segnoType}, @code{startRepeatSegnoType},
+@code{endRepeatSegnoType} bzw. @code{doubleRepeatSegnoType}
+geändert werden.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+e1
+\repeat volta 2 {
+ \inStaffSegno
+ f2 g a b
+}
+c1_"D.S." \bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
@cindex Wiederholungen mit Überbindung
@cindex Alternative Schlüsse mit Bindebogen
@cindex Überbindung in Wiederholung
c1
@end lilypond
+Darüber hinaus wählt der @code{\inStaffSegno}-Befehl eines dieser
+Segno-Taktstriche aus, in Zusammenarbeit mit dem
+@code{\repeat volta}-Befehl.
+
In Partituren mit vielen Systemen wird ein @code{\bar}-Befehl in einem
System automatisch auf alle anderen Systeme angewendet. Die resultierenden
Taktstriche sind miteinander verbunden innerhalb einer Gruppe
La propriété @code{beatStructure} est constituée d'une liste d'éléments
Scheme qui définit la longueur de chaque pulsation, prenant
@code{baseMoment} comme unité. L'unité de base (le @code{baseMoment})
-correspond par défaut au dénominateur de la métrique. D'autre part,
-chaque unité de @code{baseMoment} constitue une seule pulsation.
+correspond par défaut à l'inverse du dénominateur de la métrique.
+D'autre part, chaque unité de @code{baseMoment} constitue une seule pulsation.
@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
\time 5/16
\new Staff \transpose c c' { \chs }
>>
\layout {
- indent = 3.\cm
\context {
\ChordNames
\consists Instrument_name_engraver
}
\score {
-<<
- \context ChordNames {
- \chordsline
- }
- \context FretBoards {
- \chordsline
- }
- \context Staff {
- \chordsline
- }
->>
- \layout {
- indent = 0
- }
+ <<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ >>
}
@code{glyph-name-alist} property of the grobs @code{Accidental} and
@code{KeySignature}, respectively; e.g.:
-@code{\override Staff.Accidental #'glyph-name-alist =
-#alteration-mensural-glyph-name-alist}
+@example
+\override Staff.Accidental #'glyph-name-alist =
+ #alteration-mensural-glyph-name-alist
+@end example
@seealso
Music Glossary:
@code{glyph-name-alist} property of the grobs @code{Accidental} and
@code{KeySignature}, respectively; e.g.:
-@code{\override Staff.Accidental #'glyph-name-alist =
-#alteration-mensural-glyph-name-alist}
+@example
+\override Staff.Accidental #'glyph-name-alist =
+ #alteration-mensural-glyph-name-alist
+@end example
@seealso
Music Glossary:
@node Changing context default settings
@subsection Changing context default settings
+@cindex default context properties, changing
+@cindex context properties, changing defaults
+
+Context and grob properties can be changed with @code{\set}
+and @code{\override} commands, as described in
+@ref{Modifying properties}. These commands create music events,
+making the changes take effect at the point in time the music
+is being processed.
+
+In contrast, this section explains how to change the @emph{default}
+values of context and grob properties at the time the context is
+created. There are two ways of doing this. One modifies the default
+values in all contexts of a particular type, the other modifies the
+default values in just one particular instance of a context.
+
+@menu
+* Changing all contexts of the same type::
+* Changing just one specific context::
+* Order of precedence::
+@end menu
+
+@node Changing all contexts of the same type
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Changing all contexts of the same type
+
+@cindex \context in \layout block
+@funindex \context
+@funindex \layout
+
The context settings which are to be used by default in
-@code{Score}, @code{Staff} and @code{Voice} contexts may be specified
-in a @code{\layout} block, as illustrated in the following example.
+@code{Score}, @code{Staff}, @code{Voice} and other contexts may be
+specified in a @code{\context} block within any @code{\layout} block.
The @code{\layout} block should be placed within the @code{\score}
-block to which it is to apply, but outside any music.
+block to which it is to apply, after the music.
+
+@example
+\layout @{
+ \context @{
+ \Voice
+ [context settings for all Voice contexts]
+ @}
+ \context @{
+ \Staff
+ [context settings for all Staff contexts]
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
-Note that the @code{\set} command itself and the context must be
-omitted when the context default values are specified in this way:
+The following types of settings may be specified:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+An @code{\override} command, but with the context name omitted
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\score {
\relative c'' {
- a4^"Really small, thicker stems, no time signature" a a a
- a a a a
+ a4^"Thicker stems" a a a
+ a4 a a\ff a
}
\layout {
\context {
\Staff
- fontSize = #-4
\override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
- \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
}
}
}
@end lilypond
-In this example, the @code{\Staff} command specifies that the
-subsequent specifications are to be applied to all staves within
-this score block.
-
-Modifications can be made to the @code{Score} context or all
-@code{Voice} contexts in a similar way.
+@item
+Directly setting a context property
-Context changes can be placed in a variable and applied to a
-@code{\context} definition by prepending the modification with
-@code{\with}:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-blubb = \with {
- fontSize = #-4
- \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
- \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Smaller font" a a a
+ a4 a a\ff a
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ fontSize = #-4
+ }
+ }
}
+@end lilypond
-bla = \with {
- fontSize = #3
- \override Stem #'thickness = #-2.0
+@item
+A predefined command such as @code{\dynamicUp} or a music
+expression like @code{\accidentalStyle "dodecaphonic"}
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Dynamics above" a a a
+ a4 a a\ff a
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \dynamicUp
+ }
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \accidentalStyle "dodecaphonic"
+ }
+ }
}
+@end lilypond
-melody = \relative c'' {
- a4 a a a |
- a4 a a a |
+@item
+A user-defined variable containing a @code{\with} block; for details
+of the @code{\with} block see
+@ref{Changing just one specific context}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+StaffDefaults = \with {
+ fontSize = #-4
}
\score {
- <<
- \new Staff <<
- \melody
- s4^"Small, thicker stems, no time signature"
- >>
- \new Staff \bla <<
- \melody
- s4^"Different"
- >>
- >>
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Smaller font" a a a
+ a4 a a a
+ }
+ }
\layout {
\context {
\Staff
- \blubb
+ \StaffDefaults
}
}
}
@end lilypond
-@c TODO: add \with in here.
+@end itemize
+
+Property-setting commands can be placed in a @code{\layout} block
+without being enclosed in a @code{\context} block. Such settings
+are equivalent to including the same property-setting commands at
+the start of every context of the type specified. If no context
+is specified @emph{every} bottom-level context is affected, see
+@ref{Bottom-level contexts - voices}. The syntax of a
+property-setting command in a @code{\layout} block is the same as
+the same command written in the music stream.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Smaller font" a a a
+ a4 a a a
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \accidentalStyle "dodecaphonic"
+ \set fontSize = #-4
+ \override Voice.Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@node Changing just one specific context
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Changing just one specific context
+
+@cindex \with
+@funindex \with
+
+The context properties of just one specific context instance can be
+changed in a @code{\with} block. All other context instances of the
+same type retain the default settings built into LilyPond and modified
+by any @code{\layout} block within scope. The @code{\with} block
+must be placed immediately after the @code{\new} @var{context-type}
+command:
+
+@example
+\new Staff
+\with @{
+ [context settings for this context instance only]
+@} @{
+...
+@}
+@end example
+
+The following types of settings may be specified:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+An @code{\override} command, but with the context name omitted
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \new Voice
+ \with {
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ }
+ {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Thick stems" a a a
+ a4 a a a
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Directly setting a context property
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Default font" a a a
+ a4 a a a
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff
+ \with {
+ fontSize = #-4
+ } {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Smaller font" a a a
+ a4 a a a
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+A predefined command such as @code{\dynamicUp}
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Dynamics below" a a a
+ a4 a a\ff a
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff
+ \with { \accidentalStyle "dodecaphonic" }
+ {
+ \new Voice
+ \with { \dynamicUp }
+ {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4^"Dynamics above" a a a
+ a4 a a\ff a
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@end itemize
+
+@node Order of precedence
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Order of precedence
+
+The value of a property which applies at a particular time is
+determined as follows:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+if an @code{\override} or @code{\set} command in the input stream is
+in effect that value is used,
+
+@item
+otherwise the default value taken from a @code{\with} statement
+on the context initiation statement is used,
+
+@item
+otherwise the default value taken from the most recent appropriate
+@code{\context} block in the @code{\layout} blocks is used,
+
+@item
+otherwise the LilyPond built-in default is used.
+@end itemize
+
+@seealso
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{Modifying context properties}.
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Contexts explained},
+@ref{Bottom-level contexts - voices},
+@ref{The set command},
+@ref{The override command},
+@ref{The \layout block}.
@node Defining new contexts
where the last three columns indicate whether the layout objects
will be visible in the positions shown at the head of the columns:
-@multitable {@code{begin-of-line-invisible}} {@code{'#(#t #t #t)}} {yes} {yes} {yes}
+@multitable {@code{begin-of-line-invisible}} {@code{'#(#t #t #t)}} {Before} {At no} {After}
@headitem Function @tab Vector @tab Before @tab At no @tab After
@headitem form @tab form @tab break @tab break @tab break
@node Figured bass
@subsection Figured bass
-@lilypondfile[quote]{figured-bass-headword.ly}
+@c Line width hack because of instrument names
+@lilypondfile[quote,staffsize=18,line-width=14.5\cm]{figured-bass-headword.ly}
Figured bass notation can be displayed.
by following the examples found in
@file{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
-Fret diagrams for the ukulele are contained in the file
+Fret diagrams for the ukulele are contained in the file @*
@file{predefined-ukulele-fretboards.ly}.
@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
}
@end lilypond
-Fret diagrams for the mandolin are contained in the file
+Fret diagrams for the mandolin are contained in the file @*
@file{predefined-mandolin-fretboards.ly}.
@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
@ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}.
Installed Files:
-@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly},
-@file{ly/predefined-guitar-ninth-fretboards.ly},
-@file{ly/predefined-ukulele-fretboards.ly},
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}, @*
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-ninth-fretboards.ly}, @*
+@file{ly/predefined-ukulele-fretboards.ly}, @*
@file{ly/predefined-mandolin-fretboards.ly}.
Snippets:
referred to in a markup, to get the number of the page where the marked
point is placed, using the @code{\page-ref} markup command.
-@lilypond[verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,papersize=a8landscape]
\header { tagline = ##f }
\book {
\label #'firstScore
(add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
@end verbatim
-@lilypond[line-width=11.0\cm]
+@lilypond[line-width=10.0\cm]
\header { tagline = ##f }
\paper {
tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
Dots can be added to fill the line between an item and its page number:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,line-width=10.0\cm]
\header { tagline = ##f }
\paper {
tocItemMarkup = \tocItemWithDotsMarkup
The following chart shows two standard systems for printing chord
names, along with the pitches they represent.
-@lilypondfile{chord-names-jazz.ly}
+@c The line width is a hack to allow space for instrument names
+@lilypondfile[quote,line-width=15\cm]{chord-names-jazz.ly}
@node Common chord modifiers
@appendixsec Common chord modifiers
@tab
@code{5} or nothing
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:5
}
@tab
@code{m} or @code{m5}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m
}
@tab
@code{aug}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:aug
}
@tab
@code{dim}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:dim
}
@tab
@code{7}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:7
}
@tab
@code{maj7} or @code{maj}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:maj7
}
@tab
@code{m7}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m7
}
@tab
@code{dim7}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:dim7
}
@tab
@code{aug7}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:aug7
}
@tab
@code{m7.5-}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m7.5-
}
@tab
@code{m7+}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m7+
}
@tab
@code{6}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:6
}
@tab
@code{m6}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m6
}
@tab
@code{9}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:9
}
@tab
@code{maj9}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:maj9
}
@tab
@code{m9}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m9
}
@tab
@code{11}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:11
}
@tab
@code{maj11}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:maj11
}
@tab
@code{m11}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m11
}
@tab
@code{13}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:13
}
@tab
@code{13.11}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:13.11
}
@tab
@code{maj13.11}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:maj13.11
}
@tab
@code{m13.11}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:m13.11
}
@tab
@code{sus2}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:sus2
}
@tab
@code{sus4}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
c1:sus4
}
@tab
@code{1.5}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
\powerChords
c1:1.5
@tab
@code{1.5.8}
@tab
-@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+@lilypond[line-width=2.8\cm,noragged-right, notime]
\chordmode {
\powerChords
c1:1.5.8
The chart below shows the predefined fretboard diagrams for guitar.
-@lilypondfile{display-predefined-fretboards.ly}
+@lilypondfile[line-width=15.5\cm]{display-predefined-fretboards.ly}
The chart below shows the predefined fretboard diagrams for ukulele.
-@lilypondfile{display-predefined-ukulele-fretboards.ly}
+@lilypondfile[line-width=15.5\cm]{display-predefined-ukulele-fretboards.ly}
The chart below shows the predefined fretboard diagrams for mandolin.
-@lilypondfile{display-predefined-mandolin-fretboards.ly}
+@lilypondfile[line-width=15.5\cm]{display-predefined-mandolin-fretboards.ly}
@node Predefined paper sizes
accidentals are added for all sharp or flat tones specified by the
key signature, except if the note is immediately repeated.
-@lilypond[quote]
+@lilypond[quote,staffsize=18]
musicA = {
<<
\relative c' {
The @code{measureLength} property is described in @ref{Time
administration}.
+@funindex \inStaffSegno
+
+The @code{\inStaffSegno} command can be used to place the segno
+symbol in cooperation with the @code{\repeat volta} command.
+Alternative bar line symbols can be set in a Score context by
+overriding the properties @code{segnoType},
+@code{startRepeatSegnoType}, @code{endRepeatSegnoType} or
+@code{doubleRepeatSegnoType} as required.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+e1
+\repeat volta 2 {
+ \inStaffSegno
+ f2 g a b
+}
+c1_"D.S." \bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
@cindex repeats, with ties
@cindex alternative endings, with ties
@cindex ties, in repeats
voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
\relative c'' {
c1
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #(list(list 'volta voltaAdLib) 'start-repeat)
+ \set Score.repeatCommands =
+ #(list(list 'volta voltaAdLib) 'start-repeat)
c4 b d e
\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
f1
@code{baseMoment} and @code{beatStructure}. @code{beatStructure}
is a scheme list that defines the length of each beat in the measure
in units of @code{baseMoment}. By default, @code{baseMoment} is
-the one over numerator of the time signature. By default,
+one over the denominator of the time signature. By default,
each unit of length @code{baseMoment} is a single beat.
@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
c1
@end lilypond
+Additionally there is an @code{\inStaffSegno} command which
+creates a segno bar, placed in cooperation
+with the @code{\repeat volta} command.
+
In scores with many staves, a @code{\bar} command in one staff is
automatically applied to all staves. The resulting bar lines are
@node Simultaneous notes
@section Simultaneous notes
-@lilypondfile[quote]{simultaneous-headword.ly}
+@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right,line-width=16\cm]{simultaneous-headword.ly}
Polyphony in music refers to having more than one voice occurring
in a piece of music. Polyphony in LilyPond refers to having more
and ornamentation.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-<a c\prall e>1 <a-> c-^ e>2 <f-. a c-. e-.>4 <a-+ c-->8. <g\fermata c e\turn>16
+<a c\prall e>1 <a-> c-^ e>2 <f-. a c-. e-.>4
+<a-+ c-->8. <g\fermata c e\turn>16
@end lilypond
However some notation, such as dynamics, hairpins and slurs must be
they will not print.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-<a\f c( e>1 <a c) e>\f <a\< c e>( <a\! c e>) <a c e>\< <a c e> <a c e>\!
+<a\f c( e>1 <a c) e>\f <a\< c e>( <a\! c e>)
+<a c e>\< <a c e> <a c e>\!
@end lilypond
@cindex chords, empty
@ref{Page breaking},
@ref{Optimal page breaking},
@ref{Optimal page turning},
-@ref{Minimal page breaking}.
+@ref{Minimal page breaking},
+@ref{One-line page breaking}.
Installed Files:
@file{ly/paper-defaults-init.ly}.
* Optimal page breaking::
* Optimal page turning::
* Minimal page breaking::
+* One-line page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
@end menu
Snippets:
@rlsr{Spacing}.
+@node One-line page breaking
+@subsection One-line page breaking
+
+@funindex ly:one-line-breaking
+
+The @code{ly:one-line-breaking} function is a special-purpose
+page breaking algorithm that puts each score on its own page,
+and on a single line. This page breaking function does not
+typeset titles or margins; only the score will be displayed.
+
+The page width will be adjusted so that
+the longest score fits on one line. In particular,
+@code{paper-width}, @code{line-width} and @code{indent}
+variables in the @code{\paper} block will be ignored, although
+@code{left-margin} and @code{right-margin} will
+still be honored. The height of the page will
+be left unmodified.
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
previously-positioned grobs can be controlled with
@code{outside-staff-padding}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,relative=2,verbatim,staffsize=18]
\once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-padding = #0
a'^"This text is placed very close to the note"
\once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-padding = #3
@node Staff notation
@section Staff notation
-@lilypondfile[quote]{staff-headword.ly}
+@c The line width is a bit of a hack to allow space for the
+@c instrument names.
+@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right,line-width=14.5\cm,staffsize=16]{staff-headword.ly}
This section explains how to influence the appearance of staves,
how to print scores with more than one staff, and how to add tempo
@code{#(print-keys-verbose 'flute (current-error-port))}, although
they will not show up in the music output.
-New diagrams can be created by following the patterns in
+Creating new diagrams is possible, although this will require
+Scheme ability and may not be accessible to all users. The
+patterns for the diagrams are in
@file{scm/define-woodwind-diagrams.scm} and
-@file{scm/display-woodwind-diagrams.scm}. However, this will
-require Scheme ability and may not be accessible to all users.
+@file{scm/display-woodwind-diagrams.scm}.
@predefined
@endpredefined
@seealso
Installed Files:
-@file{scm/define-woodwind-diagrams.scm},
+@file{scm/define-woodwind-diagrams.scm}, @*
@file{scm/display-woodwind-diagrams.scm}.
Snippets:
Here is one suggested grouping that maps the more common maqams to
key signatures:
-@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.6
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.15 0.1 0.1 0.6
@headitem maqam group
@tab key
@tab finalis
depth = ../..
+.PHONY: snippets
+
SUBDIRS = new
EXTRA_DIST_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,*.snippet-list) \
$(call src-wildcard,*.ly) $(call src-wildcard,*.itely) \
README
+SNIPPET_LY_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,*.ly)
+OUT_SNIPPET_LY_FILES = $(SNIPPET_LY_FILES:%.ly=out/%.ly)
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
+
+default:
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, workaround, keyboards, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
-@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
-símbolos modificando los argumentos de @code{\\raise}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- doctitlede = "Symbole für Akkordeon-Diskantregister"
- texidocde = "
-Diskantregister für Akkordeon können mit @code{\\markup} dargestellt werden.
-Die vertikale Position der einzelnen Elemente werden mit @code{\\raise}
-angepasst.
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Les symboles spécifiques au clavier main droite d'un accordéon
-s'indiquent à l'aide de @code{\\markup}. Le positionnement de tels
-symboles s'ajuste grâce à des arguments @code{\\raise}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Symboles de chant pour accordéon"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, specific-notation, symbols-and-glyphs, workaround"
texidoc = "
Accordion discant-specific symbols are added using @code{\\markup}. The
c4 d\accPiccolo e f
c4 d\accViolin e f
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "chords, contexts-and-engravers, ancient-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Al escribir un bajo cifrado, podemos situar las cifras encima o debajo
-de las notas del bajo, mediante la definición de la propiedad
-@code{BassFigureAlignmentPositioning #'direction} (exclusivamente
-dentro de un contexto @code{Staff}). Se puede elegir entre @code{#UP}
-(o @code{#1}, arriba), @code{#CENTER} (o @code{#0}, centrado) y
-@code{#DOWN} (o @w{@code{#-1}}, abajo).
-
-Esta propiedad se puede cambiar tantas veces como queramos. Utilice
-@code{\\once \\override} si no quiere que la sobreescritura se aplique
-a toda la partitura.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir un bajo cifrado encima o debajo de las notas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Une ligne de basse chiffrée peut se positionner au-dessus ou en dessous
-d'une partie de basse, grâce à la propriété
-@code{BassFigureAlignmentPositioning #'direction} attachée à un contexte
-@code{Staff}. Les possibilités sont @code{#UP} (ou @code{#1}) pour
-au-dessus, @code{#CENTER} (ou @code{#0}) pour centrée, et @code{#DOWN}
-(ou @code{#-1}) pour en dessous.
-
-Cette propriété peut être sujette à modification au cours de la
-partition. Il vous faudra insérer un @code{\\once \\override} si ce
-changement devait être temporaire.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout d'une basse chiffrée au-dessus ou au-dessous des notes"
-
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, chords, contexts-and-engravers"
texidoc = "
When writing a figured bass, you can place the figures above or below
\context Staff = bassStaff \continuo
>>
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Añadir un ámbito por voz"
- texidoces = "
-Se puede añadir un ámbito por cada voz. En este caso, el ámbito se
-debe desplazar manualmente para evitar colisiones.
-
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-L'ambitus può essere specificato per voce. In tal caso occorre
-spostarlo manualmente per evitare collisioni.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Un ambitus per voce"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Ambitus können pro Stimme gesetzt werden. In diesem Fall müssen sie
-manuell verschoben werden, um Zusammenstöße zu verhindern.
-
-"
-doctitlede = "Ambitus pro Stimme hinzufügen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 58a29969da425eaf424946f4119e601545fb7a7e
- texidocfr = "
-L'@code{ambitus} peut être individualisé par voix. Il faut en pareil
-cas éviter qu'ils se chevauchent.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Un ambitus par voix"
-
-
texidoc = "
Ambitus can be added per voice. In this case, the ambitus must be moved
manually to prevent collisions.
b1
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "breaks, workaround, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Al añadir un pentagrama nuevo en un salto de línea, por desgracia
-se añade un espacio adicional al final de la línea antes del salto
-(reservado para hacer sitio a un cambio de armadura que de todas
-formas no se va a imprimir). La solución alternativa es añadir un
-ajuste para @code{Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility} como se
-muestra en el ejemplo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir un pentagrama adicional en un salto de línea"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsqu'une nouvelle portée vient s'ajouter après un saut de ligne,
-LilyPond préserve un espace juste avant le saut de ligne -- pour un
-éventuel changement d'armure qui, quoi qu'il en soit, ne sera pas
-imprimé. L'astuce consiste alors, comme indiqué dans l'exemple suivant,
-à ajuster @code{Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout d'une portée supplémentaire après un saut de ligne"
+ lsrtags = "breaks, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation, workaround"
texidoc = "
When adding a new staff at a line break, some extra space is
>>
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede añadir (posiblemente de forma temporal) un pentagrama
-nuevo una vez que la pieza ha comenzado.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir un pentagrama nuevo"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez ajouter une nouvelle portée, éventuellement de manière
-temporaire, après le début d'un morceau.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout d'une portée supplémentaire"
-
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, really-simple, staff-notation"
texidoc = "
An extra staff can be added (possibly temporarily) after the start of a
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, chords"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para añadir indicaciones de línea divisoria dentro del contexto de
-los nombres de acorde @code{ChordNames}, incluya el grabador
-@code{Bar_engraver}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir barras de compás al contexto de nombres de acorde (ChordNames)"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Um Taktstriche in einem @code{ChordNames}-Kontext anzeigen zu lassen, muss der
-@code{Bar_engraver} hinzugefügt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Tatkstriche in einen ChordNames-Kontext hinzufügen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-L'ajout du graveur @code{Bar_engraver} à un contexte @code{ChordNames}
-permet d'imprimer les barres de mesure entre les chiffrages.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Chiffrages et barres de mesure"
+ lsrtags = "chords, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
To add bar line indications in the @code{ChordNames} context, add the
\chordmode {
f1:maj7 f:7 bes:7
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
-comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
-que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
-corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
-inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
-derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
-quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
-estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
-código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
-expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
-valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir barras ligaduras de expresión y de unión etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La syntaxe de LilyPond demande parfois un positionnement inhabituel des
-parenthèses, crochets etc. qui peuvent s'entrelacer. Par exemple, le
-crochet ouvrant une ligature manuelle se place à la suite de la note
-de départ et sa durée, non pas avant. De même, le crochet fermant se
-place à la fin de la ligature, y compris lorsque la dernière note se
-trouve incluse dans un nolet. Cet extrait illustre la manière de
-combiner ligatures manuelles, liaisons d'articulation, de prolongation
-ou de phrasé, avec des nolets bornés par des parenthèses.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Coexistence de ligatures et liaisons avec des rythmes comprenant des nolets"
-
texidoc = "
LilyPond syntax can involve many unusual placements for parentheses,
brackets etc., which might sometimes have to be interleaved. For
\time 2/4
\times 4/5 { e'32\( a b d' e' } a'4.\)
}
-
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, specific-notation, rhythms, preparing-parts, percussion"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Mediante la utilización de las potentes herramientas preconfiguradas
-como la función @code{\\drummode} y el contexto @code{DrumStaff}, la
-introducción de partes para percusión es muy fácil: las percusiones se
-sitúan en sus propias posiciones de pentagrama (con una clave
-especial) y tienen las cabezas correspondientes al instrumento. Es
-posible añadir un símbolo adicional a la percusión o reducir el número
-de líneas.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Escritura de partes de percusión"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Grâce à la puissance des outils préconfigurés tels que la fonction
-@code{\\drummode} et le contexte @code{DrumStaff}, la saisie de
-parties pour percussions est extrêmement simplifiée@tie{}: chaque
-composant d'une batterie trouve sa place sur une portée dédiée (avec une
-clef spécifique) et les têtes de note sont spécifiques à chaque élément.
-Il est également possible d'affecter un symbole particulier à chaque
-élément, tout comme de restreindre le nombre de lignes de la portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de parties de batterie"
-
+ lsrtags = "percussion, preparing-parts, really-simple, rhythms, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
Using the powerful pre-configured tools such as the @code{\\drummode}
\tempo 4 = 120
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "scheme-language"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Il est possible, à l'aide de la fonction @code{make-music}, d'ajouter
-divers éléments à des notes. Voici comment attacher un doigté
-supplémentaire à une note.
-
-En règle générale, réaliser préalablement un @code{display} (affichage)
-de la musique que vous souhaitez créer vous aidera à écrire la fonction
-chargée de structurer votre musique.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout d'un doigté supplémentaire avec scheme"
-
texidoc = "
You can add various stuff to notes using @code{make-music}. In this
example, an extra fingering is attached to a note.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, fretted-strings, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Les instructions de doigtés se saisissent selon une syntaxe très simple.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de doigtés à une partition"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, fretted-strings, really-simple"
texidoc = "
Fingering instructions can be entered using a simple syntax.
\relative c'' {
c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para añadir digitaciones a las tablaturas, utilice una combinación de
-@code{\\markup} y @code{\\finger}.
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Añadir digitaciones a las tablaturas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-L'ajout de doigtés à des tablatures s'obtient en conjuguant des
-@code{\\markup} et des @code{\\finger}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de doigtés à des tablatures"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
To add fingerings to tablatures, use a combination of @code{\\markup}
<a\3 fis'\1>^>^\threeTwo[ b\2 e\4]
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, vocal-music, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Dans cet extrait est définie la commande @code{\\splitStaffBarLine} qui
-ajoute une double flèche après la dernière barre de mesure d'une portée,
-indiquant par là que ses différentes voix disposeront de leur propre
-portée à la ligne suivante.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout d'indicateurs à une portée dédoublée après un saut de ligne"
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, symbols-and-glyphs, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This snippet defines the @code{\\splitStaffBarLine} command, which adds
}
}
}
-
\version "2.15.20"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
- Este ejemplo muestra una forma de simplificar la adición de muchas
-notas guía orquestales a la reducción de piano en una partitura vocal.
-La función musical @code{\\cueWhile} toma cuatro argumentos: la música
-de la que se toma la cita, como viene definida por @code{\\addQuote},
-el nombre que insertar antes de las notas guía, y después @code{#UP} o
-@code{#DOWN} para especificar @code{\\voiceOne} con el nombre encima
-del pentagrama o bien @code{\\voiceTwo} con el nombre debajo del
-pentagrama, y finalmente la música de piano con la que las notas guía
-deben aparecer en paralelo. El nombre del instrumento citado se
-posiciona a la izquierda de las notas guía. Se pueden citar muchos
-pasajes como guía, pero no se pueden superponer en el tiempo entre
-ellos.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Añadir notas guía orquestales a una partitura vocal"
-
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 27b1197f3bae8512c14d946752cd3e40e7c76016
-
-
- texidocde = "
-Hier wird gezeigt, wie man das Hinzufügen von vielen Orchsterstichnoten
-zu einem Klavierauszug hinzufügen kann. Die musikalische Funktion
-@code{\\cueWhile} braucht vier Argumente: Die Noten, von denen die
-Stichnoten formatiert werden sollen, definiert durch @code{\\addQuote},
-die Bezeichnung, die mit den Noten angegeben werden soll, dann entweder
-@code{#UP} (hoch) oder @code{#DOWN} (runter) zur Angabe von entweder
-@code{\\voiceOne} mit der Bezeichnung über dem System oder @code{\\voiceTwo}
-mit der Bezeichnung unter dem System, und schließlich die Klaviermusik,
-die parallel zu den Stichnoten gespielt werden soll. Die Bezeichnung des
-Stichnoteninstruments wird links der Stichnoten positioniert. Viele
-Abschnitte können zitiert werden, aber sie dürfen sich nicht überlappen.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Orchesterstichnoten zu einem Klavierauszug hinzufügen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque le nombre d'instruments cités dans la réduction pour piano se
-multiplie, vous pourriez avoir intérêt à créer votre propre fonction
-pour gérer ces repères. La fonction musicale @code{\\cueWhile} prend
-quatre arguments@tie{}: la musique d'où provient la citation, telle que
-définie par @code{\\addQuote}, le nom qui sera mentionné en regard de
-cette citation, son positionnement -- @code{UP} ou @code{DOWN} selon
-qu'il sera attribué à @code{\\voiceOne} et placé au-dessus ou
-@code{\\voiceTwo} et placé en dessous -- et enfin la musique du piano
-qui interviendra en parallèle. Le nom de l'instrument en question
-viendra s'aligner sur la gauche de la citation. Bien que vous puissiez
-effectuer plusieurs citations, elle ne peuvent être simultanées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indication de l'instrument cité dans l'accompagnement d'une partition pour chœur"
-
-
lsrtags = "staff-notation, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, workaround"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La función @code{\\parenthesize} es un truco especial que encierra
-objetos entre paréntesis. El grob asociado es @code{ParenthesesItem}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Encerrar entre paréntesis una marca expresiva o una nota de un acorde"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-La fonction @code{\\parenthesize}, qui permet de mettre un objet entre
-parenthèses, a ceci de particulier qu'elle est associée à un objet
-graphique @code{ParenthesesItem}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Mise entre parenthèses d'un signe d'interprétation ou d'une note d'un accord"
-
texidoc = "
The @code{\\parenthesize} function is a special tweak that encloses
objects in parentheses. The associated grob is @code{ParenthesesItem}.
\override ParenthesesItem #'font-size = #-4
<d \parenthesize f a>2
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "text, titles, scheme-language, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Con algo de código de Scheme, se puede añadir fácilmente la fecha
-actual a una partitura.
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir la fecha actual a una partitura"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Avec un peu de code Scheme, voici comment ajouter facilement
-la date du jour à votre partition.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de la date du jour à une partition"
+ lsrtags = "really-cool, scheme-language, text, titles"
texidoc = "
With a little Scheme code, the current date can easily be added to a
\markup {
\date
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El grabador @code{Volta_engraver} reside de forma predeterminada
-dentro del contexto de @code{Score}, y los corchetes de la repetición
-se imprimen así normalmente sólo encima del pentagrama superior. Esto
-se puede ajustar añadiendo el grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
-contexto de @code{Staff} en que deban aparecer los corchetes; véase
-también el fragmento de código @qq{Volta multi staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Añadir corchetes de primera y segunda vez a más pentagramas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Der @code{Volta_engraver} befindet sich im @code{Score}-Kontext und Klammern
-werden deshalb nur auf dem obersten System dargestellt. Das kann umgangen
-werden, indem man den @code{Volta_engraver} zu dem @code{Staff}-Kontext
-hinzufügt, in dem die Klammern zusätzlichen vorkommen sollen. Siehe auch
-das \"Volta multi staff\"-Schnipsel.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Volta-Klammern zu zusätzlichen Systemen hinzufügen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-D'ordinaire, le graveur @code{Volta_engraver} réside dans le contexte
-@code{Score}@tie{}; les crochets précédant une reprise s'impriment donc
-seulement au-dessus de la portée du haut. On peut ajuster cela en
-déplaçant ce graveur vers les contextes de portée (@code{Staff}) qui
-doivent comporter ces crochets.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout du crochet de reprise à d'autres portées"
-
-
texidoc = "
The @code{Volta_engraver} by default resides in the @code{Score}
context, and brackets for the repeat are thus normally only printed
\new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" } { c'2 g' e' a' }
\new Staff { \repeat volta 2 { c'1 } \alternative { c' } }
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Voces adicionales para evitar colisiones"
- texidoces = "
-En ciertos casos de polifonía compleja, se necesitan voces adicionales
-para evitar colisiones entre las notas. Si se necesitan más de cuatro
-voces paralelas, las voces adicionales se añaden definiendo una
-variable que utiliza la función de Scheme @code{context-spec-music}.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Ein einigen Fällen von sehr komplexer polyphoner Musik sind zusätzliche
-Stimmen notwendig, um Zusammenstöße zwischen den Noten zu vermeiden.
-Wenn mehr als vier parallele Stimmen benötigt werden, können zusätzliche
-Stimmen definiert werden, indem eine Variable mit der Funktion
-@code{context-spec-music} definiert wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Zusätzliche Stimmen um Zusammenstöße zu vermeiden"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Dans certains cas de musique polyphonique complexe, une voix
-supplémentaire peut permettre d'éviter les risques de collision.
-Lorsque quatre voix parallèles ne suffisent pas, la fonction Scheme
-@code{context-spec-music} permet d'ajouter encore d'autres voix.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de voix pour éviter les collisions"
-
texidoc = "
In some instances of complex polyphonic music, additional voices are
necessary to prevent collisions between notes. If more than four
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede ajustar la separación entre las notas de adorno utilizando la
-propiedad @code{spacing-increment} de @code{Score.GraceSpacing}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Ajuste del espaciado de las notas de adorno"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La propriété @code{spacing-increment} de @code{Score.GraceSpacing}
-permet d'ajuster l'espacement d'un groupe de notes d'ornement.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajustement de l'espacement des notes d'ornement"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The space given to grace notes can be adjusted using the
\revert Score.GraceSpacing #'spacing-increment
\graceNotes
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "spacing, workaround, correction-wanted, text, vocal-music"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este fragmento de código muestra cómo situar la línea de base de la
-letra más cerca del pentagrama.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ajuste del especiado vertical de la letra"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Cet extrait illustre la manière de réduire l'espace entre la ligne de
-paroles et la portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajustement de l'espacement vertical des paroles"
-
+ lsrtags = "correction-wanted, spacing, text, vocal-music, workaround"
texidoc = "
This snippet shows how to bring the lyrics line closer to the staff.
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Puede ser necesario trucar la propiedad
-@code{shortest-duration-space} para poder ajustar el tamaño de las
-caídas y subidas de tono («falls» y «doits»).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ajustar la forma de las subidas y caídas de tono"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Die @code{shortest-duration-space}-Eigenschaft kann verändert werden, um
-das Aussehen von unbestimmten Glissandi anzupassen.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Das Aussehen von unbestimmten Glissandi anpassen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-La propriété @code{shortest-duration-space} peut devoir être retouchée
-pour ajuster l'apparence des chutes ou sauts.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajustement du galbe des chutes ou sauts"
-
-
texidoc = "
The @code{shortest-duration-space} property may be tweaked to adjust
the shape of falls and doits.
c2-\bendAfter #8.5
c2-\bendAfter #-6
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout, text, titles"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La alineación horizontal de los nombres de instrumento se puede
-trucar modificando la propiedad @code{Staff.InstrumentName
-#'self-alignment-X}. Las variables de @code{\\layout}
-@code{indent} y @code{short-indent} definen el espacio en que se
-alinean los nombres de instrumento antes del primer sistema y de
-los siguientes, respectivamente.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Alinear y centrar los nombres de instrumento"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-L'alignement horizontal des noms d'instrument se gère à l'aide de la
-propriété @code{Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X}. Les variables
-@code{indent} et @code{short-indent}, attachées au bloc @code{\\layout},
-déterminent l'espace alloué à l'alignement des noms d'instrument,
-respectivement dans leurs formes développée et abrégée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement des noms d'instrument"
-
texidoc = "
The horizontal alignment of instrument names is tweaked by changing the
@code{Staff.InstrumentName #'self-alignment-X} property. The
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Los números de compás se alinean de forma predeterminada por la
-derecha con su objeto padre. Éste es por lo general el borde
-izquierdo de una línea o, si los números se imprimen dentro de la
-línea, el lado izquierdo de una línea divisoria. Los números
-también se pueden situar directamente sobre la barra de compás o
-alineados por la izquierda con ella.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Alineación de los números de compás"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Taktnummern sind standardmäßig links an ihrem Ursprungsobjekt
-ausgerichtet. Das ist normalerweise die linke Ecke einer Linie oder,
-wenn die Nummern innerhalb einer Zeile gesetzt werden, auf der
-linken Seite eines Taktstrichs. Die Nummern können auch
-direkt über dem Taktstrich positioniert werden oder rechts vom
-Taktstrich gesetzt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Taktnummern ausrichten"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 374d57cf9b68ddf32a95409ce08ba75816900f6b
- texidocfr = "
-Les numéros de mesure s'alignent en principe sur la droite de l'objet
-dont ils dépendent. C'est normalement le coin gauche de la portée ou,
-en cours de ligne, à gauche de la barre. Vous pouvez toutefois les
-centrer par rapport à la barre ou les afficher à droite de la barre.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement des numéros de mesure"
-
texidoc = "
Bar numbers by default are right-aligned to their parent object. This
is usually the left edge of a line or, if numbers are printed within a
\override Score.BarNumber #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
c1 | c1
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Si están especificadas, las marcas de texto se pueden alinear con
-objetos de notación distintos a las líneas divisorias. Entre estos
-objetos se encuentran @code{ambitus}, @code{breathing-sign},
-@code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar}, @code{left-edge},
-@code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature} y @code{time-signature}.
-
-En estos casos, las marcas de texto se centran horizontalmente sobre
-el objeto, aunque esto se puede cambiar, como se muestra en la segunda
-línea de este ejemplo (en una partitura con varios pentagramas, se
-debe hacer este ajuste para todos los pentagramas).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Alinear marcas con varios objetos de notación"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wenn angegeben, können Textzeichen auch an anderen Objekten als Taktstrichen
-ausgerichtet werden. Zu diesen Objekten gehören @code{ambitus},
-@code{breathing-sign}, @code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar},
-@code{left-edge}, @code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature} und
-@code{time-signature}.
-
-In diesem Fall werden die Zeichen horizontal über dem Objekt zentriert.
-Diese Ausrichtung kann auch geändert werden, wie die zweite Zeile
-des Beispiels zeigt. In einer Partitur mit vielen Systemen sollte
-diese Einstellung für alle Systeme gemacht werden.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Zeichen an verschiedenen Notationsobjekten ausrichten"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Les indications textuelles peuvent s'aligner par rapport à d'autres
-objets que des barres de mesure, tels que @code{ambitus},
-@code{breathing-sign}, @code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar},
-@code{left-edge}, @code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature} ou
-@code{time-signature}.
-
-Par défaut, les indications textuelles sont alignées sur le milieu
-des objets de notation. Bien entendu, vous pouvez modifier les
-propriétés des objets en question pour obtenir un autre résultat comme
-l'illustre la deuxième ligne de l'exemple. Dans le cas de portées
-multiples, ces réglages doivent être faits pour chacune d'entre elles.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement des indications par rapport à divers objets de notation"
-
-
texidoc = "
If specified, text marks may be aligned with notation objects other
than bar lines. These objects include @code{ambitus},
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Par défaut, la commande @code{\\mark} centre les objets sur la barre de
-mesure. Ce comportement peut se modifier pour un alignement par la
-gauche ou par la droite.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement des objets créés par la commande @code{\\mark}"
-
texidoc = "
By default the @code{\\mark} command centers objects over a bar line.
This behavior can be modified to align at right or left.
\mark "(Right)"
c1
}
-
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, spacing, fretted-strings, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Las cifras de digitación orientadas verticalmente se colocan de forma
-predeterminada fuera del pentagrama. Sin embargo, este comportamiento
-se puede cancelar. Nota: se debe usar una construcción de acorde <>,
-aunque sea una sola nota.
-
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Permitir que las digitaciones se impriman dentro del pentagrama"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Normalerweise werden vertikal orientierte Fingersatzzahlen außerhalb des Systems
-gesetzt. Das kann aber verändert werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Fingersatz auch innerhalb des Systems setzen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-L'empilement des indications de doigté se fait par défaut à l'extérieur
-de la portée. Néanmoins, il est possible d'annuler ce comportement.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression des doigtés à l'intérieur de la portée"
-
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, fretted-strings, spacing, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
By default, vertically oriented fingerings are positioned outside the
\override Fingering #'staff-padding = #'()
<c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>4 <g'-0>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, pitches"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede variar la longitud de las plicas de las figuras unidas por
-una barra mediante la sobreescritura de la propiedad
-@code{beamed-lengths} de los detalles (@code{details}) del objeto
-@code{Stem}. Si se utiliza un solo valor como argumento, la longitud
-se aplica a todas las plicas. Si se usan varios argumentos, el
-primero se aplica a las corcheas, el sgundo a las semicorcheas y así
-sucesivamente. El último argumento también se aplica a todas las
-figuras que son mmás cortas que la longitud de la figura del último
-argumento. También se pueden usar argumentos no enteros.
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Alterar la longitud de las plicas unidas por una barra"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-La hauteur de hampe des notes ligaturées est gérée par la sous-propriété
-@code{beamed-lengths} des @code{details} de l'objet @code{Stem}.
-Lorsqu'elle ne comporte qu'une seule valeur, cette hauteur s'appliquera
-à toutes les hampes. En présence de plusieurs arguments, le premier
-affectera les crochet, le second les doubles croches, et ainsi de suite.
-Le dernier argument s'appliquera aussi aux notes de plus courte durée.
-Les arguments peuvent être des valeurs décimales.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la hauteur de hampes ligaturées"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Stem lengths on beamed notes can be varied by overriding the
\revert Stem #'details
a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a] r16
}
-
\version "2.15.24"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden seleccionar dos métodos alternativos para la numeración de
-compases, especiales para cuando hay repeticiones.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Numeración de compases alternativa"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fc1ca638e0b5f66858b9b7a073ceefc1eccb3ed2
-
- texidocde = "Zwei alternative Methoden können eingestellt werden,
- die die Taktnummerierung beeinflussen, insbesondere bei Wiederholungen."
-
- doctitlede = "Alternative Taktnummerierung"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Deux méthodes alternatives vous permettent de gérer la numérotation des
-mesures en cas de reprises.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Numérotation des mesures et alternatives"
-
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "Two alternative methods for bar numbering can be set,
especially for when using repeated music."
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este código muestra cómo usar la forma alternativa de la breve o
-cuadrada con dos líneas verticales a los lados de la cabeza, en lugar
-de una sola línea.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cabeza de breve (cuadrada) alternativa"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 8cbb38db1591ab95a178643e7bf41db018aa22c0
-
-
- texidocde = "Dieses Schnipsel zeigt, wie man die alternative Brevis mit zwei
-vertikalen Linien an jeder Seite des Notenkopfes benutzt."
- doctitlede = "Alternative Brevis mit zwei vertiaklen Linien"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment obtenir une brève -- aussi appelée note carée --
-flanquée de deux barres verticales, au lieu d'une comme habituellement.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Brève alternative avec deux barres verticales"
-
texidoc = "
This code demonstrates how to use the alternative breve note with two
vertical lines on each side of the notehead instead of one line.
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
- texidoces = "
-La adición del grabador @code{Ambitus_engraver} al contexto de
-@code{Staff} crea un solo ámbito por pentagrama, incluso en el caso de
-pentagramas con varias voces.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Se si aggiunge l'incisore @code{Ambitus_engraver} al contesto @code{Staff} viene
-creato un solo ambitus per il rigo, anche nel caso di righi che hanno più
-voci.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Ambitus su più voci"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Indem man den @code{Ambitus_engraver} im @code{Staff}-Kontext
-hinzufügt, erhält man einen einzigen Ambitus pro System, auch in dem
-Fall, dass mehrere Stimmen sich im gleichen System befinden.
-"
- doctitlede = "Ambitus mit vielen Stimmen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Si plusieurs voix se trouvent sur une même portée, on peut attribuer le
-graveur @code{Ambitus_engraver} au contexte @code{Staff} afin d'obtenir
-l'ambitus de toutes les voix cumulées, non d'une seule des voix actives.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ambitus sur plusieurs voix"
-
-
texidoc = "
Adding the @code{Ambitus_engraver} to the @code{Staff} context creates
a single ambitus per staff, even in the case of staves with multiple
b1
}
>>
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Un @emph{ambitus} indique la tessiture, autrement dit les hauteurs
-extrêmes d'une voix.
-
-Seules seront affichées les altérations non comprises dans l'armure.
-Les objets @code{AmbitusNoteHead} peuvent avoir des lignes
-supplémentaires.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ambitus"
-
texidoc = "
Ambitus indicate pitch ranges for voices.
}
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, tweaks-and-overrides, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-De forma predeterminada se añaden corchetes de análisis sencillos
-debajo del pentagrama. El ejemplo siguiente muestra una manera de
-colocarlos por encima.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Corchetes de análisis encima del pentagrama"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Les crochets d'analyse viennent par défaut se positionner au-dessous de
-la portée. L'exemple suivant vous indique comment les faire apparaître
-en surplomb de la portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Crochets d'analyse au-dessus de la portée"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, really-simple, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Simple horizontal analysis brackets are added below the staff by
c2\startGroup
d2\stopGroup
}
-
\version "2.15.9"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Aquí se muestran muchos de (¿o quizá todos?) los símbolos que
-están contemplados por la capacidad de LilyPond para la música
-antigua.
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Tipografía de música antigua"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 9a65042d49324f2e3dff18c4b0858def81232eea
- texidocfr ="
-Voici comment graver la plupart, sinon tous les symboles que
-LilyPond prend en charge en matière de musique ancienne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Gravure de musique ancienne"
-
- lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, symbols-and-glyphs"
texidoc = "
Shown here are many (all?) of the symbols that are included in
}
}
}
-
doctitle = "Ancient headword"
} % begin verbatim
-
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- ragged-right = ##t
- line-width = 17\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
-
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
- texidoc = ""
- doctitle = "headword"
-}
-
\include "gregorian.ly"
\score {
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este ejemplo muestra cómo hacer una transcripción moderna de canto
-gregoriano. El canto gregoriano no tiene compás ni plicas; utiliza
-solamente cabezas de nota de blanca y de negra, y unas marcas
-especiales que indican silencios de distintas longitudes.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Plantilla para notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de canto gregoriano)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo esempio mostra come realizzare una trascrizione moderna di musica
-gregoriana. La musica gregoriana non presenta suddivisione in misure né gambi;
-utilizza soltanto le teste della minima e della semiminima, e dei segni
-appositi che indicano pause di diversa lunghezza.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per notazione antica -- trascrizione moderna di musica gregoriana"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-
- texidocde = "
-Dieses Beispiel zeigt eine moderne Transkription des Gregorianischen
-Chorals. Hier gibt es keine Takte, keine Notenhälse und es werden nur
-halbe und Viertelnoten verwendet. Zusätzliche Zeichen zeigen die
-Länge von Pausen an.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Alte Notation -- moderne Transkription des gregorianischen Chorals"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment vous pourriez transcrire du grégorien. Pour mémoire, il
-n'y a en grégorien ni de découpage en mesure, ni de hampe@tie{}; seules
-sont utilisées des têtes de note blanches ou noires, ainsi que des
-signes spécifiques permettant d'indiquer des silences de différentes durées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Exemples de notation ancienne -- transcription moderne de musique grégorienne"
-
lsrtags = "vocal-music, ancient-notation, template"
texidoc = "
}
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "ancient-notation, real-music, template, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Al transcribir música mensural, es útil un «incipit» al compienzo
-de la pieza para indicar la tonalidad y el tempo
-originales. Aunque los músicos actuales están acostumbrados a las
-barras de compás para reconocer con más facilidad los patrones
-rítmicos, durante el período de la música mensural aún no se
-habíen inventado las líneas divisorias; de hecho, la medida solía
-cambiar a cada pocas notas. Como compromiso, a menudo las líneas
-divisorias se imprimen entre los pentagramas en vez de hacerlo
-encima de ellos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de música mensural)"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Quando si trascrive musica mensurale, può essere utile inserire all'inizio del
-pezzo un incipit che indichi l'intonazione e il tempo originali. Le stanghette
-di battuta, a cui i musicisti di oggi sono abituati e che aiutano a riconoscere
-più velocemente gli schemi ritmici, durante l'epoca della musica mensurale non
-erano ancora state introdotte; infatti il metro cambiava spesso ogni poche
-note. Come compromesso, le stanghette vengono spesso inserite tra i righi
-invece che al loro interno.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per notazione antica -- trascrizione moderna di musica mensurale"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Bei der Transkription von Mensuralmusik ist es oft erwünscht, ein
-Incipit an den Anfang des Stückes zu stellen, damit klar ist, wie
-Tempo und Schlüssel in der Originalnotation gesetzt waren. Während
-heutzutage Musiker an Taktlinien gewöhnt sind, um Rhythmen schneller
-zu erkennen, wurden diese in der Mensuralmusik nicht verwendet.
-Tatsächlich ändern sich die Rhythmen auch oft alle paar Noten. Als
-ein Kompromiss werden die Notenlinien nicht auf dem System, sondern
-zwischen den Systemen geschrieben.
-"
-
-doctitlede = "Vorlage für Alte Notation -- moderne Transkription von Mensuralmusik"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque l'on transcrit de la musique mensurale, un @emph{incipit} permet
-d'indiquer la tonalité et le tempo d'origine. Si les musiciens sont de
-nos jours habitués aux barres de mesure qui présentent la structure
-rythmique d'une œuvre, elles n'étaient pas en vigueur à l'époque où ces
-pièces ont été composées, d'autant plus que la @qq{métrique} pouvait
-changer au fil des notes. Un compromis consiste à imprimer des barres
-entre les portées plutôt que sur chacune d'elles.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Exemples de notation ancienne -- transcription moderne de musique mensurale"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, real-music, really-cool, template"
texidoc = "
When transcribing mensural music, an incipit at the beginning of the
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las indicaciones de compás también se pueden grabar en estilo antiguo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Indicaciones de compás antiguas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-La métrique peut s'imprimer dans un style ancien.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Métrique ancienne"
-
-
texidoc = "
Time signatures may also be engraved in an old style.
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
s1
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla muestra una forma de preparar un cántico salmódico
-anglicano. También muestra cómo se pueden añadir estrofas adicionales
-como texto independiente por debajo de la música. Las dos estrofas se
-codifican en estilos diferentes para ilustrar más posibilidades.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de salmo del canto anglicano"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello presenta un modo di impostare un salmo anglicano. Mostra
-anche come le strofe possono essere aggiunte come testo separato al di sotto
-della musica. Le due strofe sono scritte con stili diversi per illustrare
-le varie possibilità.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per salmo anglicano"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 144cd434d02e6d90b2fb738eeee99119a7c5e1d2
-
- texidocde = "
-Diese Vorlage zeigt eine Art, anglikanische Psalmengesänge zu setzen. Hier
-wird auch gezeigt, wie Strophen als einfacher Text unter den Noten hinzugefügt
-werden können. Zwei Strophen sind in unterschiedlicher Weise notiert um mehr
-Möglichkeiten darzustellen.
-"
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für anglikanischen Psalm"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple illustre la manière de présenter un cantique tel qu'on le
-trouve dans l'église anglicane. Vous noterez comment sont ajoutés les
-couplets indépendamment de la musique. Dans le but de vous montrer
-plusieurs styles, comparez le code des deux couplets.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Psalmodie anglicane"
-
+ lsrtags = "template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This template shows one way of setting out an Anglican psalm chant. It
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
- texidoces = "
-La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
-estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
-establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad @code{tonic}). Esta
-propiedad requiere un conjunto de símbolos, que pueden ser puramente
-arbitrarios (se permiten expresiones geométricas como @code{triangle},
-triángulo, @code{cross}, aspas, y @code{xcircle}, círculo con aspas) o
-basados en una antigua tradición americana de grabado (ciertos nombres
-de nota latinos trambién se permiten).
-
-Dicho esto, para imitar antiguos cancioneros americanos, existen varios
-estilos predefinidos de cabezas de nota disponibles a través de
-instrucciones de abreviatura como @code{\\aikenHeads} o
-@code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
-
-Este ejemplo muestra distintas formas de obtener cabezas de notas con forma,
-y muestra la capacidad de transportar una melodía sin perder la
-correspondencia entre las funciones armónicas y los estilos de cabezas de
-nota.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-La proprietà @code{shapeNoteStyles} può essere usata per definire vari
-stili di teste di nota per ogni grado della scala (definita dall'armatura
-di chiave o dalla proprietà @code{tonic}). Questa proprietà richiede un
-insieme di simboli, che può essere puramente arbitrario (sono permesse
-espressioni geometriche come @code{triangle}, @code{cross} e @code{xcircle})
-o basato sull'antica tradizione tipografica americana (sono consentiti
-anche alcuni nomi di nota latini).
-
-Detto questo, per imitare gli antichi canzionieri americani, ci sono vari
-stili predefiniti disponibili attraverso dei comodi comandi come
-@code{\\aikenHeads} o @code{\\sacredHarpHeads}.
-
-Questo esempio mostra modi diversi di ottenere teste di nota di varie
-forme e illustra la possibilità di trasporre una melodia senza
-perdere la corrispondenza tra le funzioni armoniche e gli stili delle
-teste.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Applicazione degli stili delle teste di nota in base al grado della scala"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- doctitlede = "Notenkopfstile basierend auf der Tonleiterstufe erstellen"
- texidocde = "
-Die @code{shapeNoteStyles}-(NotenFormenStile)-Eigenschaft kann benutzt
-werden, um verschiedene Notenstile für jeden Schritt der Tonleiter
-zu definieren (vorgegeben von der Tonart oder der @qq{tonic}
-(Tonika)-Eigenschaft. Diese Eigenschaft braucht eine Anzahl von Symbolen,
-welche beliebig sein können (geometrische Ausdrücke wie @code{triangle}
-(Dreieck), @code{cross} (Kreuz) und @code{xcircle} (X-Kreis) sind erlaubt)
-oder basierend auf einer alten amerikanischen Notensatztradition (einige
-lateinische Notenbezeichnungen sind auch erlaubt).
-
-Um alte amerikanische Liederbücher zu imitieren, gibt es einige
-vordefinierte Notenstile wie etwa @code{\\aikenHeads} (im Stil von Aiken)
-oder @code{\\sacredHarpHeads} (im Stil der Sacred Harp-Tradition).
-
-Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie man unterschiedlich geformte Noten erhält und
-eine Melodie transponieren kann, ohne dass das Verhältnis zwischen den
-harmonischen Funktionen und dem Notenstil verloren geht.
-
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La propriété @code{shapeNoteStyles} permet d'affecter un profil
-particulier à chaque degré de la gamme -- à partir de l'armure ou
-de la propriété @code{tonic}. Ses valeurs sont constituées d'une liste
-de symboles, qu'il s'agisse de formes géométriques (@code{triangle},
-@code{cross} ou @code{xcircle}) ou basés sur la tradition des graveurs
-américains (avec quelques noms de note latins).
-
-LilyPond dispose de deux raccourcis, @code{\\aikenHeads} et
-@code{\\sacredHarpHeads}, permettant de reproduire d'anciens recueils de
-chansons américaines.
-
-L'exemple suivant montre plusieurs manières de profiler les têtes de
-note, ainsi que la capacité de transposer tout en respectant la fonction
-harmonique de chaque note dans la gamme.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Profilage des notes selon leur degré dans la gamme"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, pitches"
texidoc = "
The @code{shapeNoteStyles} property can be used to define various note
\fragment
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "world-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para las improvisaciones o @emph{taqasim} que son libres durante unos
-momentos, se puede omitir la indicación de compás y se puede usar
-@code{\\cadenzaOn}. Podría ser necesario ajustar el estilo de
-alteraciones accidentales, porque la ausencia de líneas divisorias
-hará que la alteración aparezca una sola vez. He aquí un ejemplo de
-cómo podría ser el comienzo de una improvisación @emph{hijaz}:
-
-"
-doctitlees = "Improvisación de música árabe"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Bei Improvisation oder @emph{taqasim}, die zeitlich frei gespielt
-werden, kann die Taktart ausgelassen werden und @code{\\cadenzaOn}
-kann eingesetzt werden. Es kann nötig sein, den Versetzungszeichenstil
-anzupassen, weil sonst die Versetzungszeichen nur einmal ausgegeben
-werden, da keine Taktlinien gesetzt sind. Hier ein Beispiel, wie
-der Beginn einer @emph{hijaz}-Improvisation aussehen könnte:
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Arabische Improvisation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque les improvisations ou @emph{taqasim} sont temporairement libres,
-la métrique peut ne pas apparaître, auquel cas on utilisera un
-@code{\\cadenzaOn}. Les altérations accidentelles devront alors être
-répétées en raison de l'absence de barre de mesure. Voici comment
-pourrait débuter une improvisation de @emph{hijaz}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Improvisation en musique arabe"
-
-
texidoc = "
For improvisations or taqasim which are temporarily free, the time
signature can be omitted and @code{\\cadenzaOn} can be used. Adjusting
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede hacer que una ligadura de expresión sea asimétrica para
-adaptarse mejor a un patrón asimétrico de notas.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ligaduras asimétricas"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Une liaison peut adopter une courbe asymétrique afin de s'adapter au
-mieux à la ligne mélodique.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Liaison asymétrique"
-
texidoc = "
Slurs can be made asymmetric to match an asymmetric pattern of notes
better.
\once \override Slur #'eccentricity = #3.0
\slurNotes
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "automatic-notation, rhythms, connecting-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden subdividir las barras automáticamente. Estableciendo la
-propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}, las barras se subdividen en
-posiciones de pulso (tal y como se especifica en @code{beatLength}).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Subdivisiones de barra automáticas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Dès lors que la propriété @code{subdivideBeams} aura été activée, une
-ligature sera subdivisée selon les préceptes de @code{beatLength}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Subdivision de ligatures automatiques"
+ lsrtags = "automatic-notation, connecting-notes, rhythms"
texidoc = "
Beams can be subdivided automatically. By setting the property
b32^"baseMoment 1 16"[ a g f c' b a g]
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-@code{shiftDurations} permet de modifier la longueur des notes d'un
-morceau. Cette instruction prend deux arguments@tie{}: un coefficient
-d'échelonnement (une puissance de deux) et un nombre de points
-d'augmentation (entier positif).
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Changement automatique des durées"
-
texidoc = "
<code>shiftDurations</code> can be used to change the note lengths of a
piece of music. It takes two arguments - the scaling factor as a power
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, chords, rhythms, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Las digitaciones y números de cuerda que se aplican a las notas
-individuales evitan automáticamente las barras y las plicas de las
-figuras, pero esto no es cierto de forma predeterminada para las
-digitaciones y números de cuerda que se aplican sobre notas
-individuales de acordes. El ejemplo siguiente muestra cómo se puede
-sobreescribir este comportamiento predeterminado.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Evitar colisiones con digitaciones de acordes"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 85394d425536d267ed0cb71d17023849f1611180
- texidocfr = "
-Doigtés et numéros de corde, lorsque affectés à des notes individuelles,
-évitent les hampes et ligatures. Cette fonctionnalité n'est pas activée
-par défaut en ce qui concernes les notes appartenant à un accord. Voici
-comment mettre en place la dérogation appropriée en pareil cas.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Évitement de collision des doigtés d'un accord"
+ lsrtags = "chords, editorial-annotations, rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Fingerings and string numbers applied to individual notes will
\override StrokeFinger #'add-stem-support = ##t
<f c'-\rightHandFinger #2 >8
}
-
\version "2.15.30"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-He aquí cómo imprimir acordes con cejilla o con media cejilla (quite
-la marca de comentario de la línea adecuada para seleccionar uno de
-ellos).
-
-La sintaxis es @code{\\bbarre #\"@var{número de traste}\" @{ notas @} }.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Notación de acordes de cejilla para guitarra (con elemento de extensión de texto)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment imprimer un accord développé sur une mesure ou une demie
-mesure (décommenter la ligne appropriée).
-
-La syntaxe est @code{\\bbarre #\"@var{numéro de fret}\" @{ notes @} }.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Notation d'accords barré développé (avec extension de texte)"
-
lsrtags = "chords, fretted-strings"
texidoc = "
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las reglas de final de barra especificadas en el contexto
-@code{Score} se aplican a todos los pentagramas, pero se pueden
-modificar tanto en los niveles de @code{Staff} como de
-@code{Voice}:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Finales de barra en el contexto Score"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Balkenenderegeln, die im @code{Score}-Kontext definiert werden, wirken
-sich auf alle Systeme aus, können aber auf @code{Staff}- und
-@code{Voice}-Ebene neu verändert werden:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Balkenenden auf Score-Ebene"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les règles de ligature définies au niveau du contexte @code{Score}
-s'appliqueront à toutes les portées. Il est toutefois possible de
-moduler au niveau @code{Staff} ou @code{Voice}@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Définition de règles de ligature pour la partition"
-
texidoc = "
Beam-ending rules specified in the @code{Score} context apply to all
staves, but can be modified at both @code{Staff} and @code{Voice}
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-No está especificada ninguna agrupación predeterminada automática de
-las barras para el compás de 7/8, de forma que si se requieren barras
-automáticas se debe especificar el agrupamiento mediante
-<code>beatStructure</code>. Por ejemplo, para agrupar todas las
-barras en la forma 2-3-2 en el compás de 7/8, especificamos los
-finales de barra en 2/8 y 5/8:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Agrupamiento de las barras en el compás de 7/8"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Es gibt keine automatischen Balkengruppen für 7/8-Takte. Wenn diese
-Taktart benötigt wird, müssen die Gruppierungen definiert werden. Um
-beispielsweise alle Noten in 2/8-3/8-2/8 aufzuteilen, müssen Balkenenden
-für 2/8 und 5/8 definiert werden:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Balkengruppen für 7/8-Takte"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Aucune règle de ligature automatique n'est disponible pour une mesure à
-7/8. Il faudra donc, en pareil cas, définir vous-même les règles de
-regroupement. Pour, par exemple, ligaturer sur la base de 2/8-3/8-2/8,
-il faudra donc définir les terminaisons de 2/8 et 5/8 :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Règle de ligature dans une mesure à 7/8"
-
texidoc = "
There are no default automatic beam groupings specified for 7/8 time,
so if automatic beams are required the grouping must be specified using
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Normalmente están prohibidos los saltos de línea si las barras
-atraviesan las líneas divisorias. Se puede cambiar este
-comportamiento como se muestra aquí:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Barras que atraviesan saltos de línea"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Zeilenumbrüche sind normalerweise während Balken verboten. Das kann geändert
-werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Balken über Zeilenumbrüche"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Il est normalement impensable qu'un saut de ligne tombe au milieu d'une
-ligature. LilyPond permet néanmoins de l'obtenir.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ligature au moment d'un saut de ligne"
-
texidoc = "
Line breaks are normally forbidden when beams cross bar lines. This
behavior can be changed as shown:
c8 c[ c] c[ c] c[ c] c[ \break
c8] c[ c] c[ c] c[ c] c
}
-
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "text, really-cool, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La instrucción @code{\\whiteout} intercala un rectángulo blanco
-debajo de un elemento de marcado. Este rectángulo blanco no tapa
-a ningún otro objeto gráfico, puesto que las líneas del pentagrama
-están en una capa inferior a la de la mayor parte de los otros
-objetos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Poner en blanco las líneas del pentagrama utilizando la instrucción \\whiteout"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-L'instruction @code{\\whiteout} intercale un rectangle blanc contenant
-un @emph{markup}. Dans la mesure où les lignes de la portée sont à un
-niveau inférieur à la plupart des autres objets graphiques, ce cache ne
-devrait pas masquer d'autres éléments.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Blanchiment de lignes de portée avec la commande \\whiteout"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, really-cool, text"
texidoc = "
The @code{\\whiteout} command underlays a markup with a white box.
\override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'(2 . 4)
c2-\markup { \whiteout \pad-markup #0.5 "middle C" } c
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-@code{\\bookpart} permet de découper un ouvrage en plusieurs parties.
-La dernière page de chaque partie peut être affectée d'un
-@code{ragged-last-bottom}. Les routines de formatage font la
-distinction entre les @emph{markups} d'entête et de pied de page selon
-qu'ils se rattachent à une partie ou bien à l'ouvrage entier.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Partitionnement d'un ouvrage"
-
texidoc = "
@code{\\bookpart} can be used to split a book into several parts. Each
part last page can be affected by @code{ragged-last-bottom}. Header and
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, symbols-and-glyphs"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Les indications de respiration sont disponibles sous différentes
-formes : virgule (par défaut), trait, en V et @qq{voie de chemin de fer}
-(césure).
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Signes de respiration"
-
texidoc = "
Breathing signs are available in different tastes: commas (default),
ticks, vees and @qq{railroad tracks} (caesura).
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, contemporary-notation, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para hacer invisibles partes de un regulador de crescendo, se usa
-el método de dibujar un rectángulo blanco encima de la parte
-respectiva del regulador, tapándola. El rectángulo se define como
-código PostScript dentro de un elemento de marcado de texto.
-
-Para realizar un ajuste fino de la posición y el tamaño del
-elemento de marcado, se puede establecer el número que precede a
-@code{setgray} en la definición de PostScript a un valor menor que
-la unidad, haciendo que sea de color gris. Los dos números que
-están antes de @code{scale} en el código PostScript son los
-responsables del ancho y la altura del rectángulo, y los dos
-números que están antes de @code{translate} cambian las
-coordenadas X e Y de origen del rectángulo.
-
-Asegúrse de poner el regulador en una capa más baja que el
-elemento de marcado de texto para trazar el rectángulo encima del
-regulador.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Regulador interrumpido"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Une portion d'un soufflet de crescendo peut être rendue invisible.
-Il suffit pour cela de dessiner un rectangle par dessus cette partie, ce
-qui aura pour effet de la rendre invisible. Le rectangle est défini par
-un @emph{markup} contenant du code PostScript.
-
-La taille et le positionnement de ce @emph{markup} sont ajustables grâce
-à certaiins composants du code PostScript@tie{}: le nombre précédant
-@code{setgray} donnera du gris s'il est inérieur à@tie{}1@tie{}; les
-deux nombres précédant @code{scale} définissent la largeur et la hauteur
-du rectangle@tie{}; les deux nombres précédant @code{translate}
-modifient le point d'ancrage (en abscisse et en ordonnée) du rectangle.
-
-Le soufflet doit se trouver à un niveau inférieur à celui du @emph{markup}
-afin que le dessin du rectangle puisse effectivement le recouvrir.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Soufflet de crescendo partiellement interrompu"
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, expressive-marks, symbols-and-glyphs"
texidoc = "
In order to make parts of a crescendo hairpin invisible, the following
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-A veces se denota una «cesura» mediante una doble marca de respiración
-parecida a las vías del tren, con un calderón encima. Este fragmento
-de código presenta una combinación visualmente satisfactoria de estas
-dos marcas.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cesura tipo \"vías del tren\" con calderón"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Une césure peut parfois s'indiquer par une double respiration surmontée
-d'un point d'orgue. Le code ci-dessous permet d'obtenir la combinaison
-répondant à cette esthétique.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Césure en forme de \"voie de chemin de fer\" avec point d'orgue"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, symbols-and-glyphs, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
A caesura is sometimes denoted by a double @qq{railtracks} breath mark
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, scheme-language, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este ejemplo proporciona una función para tipografiar un regulador con
-texto por debajo, como @qq{molto} o @qq{poco}. El ejemplo ilustra
-también cómo modificar la manera en que se imprime normalmente un
-objeto, utilizando código de Scheme.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Centrar texto debajo de un regulador"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La fonction comprise dans l'extrait suivant permet d'ajouter du texte
--- comme @qq{molto} o @qq{poco} -- en dessous d'un soufflet de
-(de)crescendo. Cet exemple présente aussi comment, à l'aide de code
-Scheme, influencer la manière dont un objet est normalement imprimé.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Texte centré sous un soufflet"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, really-cool, scheme-language, text"
texidoc = "
This example provides a function to typeset a hairpin (de)crescendo
\version "2.15.31"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Des raisons techniques sont à l'origine de la difficulté de centrer des
-scripts textuels attachés à des têtes de note, ce qui n'est pas le cas
-des articulations.
-
-Plutôt que de procéder par tâtonnement, voici comment élaborer un
-graveur en Scheme, chargé de redéfinir le parent horizontal de chaque
-@emph{markup} sur un empilement de notes (un @code{NoteColumn}). Il
-permet aussi au texte de suivre les têtes ayant été décalées par un
-@code{force-hshift}.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Centrage automatique d'un @emph{markup} sur la tête de note"
-
lsrtags = "text, tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers"
texidoc = "
For technical reasons, text scripts attached to note heads cannot
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, specific-notation, unfretted-strings, symbols-and-glyphs, scheme-language"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para hacer más pequeño el círculo de @code{\\flageolet} (armónico)
-utilice la siguiente función de Scheme.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar el tamaño de la marca de \\flageolet"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Um den @code{\\flageolet}-Kreis kleiner zu machen, kann diese
-Scheme-Funktion eingesetzt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "\\flageolet-Zeichen verkleinern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Il est possible de rapetisser le cercle d'un @code{\\flageolet} grâce
-à une fonction Scheme.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modifier la taille d'un \\flageolet"
-
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, scheme-language, specific-notation, symbols-and-glyphs, unfretted-strings"
texidoc = "
To make the @code{\\flageolet} circle smaller use the following Scheme
d4^\flageolet_\markup { default size } d_\flageolet
c4^\smallFlageolet_\markup { smaller } c_\smallFlageolet
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, simultaneous-notes, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden modificar notas individuales de un acorde con la instrucción
-@code{\\tweak}, alterando la propiedad @code{font-size}.
-
-Dentro de un acorde (entre ángulos simples @code{< >}), antes de la
-nota que queremos alterar, situamos la instrucción @code{\\tweak}
-seguida por @code{#'font-size} y definimos el tamaño adecuado como
-@code{#-2} (una cabeza pequeña).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar el tamaño de una nota suelta de un acorde"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La commande @code{\\tweak} permet de modifier la propriété
-@code{font-size} d'une note particulière d'un accord.
-
-Il s'agit de placer, à l'intérieur même de l'accord (dans la
-construction @code{<@tie{}>}) et avant la note considérée,
-l'instruction @code{\\tweak} suivie de @code{#'font-size} et de définir
-la taille voulue -- comme @code{#-2} pour une petite tête.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la taille d'une note particulière d'un accord"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, really-simple, simultaneous-notes, specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Individual note heads in a chord can be modified with the
\relative c' {
<\tweak #'font-size #+2 c e g c \tweak #'font-size #-2 e>1^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se insertan automáticamente barras en ángulo cuando se detecta un
-intervalo muy grande entre las notas. Se puede hacer un ajuste
-fino de este comportamiento a través de la propiedad
-@code{auto-knee-gap}. Se traza una barra doblada si el salto es
-mayor que el valor de @code{auto-knee-gap} más el ancho del objeto
-barra (que depende de la duración de las notas y de la inclinación
-de la barra). De forma predeterminada @code{auto-knee-gap} está
-establecido a 5.5 espacios de pentagrama.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar el salto de las barras en ángulo"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Balken mit Hälsen in unterschiedliche Richtungen werden automatisch
-erstellt, wenn ein großer Sprung zwischen Tonhöhen gefunden wird. Dieses
-Verhalten kann durch die @code{auto-knee-gap}-Eigenschaft beeinflusst
-werden. Ein derartiger Knie-Balken wird erstellt, wenn der Abstand größer
-ist als der Wert von @code{auto-knee-gap} plus der Dicke des Balkens
-(was von der Notendauer und der Neigung des Balkens abhängt). Der
-Standardwert von @code{auto-knee-gap} ist 5.5 Notensystemabstände.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Balken für weit auseinander liegende Noten ändern"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-LilyPond insère automatiquement des ligatures coudées -- certaines
-hampes vers le haut, d'autres vers le bas -- lorsqu'il détecte un
-intervalle important entre des têtes de notes. Ce comportement peut
-être changé par l'intermédiaire de l'objet @code{auto-knee-gap} --
-défini par défaut à @samp{5,5} espace, plus la largeur et la pente de la
-ligature en question.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ligature et directions de hampe inversées"
-
texidoc = "
Kneed beams are inserted automatically when a large gap is detected
between the note heads. This behavior can be tuned through the
\override Beam #'auto-knee-gap = #6
f8 f''8 f8 f''8
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede establecer el separador entre las distintas partes del
-nombre de un acorde para que sea cualquier elemento de marcado.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificación del separador de acordes"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Der Trenner zwischen unterschiedlichen Teilen eines Akkordsymbols kann
-beliebiger Text sein.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Akkordsymboltrenner verändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Le séparateur de termes d'un chiffrage peut adopter n'importe quelle
-forme à l'aide d'un @emph{markup}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Personnalisation du séparateur d'accords"
-
texidoc = "
The separator between different parts of a chord name can be set to any
markup.
= \markup { \typewriter | }
c:7sus4
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás"
- texidoces = "
-Si hay diez compases de silencio o menos, se imprime en el pentagrama
-una serie de silencios de breve y longa (conocidos en alemán como
-@qq{Kirchenpausen}, «silencios eclesiásticos»); en caso contrario se
-muestra una barra normal. Este número predeterminado de diez se
-puede cambiar sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{expand-limit}:
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wenn zehn oder weniger Pausentakte vorkommen, wird eine Reihe von Longa-
-und Brevispausen (auch Kirchenpausen genannt) gesetzt, bei mehr Takten
-wird eine Line mit der Taktanzahl ausgegeben. Der vorgegebene Wert von
-zehn kann geändert werden, indem man die @code{expand-limit}-Eigenschaft
-setzt:
-"
- doctitlede = "Die Erscheinung von Pausentakten ändern"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Dans le cas où ce silence dure moins de dix mesures, LilyPond imprime sur
-la portée des @qq{silences d'église} -- @emph{Kirchenpause} en
-allemand -- et qui sont une simple suite de rectangles. La propriété
-@code{expand-limit} permet d'obtenir un silence unique@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modifier l'apparence d'un silence multi-mesures"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
If there are ten or fewer measures of rests, a series of longa and
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Los diagramas de posiciones de acordes se pueden orientar de tres
-formas. De manera predeterminada se alinena la cuerda o traste
-superior en las distintas alineaciones.
-
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Modificar la orientación de los trastes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les diagrammes de fret peuvent s'orienter de trois manières différentes.
-Ils s'aligneront par défaut sur la corde du haut ou le sommet du fret.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Orientation des diagrammes de fret"
-
-
texidoc = "
Fret diagrams can be oriented in three ways. By default the top string
or fret in the different orientations will be aligned.
c'
}
>>
-
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "midi, contexts-and-engravers, real-music"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Al producir una salida MIDI, el comportamiento predeterminado es que
-cada pentagrama representa un canal MIDI, con todas las voces de dicho
-pentagrama mezcladas. Esto reduce al mínimo el riesgo de que se agote
-el número de canales MIDI disponibles, pues existe un máximo de 16
-canales por cada puerto MIDI, y la mayoría de los dispositivos sólo
-tiene un puerto.
-
-Sin embargo, cuando se traslada el interpretador
-@code{Staff_performer} al contexto @code{Voice}, cada voz de un
-pentagrama puede tener su propio canal MIDI, como se muestra en el
-siguiente ejemplo: a pesar de estar sobre el mismo pentagrama, se
-crean dos canales MIDI, cada uno con un @code{midiInstrument}
-distinto.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar la salida MIDI para que tenga un canal por cada voz"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: d7cf09411ee80eaf0092af0aa532de64c0c6248e
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque LilyPond génère un fichier MIDI, chaque portée sera par défaut
-affectée à un canal, quel que soit le nombre de voix qu'elle contient.
-Ceci permet d'éviter de se retrouver à court de canaux, sachant qu'il
-n'y en a que seize de disponibles.
-
-Le fait de déplacer le @code{Staff_performer} dans le contexte
-@code{Voice} permet d'affecter à chaque voix d'une même portée un canal
-MIDI spécifique. Dans l'exemple suivant, la même portée donnera lieu à
-deux canaux MIDI différents, chacun étant affecté de son propre
-@code{midiInstrument}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Affectation d'un canal MIDI par voix"
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, midi, real-music"
texidoc = "
When outputting MIDI, the default behavior is for each staff to
\tempo 2 = 72
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Al utilizar la posibilidad de combinación automática de partes, se
-puede modificar el texto que se imprime para las secciones de solo
-y de unísono:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar los textos de partcombine"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wenn Stimmen automatisch kombiniert werden, kann der Text, der für
-Solo- und Unisono-Stellen ausgegeben wird, geändert werden:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Partcombine-Text ändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque vous regroupez automatiquement des parties, vous pouvez
-modifier le texte qui sera affiché pour les solos et pour les parties à
-l'unisson@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification des indications de parties combinées"
-
-
texidoc = "
When using the automatic part combining feature, the printed text for
the solo and unison sections may be changed:
a2 g
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-La commande @code{\\applyOutput} permet de personnaliser n'importe quel
-objet de rendu. Elle requiert une fonction Scheme à trois arguments.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification des propriétés d'objets particuliers"
+ lsrtags = "really-cool, scheme-language, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The @code{\\applyOutput} command allows the tuning of any layout
\header {
lsrtags = "really-simple, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Chaque couplet peut disposer de sa propre fonte, y compris son numéro.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Changement de fontes des couplets"
-
texidoc = "
Fonts can be changed independently for each stanza, including the font
used for printing the stanza number.
\override LyricText #'font-family = #'typewriter
Oh, ché -- ri, je t'aime
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede modificar el texto empleado para los crescendos y
-decrescendos modificando las propiedades de contexto
-@code{crescendoText} y @code{decrescendoText}.
-
-El estilo de la línea de extensión se puede cambiar modificando la
-propiedad @code{'style} de @code{DynamicTextSpanner}. El valor
-predeterminado es @code{'dashed-line} (línea discontinua), y entre
-otros valores posibles se encuentran @code{'line} (línea),
-@code{'dotted-line} (línea de puntos) y @code{'none} (nada):
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar el texto y los estilos de objeto de extensión para las indicaciones dinámicas textuales"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Der Text, der für Crescendo und Decrescendo gesetzt wird, kann geändert
-werden, indem man die Eigenschaften @code{crescendoText} und
-@code{decrescendoText} verändert. Der Stil des Streckers kann auch
-geändert werden, indem die @code{'style}-Eigenschaft des
-@code{DynamicTextSpanner} beeinflusst wird. Der Standardwert ist
-@code{'hairpin}, andere Möglichkeiten sind @code{'line}, @code{'dashed-line}
-und @code{'dotted-line}.
-"
- doctitlede = "Text und Strecker-Stile für Dynamik-Texte ändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Le texte par défaut des crescendos et decrescendos se change en
-modifiant les propriétés de contexte @code{crescendoText} et
-@code{decrescendoText}. L'aspect de la ligne d'extension est fonction
-de la propriété @code{'style} du @code{DynamicTextSpanner}. Sa valeur
-par défaut est @code{'hairpin}, mais d'autres valeurs sont disponibles,
-comme @code{'line}, @code{'dashed-line} et @code{'dotted-line}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modifidation du texte et de l'extension de nuances textuelles"
-
-
texidoc = "
The text used for crescendos and decrescendos can be changed by
modifying the context properties @code{crescendoText} and
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Es posible ajustar la separación en las indicaciones de tesitura.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Modificación de la separación en las indicaciones de tesitura"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-È possibile cambiare le impostazioni predefinite dell'intervallo
-dell'ambitus.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modifica dell'intervallo dell'ambitus"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-L'affichage d'un @emph{ambitus} peut s'affiner pour répondre à vos
-préférences en matière d'esthétique.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Réglage de l'affichage d'un ambitus"
-
-
texidoc = "
It is possible to change the default gap setting for ambitus.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, really-simple, editorial-annotations, connecting-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las ligaduras de expresión de
-continuas a punteadas o intermitentes.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar el aspecto continuo de una ligadura de expresión a punteado o intermitente"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Une liaison d'articulation peut se présenter sous la forme d'un trait
-continu ou discontinu, voire en pointillé.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de l'aspect des liaisons d'articulation"
+ lsrtags = "connecting-notes, editorial-annotations, expressive-marks, really-simple"
texidoc = "
The appearance of slurs may be changed from solid to dotted or dashed.
\slurSolid
c4( d e c)
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El glifo de la marca de respiración se puede ajustar
-sobreescribiendo la propiedad de texto del objeto de presentación
-@code{BreathingSign}, con cualquier otro texto de marcado.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar el símbolo de la marca de respiración"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Das Schriftzeichen für das Atemzeichen kann verändert werden, indem
-die Text-Eigenschaft des @code{BreathingSign}-Layoutobjekts mit einer
-beliebigen Textbeschriftung definiert wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Das Atemzeichen-Symbol verändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-On peut choisir le glyphe imprimé par cette commande, en modifiant la
-propriété @code{text} de l'objet @code{BreathingSign}, pour lui affecter
-n'importe quelle indication textuelle.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de l'indicateur de respiration"
-
-
texidoc = "
-The glyph of the breath mark can be tuned by overriding the text
+The glyph of the breath mark can be tuned by overriding the @code{text}
property of the @code{BreathingSign} layout object with any markup
text.
doctitle = "Changing the breath mark symbol"
} % begin verbatim
-
\relative c'' {
c2
- \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.rvarcomma" }
+ \override BreathingSign #'text =
+ \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.rvarcomma" }
\breathe
d2
}
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, chords"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La nomenclatura inglesa (predeterminada) para los acordes del cifrado
-americano se puede cambiar por la alemana (@code{\\germanChords}
-sustituye B y Bes por H y B) o por la semi-alemana
-(@code{\\semiGermanChords} sustituye B y Bes por H y Bb).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar la nomenclatura de los acordes del cifrado americano por la notación alemana o semi-alemana"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-LilyPond adpote par défaut la dénomination anglaise pour le nom et
-chiffrage des accords. L'instruction @code{\\germanChords} permet
-d'afficher @code{H} et @code{B} en lieu et place de @code{B} et
-@code{Bes}. L'instruction @code{\\semiGermanChords} leur substituera
-@code{H} et @code{Bb}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Adoption de la dénomination germanique ou semi-germanique des accords"
+ lsrtags = "chords, really-simple"
texidoc = "
The english naming of chords (default) can be changed to german
\semiGermanChords \music }
\context Voice { \music }
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, text"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Les familles de fontes par défaut pour le texte peuvent être changées à
-l'aide de la fonction @code{make-pango-font-tree}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Changement des fontes textuelles par défaut"
+ lsrtags = "text, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The default font families for text can be overridden with
}
}
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-@code{staffLineLayoutFunction} permet de changer le positionnement des
-notes. Dans cet exemple, la valeur qui lui est attribuée --
-@code{ly:pitch-semitones} -- génère une gamme chromatique où l'écart
-entre chaque ligne et interligne de la portée est ramené au demi ton.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de l'intervalle des lignes de la portée"
-
texidoc = "
@code{staffLineLayoutFunction} is used to change the position of notes.
This snippet shows setting its value to @code{ly:pitch-semitones} in
}
>>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Este código muestra cómo cambiar la cantidad de puntillos de una nota.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Modificar el número de puntillos de una nota"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment modifier le nombre de points d'augmentation
-affectés à une note en particulier.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Spécification du nombre de points d'augmentation d'une note"
-
-
texidoc = "
This code demonstrates how to change the number of augmentation dots on
a single note.
\header {
lsrtags = "specific-notation, staff-notation"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Le nombre de lignes d'un portée se modifie par adaptation de la
-propriété @code{line-count} du @code{StaffSymbol}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification du nombre de lignes de la portée"
-
texidoc = "
The number of lines in a staff may changed by overriding the
@code{StaffSymbol} property @code{line-count}.
}
>>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las alteraciones y los signos «más» pueden aparecer antes o
-después de los números, según el valor de las propiedades
-@code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} y
-@code{figuredBassPlusDirection}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Cambiar las posiciones de las alteraciones del bajo cifrado"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Versetzungszeichen und Pluszeichen können vor oder nach den Ziffern erscheinen,
-je nach den Einstellungen der @code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} und
-@code{figuredBassPlusDirection}-Eigenschaften.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Positionen von Generalbass-Alterationszeichen verändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-On peut choisir d'imprimer les altérations et signes plus aussi bien
-avant qu'après les chiffres, en réglant les propriétés
-@code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} et
-@code{figuredBassPlusDirection}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Emplacement des altération en basse continue"
-
texidoc = "
Accidentals and plus signs can appear before or after the numbers,
depending on the @code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} and
\set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #LEFT
<6\+> <5+> <6 4-> r
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "winds"
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Se puede cambiar el tamaño y grosor de las líneas de los diagramas de
-posiciones para instrumentos de viento madera.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Modificar el tamaño de los diagramas de viento madera"
-
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
-
- texidocde="
-Die Größe und Dicke der Holzbläserdiagramme kann geändert werden.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Größe von Holzbläserdiagrammen ändern"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La taille et l'épaisseur des diagrammes de doigté pour bois est modifiable
-à souhait.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la taille d'un diagramme pour bois"
-
-
texidoc = "
The size and thickness of woodwind diagrams can be changed.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, paper-and-layout, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Bien que le meilleur moyen de définir la taille des portées consiste à
-utiliser @code{#(set-global-staff-size xx)}, une portée en particulier
-peut se redimensionner en affectant d'un coefficient ses propriétés
-@code{'staff-space} et @code{fontSize}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la taille d'une portée"
+ lsrtags = "paper-and-layout, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Though the simplest way to resize staves is to use
c8 c c c c\f c c c
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, midi, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para cambiar el tempo en la salida MIDI sin
-imprimir nada, hacemos invisible la indicación metronómica:
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Cambiar el tempo sin indicación metronómica"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Um das Tempo für die MIDI-Ausgabe zu ändern, ohne eine Tempoangabe in den
-Noten auszugeben, kann die Metronombezeichnung unsichtbar gemacht werden:
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Das Tempo ohne Metronom-Angabe verändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez indiquer un changement de tempo pour le fichier MIDI sans
-pour autant l'imprimer. Il suffit alors de le rendre invisible aux
-interprètes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Changement de tempo sans indication sur la partition"
-
+ lsrtags = "midi, rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
To change the tempo in MIDI output without printing anything, make the
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, keyboards"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede usar @code{Staff.pedalSustainStrings} para fijar el texto de
-las indicaciones de pisar pedal y levantar pedal. Observe que las
-únicas cadenas válidas son las que están en la lista de glifos de
-pedal: los valores que aparecen en este fragmento de código son una
-relación exhaustiva.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar el texto de las indicaciones de pedal"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-@code{Staff.pedalSustainStrings} permet de définir le texte affiché pour
-les instructions de pédale. Les seuls caractères autorisés sont les
-glyphes particuliers de pédale, comme vous pouvez le constater ici.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification du texte des indications de pédale"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
@code{Staff.pedalSustainStrings} can be used to set the text used for
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Cambiar el número del grupo especial"
- texidoces = "
-
-De forma predeterminada sólo se imprime el numerador del grupo
-especial sobre el corchete de grupo, es decir, el denominador del
-argumento de la instrucción @code{\\times}. De forma alternativa, se
-puede imprimr un quebrado en la forma numerador:denominador del número
-del grupo, o eliminar el número.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Standardmäßig wird nur der Zähler des N-tolen-Bruchs über der Klammer
-dargestellt, wie er dem @code{\\times}-Befehl übergeben wird.
-Man kann aber auch Zähler/Nenner ausgeben lassen, oder die Zahl
-vollständig unterdrücken.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Die Zahl der N-tole verändern"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4da4307e396243a5a3bc33a0c2753acac92cb685
- texidocfr = "
-L'apparence du chiffre est déterminée par la propriété @code{text} dans
-@code{TupletNumber}. La valeur par défaut imprime seulement le
-dénominateur, mais si elle est définie par la fonction
-@code{tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text}, la fraction entière
-@var{num}:@var{den} sera imprimée à la place.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modifier l'apparence du chiffre de nolet"
-
texidoc = "
By default, only the numerator of the tuplet number is printed over the
tuplet bracket, i.e., the denominator of the argument to the
\override TupletNumber #'stencil = ##f
\times 2/3 { c8 c c }
}
-
\version "2.15.17"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
-@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
-línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
-@code{\\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
-duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
-caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
-@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
-El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
-@code{\\scaleDurations}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\\scaleDurations}"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La propriété @code{measureLength}, conjointement avec
-@code{measurePosition}, détermine l'endroit où une barre de mesure est
-requise. L'utilisation d'un @code{\\scaleDurations} a ceci
-d'inconvénient que l'échelonnement des durées rend compliqués les
-changements de métrique. Il est nécessaire en pareil cas de définir
-manuellement @code{measureLength}, avec un appel à
-@code{ly:make-moment}. Le second argument devra être identique au
-deuxième argument de @code{\\scaleDurations}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la métrique au sein d'un fragment polymétrique à l'aide de @code{\\scaleDurations}"
-
lsrtags = "workaround, contexts-and-engravers, contemporary-notation, rhythms"
doctitle = "Changing time signatures inside a polymetric section using \\scaleDurations"
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este tipo de notación se utiliza para el canto de los Salmos, en
-que las estrofas no siempre tienen la misma longitud.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Notación de responsos o salmos"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
- texidocde = "
-Diese Form der Notation wird benutzt für die Notation von Psalmen, in denen
-die Strophen nicht die gleiche Länge haben.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Psalmennotation"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: c1d5bb448321d688185e0c6b798575d4c325ae80
- texidocfr = "
-Ce style de notation permet d'indiquer la mélodie d'une psalmodie
-lorsque les strophes sont de longueur inégale.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Notation pour psalmodie"
-
-
- lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
This form of notation is used for the chant of the Psalms, where verses
} % begin verbatim
-stemOn = { \revert Staff.Stem #'transparent \revert Staff.Flag #'transparent }
-stemOff = { \override Staff.Stem #'transparent = ##t \override Staff.Flag #'transparent = ##t }
+stemOn = {
+ \revert Staff.Stem #'transparent
+ \revert Staff.Flag #'transparent
+}
+
+stemOff = {
+ \override Staff.Stem #'transparent = ##t
+ \override Staff.Flag #'transparent = ##t
+}
\score {
\new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
\stemOn g'2 \bar "||"
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Los deslizamientos para acordes se pueden indicar tanto en el contexto
-@code{Staff} como en @code{TabStaff}. Los números de cuerda son
-necesarios para TabStaff porque los cálculos de cuerda automáticos son
-diferentes para los acordes y para notas sueltas.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Glissando de acordes en tablatura"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f86f00c1a8de0f034ba48506de2801c074bd5422
- texidocde = "
-Gleiten von Akkorden kann sowohl im normalen Notensystem als auch in einer
-Tabulatur notiert werden. Saitennummern werden für Tabulaturen
-benötigt, weil die automatische Saitenberechnung unterschiedlich für
-Akkorde und einzelne Noten funktioniert.
-"
- doctitlede = "Akkordglissando in Tabulaturen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Un glissando sur des accords s'indique dans un @code{TabStaff} de la
-même manière que dans un @code{Staff}, à ceci près que nous aurons
-besoin des numéros de corde afin de déterminer correctement les frets
-d'arrivée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Glissando d'accords et tablature"
-
-
texidoc = "
Slides for chords can be indicated in both @code{Staff} and
@code{TabStaff}. String numbers are necessary for @code{TabStaff}
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, chords"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede usar la propiedad @code{chordNameExceptions} para
-almacenar una lista de notaciones espaciales para acordes
-específicos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Excepciones para los nombres de acorde"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Eigenschaft @code{chordNameExceptions} kann benutzt werden, um eine
-Liste an besonderen Notationen für bestimmte Akkorde zu speichern.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Akkordsymbolausnahmen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Il est possible de créer votre propre modèle de chiffrages en
-réglant la propriété @code{chordNameExceptions}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modèles de chiffrage d'accords"
+ lsrtags = "chords, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
The property @code{chordNameExceptions} can be used to store a list of
<< \context ChordNames \theMusic
\context Voice \theMusic
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, chords"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La presentación del acorde de séptima mayor se
-puede ajustar mediante majorSevenSymbol.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Nombre de acorde maj7"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 134d9cb2e14ae624aec6fa2dd1630e284807dc42
- texidocde = "
-Das Aussehen des großen Septakkords kann mit @code{majorSevenSymbol} verändert werden.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Akkordbezeichnung maj7"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La représentation d'un accord de septième majeure se gère par le
-@code{majorSevenSymbol}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Chiffrage d'un maj7"
+ lsrtags = "chords, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
The layout of the major 7 can be tuned with @code{majorSevenSymbol}.
\set majorSevenSymbol = \markup { j7 }
c:7+
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede hacer que los diagramas de posiciones se muestren sólo
-cuando el acorde cambia o al comienzo de una nueva línea.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Cambios de acorde de posiciones de trastes"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Bunddiagramme können definiert werden, sodass sie nur angezeigt werden,
-wenn der Akkord sich ändert oder eine neue Zeile anfängt.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Akkordänderungen für Bunddiagramme"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez opter pour n'imprimer les diagrammes de fret qu'à l'occasion
-d'un changement d'accord ou de saut de ligne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Changement d'accord et diagramme de fret"
-
-
texidoc = "
FretBoards can be set to display only when the chord changes or at the
beginning of a new line.
% This file is in the public domain.
%% Note: this file works from version 2.15.20
\version "2.15.20"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- ragged-right = ##f
- line-width = 15\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
+ lsrtags = "headword"
texidoc = ""
doctitle = "headword"
} % begin verbatim
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Les clefs peuvent être transposées d'un intervalle différent de l'octave.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Transposition arbitraire d'une clef"
-
texidoc = "
Clefs can be transposed by arbitrary amounts, not just by octaves.
\clef "treble^3"
c4 c c c
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este código muestra cómo recortar (extraer) fragmentos a partir de una
-partitura completa.
-
-Este archivo tiene que procesarse de forma separada con la opción
-@option{-dclip-systems}; la página de fragmentos de código podría no
-mostrar el resultado adecuadamente.
-
-La salida consiste en archivos con los nombres
-@samp{base-from-inicio-to-final[-número].eps}.
-
-
-Si se incluyen los comienzos y finales de los sistemas, incluyen las
-dimensiones del grob del sistema, por ejemplo los nombres de
-instrumento.
-
-
-Las notas de adorno en el punto final de la región no se incluyen.
-
-
-Las regiones pueden abarcar varios sistemas. En este caso, se generan
-varios archivos EPS.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Recorte de sistemas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Le code ci-dessous permet de réaliser des découpes à l'emporte pièce,
-autrement dit d'extraire des fragments, au sein d'une partition.
-
-Dans la mesure où le rendu inclus dans ce manuel pourrait ne pas être
-des plus évidents, nous vous conseillons de traiter ce fichier
-individuellement, avec l'option @code{-dclip-systems}.
-
-Les fichiers résultants sont de la forme
-@samp{base-from-début-to-fin[-compteur].eps}.
-
-
-Lorsque sont inclus le début ou la fin d'un système, l'extraction
-comportera les objets rattachés au système, comme le nom d'instrument.
-
-Les notes d'ornement qui se trouveraient en fin de fragment ne sont pas
-incluses.
-
-La découpe peut couvrir plusieurs systèmes, auquel cas seront générés
-plusieurs fichiers EPS.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Découpe de systèmes"
-
texidoc = "
This code shows how to clip (extract) snippets from a full score.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, chords, contemporary-notation, keyboards, simultaneous-notes, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los «clusters» o racimos son un mecanismo para indicar la
-interpretación de un ámbito de notas al mismo tiempo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Clusters («racimos»)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Un cluster indique à l'instrumentiste qu'il doit jouer tout une suite de
-sons.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Clusters"
+ lsrtags = "chords, contemporary-notation, keyboards, really-cool, simultaneous-notes, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
Clusters are a device to denote that a complete range of notes is to be
\new Staff \fragment
\new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, really-cool, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Les têtes de note peuvent adopter une couleur différenete selon leur
-hauteur ou leur nom : la fonction utilisée ici fait même la distinction
-entre enharmoniques.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Coloration des notes selon leur hauteur"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, pitches, really-cool"
texidoc = "
It is possible to color note heads depending on their pitch and/or
c8 b d dis ees f g aes
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, really-simple, text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Ciertas indicaciones dinámicas pueden llevar textos (como @qq{più
-forte} o @qq{piano subito}). Se pueden producir usando un bloque
-@code{\\markup}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Combinar indicaciones dinámicas con marcados textuales"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Certaines indications de nuance peuvent requérir un complément textuel,
-comme @qq{più forte} ou @qq{piano subito}. Elles se réalisent aisément
-à l'aide d'un bloc @code{\\markup}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Combinaison de nuance et de texte"
-
texidoc = "
Some dynamics may involve text indications (such as @qq{più forte} or
@qq{piano subito}). These can be produced using a @code{\\markup}
\relative c'' {
c2\f c-\piuF
}
-
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "text, simultaneous-notes, syntax-and-expressions"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-La herramienta de combinación de partes (instrucción
-@code{\\partcombine}) permite la combinación de varias partes
-diferentes sobre el mismo pentagrama. Las indicaciones textuales
-tales como @qq{solo} o @qq{a2} se añaden de forma predeterminada; para
-quitarlas, sencillamente establezca la propiedad
-@code{printPartCombineTexts} al valor @qq{falso}. Para partituras
-vocales (como himnos), no hay necesidad de añadir los textos @qq{solo}
-o @qq{a2}, por lo que se deben desactivar. Sin embargo, podría ser
-mejor no usarlo si hay solos, porque éstos no se indicarán. En tales
-casos podría ser preferible la notación polifónica estándar.
-
-Este fragmento de código presenta las tres formas en que se pueden
-imprimir dos partes sobre un solo pentagrama: polifonía estándar,
-@code{\\partcombine} sin textos, y @code{\\partcombine} con
-textos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Funktion, die Stimmen kombiniert (also der @code{\\partcombine}-Befehl)
-ermöglicht die Kombination unterschiedlicher Stimmen auf einem
-System. Textanweisungen wie \"solo\" oder \"a2\" werden automatisch
-hinzugefügt. Wenn man sie entfernen will, muss man die Eigenschaft
-@code{printPartCombineTexts} auf falsch setzen. Für Klavierauszüge
-muss natürlich kein \"solo\"/\"a2\" usw. hinzugefügt werden, man
-sollte sie also ausschalten. Wenn aber Solo-Stellen in einem
-Klavierauszug oder einer Chorpartitur angezeigt werden, ist es besser,
-normale Polyphonie zu verwenden, weil so die Solostellen angezeigt
-werden, auch wenn der Text des Stimmenkombinierers ausgeschaltet ist.
-
-Der Schnipsel zeigt drei Möglichkeiten, Stimmen auf einem System zu
-kombinieren: Standardpolyphonie, @code{\\partcombine} ohne Text und
-@code{\\partcombine} mit Text.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Zwei Stimmen auf einem System kombinieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-L'outil de combinaison de parties (la commande @code{\\partcombine})
-permet d'avoir deux parties différentes sur une même portée. LilyPond
-ajoute automatiquement des indications textuelles, telles que @qq{solo}
-ou @qq{a2}. Si votre intention n'est que de fusionner les parties, sans
-ajouter de texte, assignez faux à la propriété
-@code{printPartCombineTexts}. Dans le cas de partitions vocales, et
-plus particulièrement d'hymnes, ces @qq{solo/a2} ne sont d'aucune
-utilité, aussi vaut-il mieux les désactiver. Dans le cas où il y aurait
-alternance entre @emph{solo} et @emph{tutti}, il vaut mieux faire appel
-à de la musique polyphonique standard.
-
-Voici trois moyens d'imprimer deux parties sur une même portée@tie{}: en
-polyphonie normale, avec @code{\\partcombine} sans indication
-supplémentaire, et avec @code{\\partcombine} commentée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Combinaison de deux parties sur une même portée"
-
+ lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, syntax-and-expressions, text"
texidoc = "
The part combiner tool ( @code{\\partcombine} command ) allows the
}
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Indicaciones de compases compuestos"
- texidoces = "
-Las indicaciones de compás poco frecuentes como @qq{5/8} se pueden
-ejecutar como compases compuestos (p.ej. @qq{3/8 + 2/8}), que combinan
-dos o más metros diferentes. LilyPond puede hacer la música de este
-tipo fácil de leer e interpretar, imprimiendo explícitamente las
-indicaciones de compás compuesto y adaptando el comportamiento
-automático de las barras (también se pueden añadir indicaciones
-gráficas de la agrupación de compases; véase el fragmento de código
-apropiado en la base de datos).
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Ungerade Taktarten werden (wie etwa \"5/8\") werden oft als zusammengesetzte
-Taktarten interpretiert (bspw. \"3/8 + 2/8\"), in welchen zwei oder mehr
-Teiltakte unterschieden werden. LilyPond kann derartige Noten produzieren,
-indem entsprechende Taktarten gesetzt werden und die automatische
-Bebalkung angepasst wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Zusammengesetzte Taktarten"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Des métriques telles que @qq{5/8} peuvent s'interpréter sous une forme
-décomposée --- @qq{3/8 + 2/8} par exemple --- qui combine plusieurs
-métriques. LilyPond est capable de rendre ce type de notation, plus
-facile à lire et à interpréter, en imprimant cette métrique composite
-et en adaptant les règles de ligature automatique en conséquence.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Métrique décomposée"
-
texidoc = "
Odd 20th century time signatures (such as \\\"5/8\\\") can often be
played as compound time signatures (e.g. \\\"3/8 + 2/8\\\"), which
\version "2.15.19"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La agrupación de pulsos dentro de un compás está controlada por la
-propiedad de contexto @code{beatStructure}. Hay establecidos valores
-de @code{beatStructure} para muchos tipos de compases en
-@file{scm/time-signature-settings.scm}. Los valores de
-@code{beatStructure} se pueden cambiar o establecer con @code{\\set}.
-Como alternativa, se puede usar @code{\\time} para establecer tanto el
-compás como la estructura de pulsos. Para ello, especificamos la
-agrupación interna de los pulsos del compás como una lista de números
-(en la sintaxis de Scheme) antes de la indicación de compás.
-
-@code{\\time} se aplica al contexto @code{Timing}, por lo que no
-restablece los valores de @code{beatStructure} ni de @code{baseMoment}
-que se establezcan en otros contextos de nivel inferior, como
-@code{Voice}.
-
-Si el grabador @code{Measure_grouping_engraver} está incluido en uno
-de los contextos de presentación, se imprimirán signos de agrupación
-de pulsos. Estos símbolos facilitan la lectura de música moderna
-rítmicamente compleja. En este ejemplo, el compás de 9/8 se agrupa
-según dos patrones distintos utilizando los dos métodos, mientras que
-el compás de 5/8 se agrupa de acuerdo con el ajuste predeterminado que
-está en @file{scm/time-signature-settings.scm}:
-
-"
-doctitlees = "Símbolos de dirección y símbolos de agrupación de compás"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Optionen, mit denen die Balken in einem Takt gruppiert werden, sind
-durch die Scheme-Funktion @code{set-time-signature} erhältlich, die
-drei Argumente braucht: Die Zahl der Taktschläge, die Länge des
-Schlages und die interne gruppieren von Balken in dem Takt. Wenn der
-@code{Measure_grouping_engraver} hinzugefügt worden ist, erstellt
-diese Funktion auch @code{MeasureGrouping}-(Taktgruppen)-Zeichen. Derartige
-Zeichen erleichtern das Lesen von rhythmisch komplexer Musik. In dem
-Beispiel ist der 9/8-Takt in 2, 2, 2 und 3 aufgeteilt. Das wird
-der @code{set-time-signature}-Funktion als das dritte Argument mitgegeben:
-@code{'(2 2 2 3)}:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Dirigierzeichen Taktgruppenzeichen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Les règles de ligature par mesure sont gérées par la propriété
-@code{beatStructure}. Ses valeurs par défaut sont répertoriées, par
-métrique, dans le fichier @code{scm/time-signature-settings.scm}. Elles
-sont modifiables grâce à la commande @code{\\set}.
-La fonction Scheme @code{set-time-signature} permet quant à elle de
-définir à la fois la métrique et la pulsation. Celle-ci prend trois
-arguments@tie{}: le nombre de pulsations, la durée de la pulsation et le
-regroupement des pulsations dans la mesure. @code{\\time} et
-@code{set-time-signature} s'appliquent tous deux au contexte
-@code{Timing}@tie{}; ils ne redéfiniront donc pas les valeurs de
-@code{beatStructure} ou @code{baseMoment} lorsqu'elles sont
-modifiées dans un contexte de niveau inférieur comme @code{Voice} par
-exemple.
-
-Si l'on fait appel au @code{Measure_grouping_engraver}, la fonction
-@code{set-time-signature} créera aussi des symboles
-@code{MeasureGrouping}. Ces symboles aident à la lecture des œuvres
-modernes à la rythmique complexe. Dans l'exemple qui suit, la mesure à
-9/8 est divisée en 2, 2, 2 et 3, alors que la mesure à 5/8 répond aux
-règles par défaut contenues dans le fichier
-@w{@code{scm/beam-settings.scm}}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Signes de direction signes de sous-groupe"
-
lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
Beat grouping within a measure is controlled by the context property
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, specific-notation, contemporary-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede tipografiar un gissando contemporáneo sin nota final
-utilizando una nota oculta y temporalización de cadenza.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Glissando contemporáneo"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Ein modernes Glissando ohne eine Endnote kann gesetzt werden, indem
-eine Kadenz eingesetzt wird und die Endnote unsichtbar gemacht wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Moderne Glissandi"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-De nos jours, il peut arriver que la note d'arrivée d'un glissando soit
-absente de la partition. Pour ce faire, il vous faudra utiliser une
-cadence et @qq{masquer} la note d'arrivée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Glissando contemporain"
-
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, expressive-marks, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
A contemporary glissando without a final note can be typeset using a
\cadenzaOff
\bar "|"
}
-
changing-time-signatures-inside-a-polymetric-section-using--scaledurations.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
creating-blank-staves.ly
+cross-staff-stems.ly
defining-an-engraver-in-scheme--ambitus-engraver.ly
engravers-one-by-one.ly
mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly
nesting-staves.ly
removing-bar-numbers-from-a-score.ly
-stem-cross-staff-engraver.ly
use-square-bracket-at-the-start-of-a-staff-group.ly
vocal-ensemble-template-with-lyrics-aligned-below-and-above-the-staves.ly
vocal-ensemble-template-with-verse-and-refrain.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-La visibilidad de los objetos de extensión que acaban en la primera
-nota después de un salto de línea está controlada por la función de
-callback de @code{after-line-breaking}
-@code{ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time}.
-
-Para los objetos como los glissandos y los reguladores, el
-comportamiento predeterminado es ocultar el objeto de extensión
-después del salto; la inhabilitación de la función de callback hace
-que el objeto de extensión roto por la izquierda pueda mostrarse.
-
-De forma inversa, los objetos de extensión que son visibles
-normalmente, como los objetos de extensión de texto, se pueden
-ocultar habilitando la función de callback.
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Controlar la visibilidad de los objetos de
- extensión después de un salto de línea"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-La visibilité des extensions qui se terminent sur la première note après
-un saut de ligne est contrôlé par un appel de @code{after-line-breaking}
-à la fonction @code{ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time}.
-
-Pour des objets tels qu'un glissando ou un soufflet, le comportement
-par défaut est de ne pas être reportés après un saut de ligne.
-L'extension sera donc reprise dès lors que l'appel aura été désactivé.
-
-Il en va inversement pour les extensions qui, par défaut pour les textes
-notamment, sont reportées après un saut de ligne@tie{}; il faudra alors
-activer l'appel pour empêcher leur report.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Contrôle de la visibilité des extensions d'objet après saut de ligne"
-
texidoc = "
The visibility of spanners which end on the first note following a line
break is controlled by the @code{after-line-breaking} callback
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, chords, keyboards, fretted-strings, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede controlar con precisión la colocación de los números de
-digitación. Para que se tenga en cuenta la orientación de las
-digitaciones, se debe utilizar una construcción de acorde <> aunque
-sea una sola nota.
-
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Controlar la colocación de las digitaciones de acordes"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Position von Fingersatzzahlen kann exakt kontrolliert werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Position von Fingersatz in Akkorden kontrollieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Le positionnement des doigtés peut être contrôlé de manière très précise.
-Afin que l'orientation soit prise en compte, il est nécessaire d'utiliser
-une syntaxe d'accord @code{<@tie{}>}, même s'il ne s'agit que d'une
-seule note.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Contrôler la position des doigtés dans un accord"
-
+ lsrtags = "chords, editorial-annotations, fretted-strings, keyboards, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
The placement of fingering numbers can be controlled precisely. For
\set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
<e-3>2
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El orden vertical que ocupan las inscripciones gráficas está
-controlado con la propiedad @code{'script-priority}. Cuanto más
-bajo es este número, más cerca de la nota se colocará. En este
-ejemplo, el @code{TextScript} (el sostenido) tiene primero la
-prioridad más baja, por lo que se sitúa en la posición más baja en
-el primer ejemplo. En el segundo, el semitrino (el @code{Script})
-es el que la tiene más baja, por lo que se sitúa en la parte
-interior. Cuando dos objetos tienen la misma prioridad, el orden
-en que se introducen determina cuál será el que aparece en primer
-lugar.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Controlar la ordenación vertical de las inscripciones"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Die vertikale Anordnung von Beschriftungen wird mit der
-@code{'script-priority}-Eigenschaft kontrolliert. Um so kleiner die
-Zahl, umso näher wird die Beschriftung in Bezug auf die Note gesetzt. In
-diesem Beispiel hat das @code{TextScript}-Objekt (das Kreuz) zuerst
-die niedrigste Priorität, wird also auch am niedrigsten in dem ersten
-Beispiel gesetzt. Im zweiten Fall hat der Praller (das @code{Script})
-die niedrigste Priorität, darum wird er am nächsten zum System gesetzt.
-Wenn zwei Objekte die gleiche Priorität haben, wird ihre Reihenfolge
-anhand ihres Auftretens in der Quelldatei entschieden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Die vertikale Anordnung von Beschriftungen kontrollieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les symboles s'ordonnent verticalement suivant la propriété
-@code{script-priority}. Plus sa valeur numérique est faible, plus le
-symbole sera proche de la note. Dans l'exemple suivant, l'objet
-@code{TextScript} -- le dièse -- a d'abord la propriété la
-plus basse, et il est donc placé plus près de la note@tie{}; ensuite
-c'est l'objet @code{Script} -- le mordant -- qui a la propriété la plus
-basse, et il se place alors sous le dièse. Lorsque deux objets ont la
-même priorité, c'est l'ordre dans lequel ils sont indiqués qui
-détermine lequel sera placé en premier.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Contrôle de l'ordre vertical des articulations et ornements"
-
-
texidoc = "
The vertical ordering of scripts is controlled with the
@code{'script-priority} property. The lower this number, the closer it
\once \override Script #'script-priority = #-100
a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-El comportamiento predeterminado de la visibilidad de los corchetes de
-grupo de valoración especial es imprimir el corchete a no ser que haya
-una barra de la misma longitud que el grupo especial. Para controlar
-la visibilidad de los corchetes de grupo, establezca la propiedad
-@code{'bracket-visibility} a @code{#t} (imprimir el corchete siempre),
-@code{#f} (no imprimirlo nunca) o @code{#'if-no-beam} (imprimir el
-corchete solamente si no hay barra).
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Controlar la visibilidad de los corchetes de grupo especial"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Selon la tradition, les crochets indicateurs de nolet sont toujours
-imprimés, sauf dans le cas où ils seraient de la même longueur qu'une
-ligature. LilyPond permet, au travers de la propriété
-@code{'bracket-visibility}, de contôler précisément leur
-affichage@tie{}: déterminée à @code{#t}, ils seront toujours
-imprimés@tie{}; @code{#f} permet de ne jamais les imprimer, et
-@code{#'if-no-beam} les imprimera en l'absence de ligature.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Contrôle de l'impression des crochets de nolet"
-
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The default behavior of tuplet-bracket visibility is to print a bracket
<< \music s4^"#f" >>
}
}
-
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-texidoces = "
-La creación de un grupeto circular de anticipación entre dos notas,
-donde la nota inferior del grupeto utiliza una alteración, requiere
-varias sobreescriturasw de propiedades. La propiedad
-@code{outside-staff-priority} se debe establecer al valor @code{#f}, pues en
-caso contrario tendría prioridad sobre la propiedad @code{avoid-slur
-property}. El valor de @code{halign} se utiliza para colocar el
-grupeto horizontalmente.
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Crear un grupeto de anticipación"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Einen Doppelschlag mit Vorhalt zu erstellen, wobei die untere Note das
-Vorzeichen benutzt, erfordert einige Einstellungsänderungen. Die
-@code{outside-staff-priority}-Eigenschaft muss auf falsch (@code{#f})
-gesetzt werden, weil sie sonst über die Eigenschaft
-@code{avoid-slur property} dominieren würde. Der Wert von @code{halign}
-wird benutzt, um den Doppelschlag horizontal zu positionieren.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Einen Doppelschlag mit Vorhalt erstellen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Obtenir un @emph{grupetto} retardé et dans lequel la note la plus basse
-est altérée requiert quelques surcharges. La propriété
-@w{@code{outside-staff-priority}} doit être désactivée (@code{#f}) pour
-éviter qu'elle prenne le pas sur la propriété @w{@code{avoid-slur}}. La
-valeur assignée à @code{halign} permet de gérer horizontalement le
-@qq{retard}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlefr = "Création d'un grupetto retardé"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Creating a delayed turn, where the lower note of the turn uses the
\version "2.15.27"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-En una música que tenga muchas apariciones de la
-misma secuencia de notas a distintas alturas, podría ser de
-utilidad la siguiente función musical. Admite una nota, de la que
-sólo se utiliza su altura. Las funciones de apoyo en Scheme se
-han tomado prestadas del documento de \"Consejos y trucos\" de la
-versión 2.10 del manual. Este ejemplo crea las duraciones
-rítmicas que se usan a todo lo largo de «Marte», de «Los Planetas»
-de Gustav Holst.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear una secuencia de notas a distintas alturas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque la musique comporte à de nombreuses reprises une même séquence
-sur des hauteurs différentes, la fonction musicale ci-dessous peut
-s'avérer fort utile. Elle considère une note dont seule la hauteur est
-utilisée. Cet exemple reproduit le rythme utilisé tout au long de
-@qq{Mars}, l'une des pièces de l'œuvre de Gustav Holst @qq{Les planètes}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création d'une séquence de notes de même hauteur"
-
- lsrtags = "pitches"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, real-music, really-cool, scheme-language"
texidoc = "
In music that contains many occurrences of the same sequence of notes
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede trazar un símbolo de arpegio entre notas de distintas
-voces que están sobre el mismo pentagrama si el grabador
-@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} se traslada al contexto de
-@code{Staff} context:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear arpegios entre notas de voces distintas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Ein Arpeggio kann zwischen Noten aus unterschiedlichen Stimmen auf demselben
-System gezogen werden, wenn der @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} in den
-@code{Staff}-Kontext verschoben wird:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Arpeggios zwischen unterschiedlichen Stimmen erzeugen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Affecter le graveur @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} au contexte de la
-portée (@code{Staff}) permet de distribuer un arpège sur plusieurs
-voix@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Arpège distribué sur plusieurs voix"
-
-
texidoc = "
An arpeggio can be drawn across notes in different voices on the same
staff if the @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} is added to the @code{Staff}
{ <d, f>2\arpeggio <g b>2 }
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, paper-and-layout, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para crear pentagramas en blanco, genere compases vacíos y después
-elimine el grabador de números de compás @code{Bar_number_engraver}
-del contexto @code{Score}, y los grabadores de la indicación de compás
-@code{Time_signature_engraver}, de la clave @code{Clef_engraver} y de
-los compases @code{Bar_engraver} del contexto de @code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear pentagramas en blanco"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Rien n'est plus simple, pour obtenir une feuille blanche avec des
-portées, que de générer des mesures vides, de supprimer le
-@code{Bar_number_engraver} du contexte @code{Score}, et les
-@code{Time_signature_engraver}, @code{Clef_engraver} et
-@code{Bar_engraver} du contexte @code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression de papier à musique"
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, editorial-annotations, paper-and-layout, specific-notation, staff-notation"
texidoc = "
To create blank staves, generate empty measures then remove the
bottom-margin = 0.25\in
top-margin = 0.25\in
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Dentro de un @code{PianoStaff}, es posible hacer que un arpegio
-cruce entre los pentagramas ajustando la propiedad
-@code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de un sistema de piano"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Arpeggio über mehrere Systeme können in anderen Kontexten als dem
-@code{PianoStaff} erstellt werden, wenn der @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver}
-in den @code{Score}-Kontext eingefügt wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Arpeggio über mehrere Systeme in anderen Kontexten"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Dans une double portée pour piano (@code{PianoStaff}), un arpège peut
-s'étendre sur les deux portées grâce à la propriété
-@code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Arpège distribué sur une partition pour piano"
-
-
texidoc = "
In a @code{PianoStaff}, it is possible to let an arpeggio cross between
the staves by setting the property @code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}.
}
}
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de
-contextos distintos a @code{GrandStaff}, @code{PianoStaff} y
-@code{StaffGroup} si se incluye el grabador
-@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} en el contexto de @code{Score}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Creación de arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de otros contextos"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-In einem Klaviersystem (@code{PianoStaff}) ist es möglich, ein Arpeggio
-zwischen beiden Systemen zu verbinden, indem die
-@code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}-Eigenschaft gesetzt wird.
-
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Arpeggio zwischen Systemen in einem Klaviersystem erstellen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-Il est possible de distribuer un arpège sur plusieurs portées d'un
-système autre que le @code{PianoStaff} dès lors que vous incluez le
-@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} au contexte @code{Score}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Arpège distribué pour un autre contexte que le piano"
-
-
texidoc = "
Cross-staff arpeggios can be created in contexts other than
@code{GrandStaff}, @code{PianoStaff} and @code{StaffGroup} if the
}
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation, scheme-language, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Il est impossible, par défaut, de noter un doigté sur deux caractères --
-autrement dit supérieur à 9. C'est gravé dans le marbre.
-
-Voici cependant deux méthodes pour créer des doigtés plus grands que 9.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création de doigtés sur deux caractères"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, expressive-marks, scheme-language, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
By default you cannot make double-digit fingering notation (i.e.
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden crear indicaciones metronómicas nuevas en modo de
-marcado, pero no cambian el tempo en la salida MIDI.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear indicaciones metronómicas en modo de marcado"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Neue Metronombezeichnungen können als Textbeschriftung erstellt werden,
-aber sie ändern nicht das Tempo für die MIDI-Ausgabe.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Eine Metronombezeichnung als Textbeschriftung erstellen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez créer des indications de tempo sous la forme d'étiquettes
-textuelles -- des objets @emph{markup} -- notamment des équivalences.
-Cependant, elles n'apparaîtront pas dans le fichier MIDI.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création d'une indication métronomique sous forme d'étiquette"
-
-
texidoc = "
New metronome marks can be created in markup mode, but they will not
change the tempo in MIDI output.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, workaround, text"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Aunque la manera más fácil de añadir paréntesis a una indicación
-de dinámica es utilizar un bloque @code{\\markup}, este método
-tiene un inconveniente: los objetos que se crean se comportarán
-como elementos de marcado de texto y no como indicaciones
-dinámicas.
-
-Sin embargo, es posible crear un objeto similar utilizando el código
-de Scheme equivalente (como se explica en la Referencia de la
-notación), en combinación con la función
-@code{make-dynamic-script}. De esta forma, el elemento de marcado se
-tratará como una indicación dinámica, y por tanto seguirá siendo
-compatible con instrucciones como @code{\\dynamicUp} o
-@code{\\dynamicDown}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear indicaciones dinámicas \"verdaderas\" entre paréntesis"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Bien que le moyen le plus simple pour ajouter des parenthèses à une
-indication de nuance consiste à utiliser un bloc @code{\\markup}, cette
-pratique a un inconvénient@tie{}: les objets ainsi créés seront
-considérés comme des annotations textuelles, non comme des nuances.
-
-Il est néanmoins possible de créer des objets particuliers en partant de
-code Scheme -- comme expliqué dans le manuel de notation -- avec la
-fonction @code{make-dynamic-script}. Les @emph{markups} ainsi créés
-seront alors considérés comme étant des indications de nuance, et de ce
-fait pourront se voir appliquer les effets des commandes
-@code{\\dynamicUp} et @code{\\dynamicDown}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indications de nuance vraiment entre parenthèses"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, workaround"
texidoc = "
Although the easiest way to add parentheses to a dynamic mark is to use
\relative c'' {
c4\parenF c c \dynamicUp c\parenF
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, text"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-A diferencia de las inscripciones de texto, las lestras de ensayo
-no se pueden apilar en un punto concreto de la partitura: sólo se
-crea un objeto @code{RehearsalMark}. Utilizando un compás y línea
-divisoria invisibles se puede crear una nueva marca de ensayo,
-dando la apariencia de dos marcas en la misma columna.
-
-Este método también puede resultar útil para colocar marcas de
-ensayo tanto al final de un sistema como al comienzo del sistema
-siguiente.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Creación de marcas de ensayo simultáneas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Les indications de repère, à la différence des scripts textuels, ne
-peuvent s'empiler en un même endroit de la partition@tie{}: il n'est
-possible de créer qu'un seul objet @code{RehearsalMark} à la fois. Le
-recours à une mesure invisible et à une barre de mesure permet cependant
-d'ajouter une autre indication de repère, donnant ainsi l'impression
-d'un double repère sur la même colonne. cette méthode permet aussi
-de positionner un repère en fin de ligne et un autre au début de la
-ligne suivante.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création de repères simultanés"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Unlike text scripts, rehearsal marks cannot be stacked at a particular
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, keyboards, real-music, unfretted-strings, connecting-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-En determinadas situaciones es necesario crear ligaduras de
-expresión entre notas que están en voces distintas.
-
-La solución es añadir notas invisibles a una de las voces
-utilizando @code{\\hideNotes}.
-
-Este ejemplo es el compás 235 de la Chacona de la segunda Partita
-para violín solo, BWV 1004, de Bach.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Dans certaines situations, il peut être nécessaire de lier des notes
-appartenant à des voix différentes.
-
-La solution consiste à ajouter une note invisible dans l'une des voix, à
-l'aide de la commande @code{\\hideNotes}.
-
-Voici par exemple la mesure 235 de la chaconne de la seconde partita
-pour violon solo, BWV 1004, de Bach.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création d'une liaison entre plusieurs voix"
+ lsrtags = "connecting-notes, expressive-marks, keyboards, real-music, unfretted-strings"
texidoc = "
In some situations, it may be necessary to create slurs between notes
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, text"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las instrucciones @code{\\startTextSpan} y @code{\\stopTextSpan}
-permiten la creación de elementos de extensión textuales tan
-fácilmente como indicaciones de pedal u
-octavaciones. Sobreescribimos ciertas propiedades del objeto
-@code{TextSpanner} para modificar su salida.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Crear elementos de extensión textuales"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Les commandes @code{\\startTextSpan} et @code{\\stopTextSpan} permettent
-d'ajouter une ligne de prolongation aux indications textuelles, à
-l'instar des indications de pédale ou d'octaviation. Jouer sur les
-propriétés de l'objet @code{TextSpanner} permet d'en modifier le rendu.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création d'extensions de texte"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The @code{\\startTextSpan} and @code{\\stopTextSpan} commands allow the
b4 c
a4 \stopTextSpan
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, workaround, chords, keyboards"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1cda7b7b8219cb97399b8e7b56c1115aaf82c002
- texidocfr = "
-Il est parfois préférable d'utiliser les hampes de la portée supérieure
-pour créer des accords distribués, afin d'éviter tout risque de
-collision au niveau des ligatures automatiques. Dans l'exemple suivant,
-le fait de partir des hampes de la portée inférieure aurait rendu
-nécessaire l'adaptation du détecteur de collision des ligatures, par une
-clause @code{\\override Staff.Beam #'collision-voice-only = ##t}, afin
-qu'il ne tienne pas compte des collisions entre portées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Accord distribué et problème de hampe - solution"
+ lsrtags = "chords, keyboards, tweaks-and-overrides, workaround"
texidoc = "
Sometimes it is better to use stems from the upper staff for creating
--- /dev/null
+% DO NOT EDIT this file manually; it is automatically
+% generated from Documentation/snippets/new
+% Make any changes in Documentation/snippets/new/
+% and then run scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
+%
+% This file is in the public domain.
+%% Note: this file works from version 2.15.42
+\version "2.15.42"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoc = "This file demonstrates a scheme engraver that
+connects stems across staves. The stem length need not be specified, as
+the code takes care of the variable distance between noteheads and staves."
+ doctitle = "Cross staff stems"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \PianoStaff
+ \consists #Span_stem_engraver
+ }
+}
+
+{
+ \new PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff {
+ <b d'>4 r d'16\> e'8. g8 r\!
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef bass
+ \voiceOne
+ \autoBeamOff
+ \crossStaff { <e g>4 e, g16 a8. c8} d
+ }
+ >>
+}
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "keyboards, repeats, real-music"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Dado que @code{\\repeat tremolo} espera exactamente dos argumentos
-musicales para los trémolos de acorde, la nota o acorde que cambia de
-pentagrama en un trémolo que cruza el pentagrama se debe colocar
-dentro de llaves curvas junto a su instrucción @code{\\change Staff}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Trémolos de pentagrama cruzado"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Dans la mesure où @code{\\repeat tremolo} requiert deux arguments
-musicaux pour un trémolo d'accords, la note ou l'accord de la
-portée opposée doit être encadré par des accolades et se voir adjoindre
-la commande @code{\\change Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Trémolo et changement de portée"
-
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, real-music, repeats"
texidoc = "
Since @code{\\repeat tremolo} expects exactly two musical arguments for
}
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, ancient-notation, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden tipografiar «custos» en diferentes estilos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Custos"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Les guidons peuvent adopter différents styles.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Guidons"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, specific-notation, symbols-and-glyphs, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Custodes may be engraved in various styles.
c1^"mensural" \break
<d a' f'>1
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
-posiciones de acordes por medio de @code{'fret-diagram-details}.
-Para los diagramas de posiciones de FretBoard, se aplican los
-overrides (sobreescrituras) al objeto @code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
-Como @code{Voice}, @code{FretBoards} es un contexto del nivel
-inferior, y por tanto se puede omitir su nombre en la
-sobreescritura de propiedades.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Personalizar los diagramas de posiciones"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Eigenschaften von Bunddiagrammen können in
-@code{'fret-diagram-details} verändert werden. Einstellungen mit
-dem @code{\\override}-Befehl werden dem @code{FretBoards.FretBoard}-Objekt
-zugewiesen. Genauso wie @code{Voice} ist auch @code{FretBoards} ein
-Kontext der niedrigsten Ebene, weshalb der Kontext auch in dem Befehl
-weggelassen werden kann.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Bunddiagramme anpassen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: af01b3b78afa2e7c3c60e7280ee0b6382135bd35
- texidocfr = "
-Les propriétés d'un diagramme de fret sont définies par les
-@code{'fret-diagram-details}. En matière de diagramme de fret, les
-adaptations s'appliquent à l'objet @code{FretBoards.FretBoard}. Un
-@code{FretBoards} est comparable à un @code{Voice}@tie{}: il s'agit
-d'un contexte du plus bas niveau, et il n'est donc pas primordial de
-l'instancier de manière explicite pour adapter ses propriétés.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Personnalisation de diagrammes de fret"
-
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Fret diagram properties can be set through
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden establecer las propiedades de los diagramas de
-posiciones a través de @code{'fret-diagram-details}. Para los
-diagramas de posiciones de marcado, se pueden aplicar overrides
-(sobreescrituras) al objeto @code{Voice.TextScript} o directamente al elemento de marcado.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Personalizar diagramas de posiciones de marcado"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Bunddiagramme können mit der Eigenschaft @code{'fret-diagram-details}
-angepasst werden. Bunddiagramme, die als Textbeschriftung eingefügt werden,
-können Veränderungen im @code{Voice.TextScript}-Objekt oder direkt in der
-Beschriftung vorgenommen werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Anpassung von Beschriftungs-Bunddiagrammen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f5cfaf8ef4ac347702f554af0944ef0d8396e73a
- texidocfr = "
-Les propriétés d'un diagramme de fret sont modifiables grâce au
-@code{'fret-diagram-details}. Lorsqu'ils sont générés sous forme
-de @code{\\markup}, rien n'empêche de modifier les diagrammes en jouant
-sur les réglages de l'objet @code{Voice.TextScript} ou bien directement
-sur le @emph{markup}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Personnalisation des diagrammes de fret"
-
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Fret diagram properties can be set through
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea
-del pentagrama está determinada por la propiedad
-@code{neutral-direction} del objeto @code{Stem}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea del pentagrama"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Richtung von Hälsen auf der mittleren Linie kann mit der @code{Stem}-Eigenschaft
-@code{neutral-direction} gesetzt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Standardrichtung für Hälse auf der Mittellinie"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-La direction des hampes des notes placées sur la ligne médiane de la
-portée est gérée par la propriété @code{neutral-direction} de l'objet
-@code{Stem}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Direction par défaut des hampes de la ligne médiane"
-
texidoc = "
The default direction of stems on the center line of the staff is set
by the @code{Stem} property @code{neutral-direction}.
\override Stem #'neutral-direction = #down
a4 b c b
}
-
\version "2.15.31"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple démontre comment définir son propre graveur de tessiture à
-base de code Scheme.
-
-Il s'agit d'une réécriture en Scheme du code contenu dans le fichier
-@file{lily/ambitus-engraver.cc}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Définition d'un graveur en Scheme : graveur d'ambitus"
-
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers"
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Se pueden añadir diagramas de posiciones predefinidas para
-instrumentos nuevos además de los estándar que se usan para la
-guitarra. Este archivo muestra cómo se hace, definiendo una afinación
-nueva y unas cuantas posiciones para el cuatro venezolano.
-
-Este archivo también muestra cómo se pueden incluir las digitaciones
-en los acordes que se usan como puntos de referencia para la búsqueda
-de acordes en la tabla, y mostrarse en el diagrama de posiciones y la
-tablatura @code{TabStaff}, pero no en la música.
-
-Estas posiciones no se pueden transportar porque contienen información
-de las cuerdas. Hay planes para corregir esto en un futuro.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Definición de posiciones predefinidas para otros instrumentos"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f23429bc5cfa9d141ef7b4509afc46c140308a1e
- texidocde = "
-Vordefinierte Bunddiagramme können für neue Instrumente hinzugefügt werden
-neben denen, die schon für die Gitarre definiert sind. Dieses Schnipsel
-zeigt, wie man eine neue Saitenstimmung definiert und dann eigene vordefinierte
-Bunddiagramme bestimmt. Das Beispiel ist für das venezualische Cuatro.
-
-Dieses Schnipsel zeigt auch, wie Fingersatz in die Akkorde eingebunden
-werden kann, um als Referenzpunkt für die Akkordauswahl benutzt werden
-kann. Dieser Fingersatz wird im Bunddiagramm und in der Tabulatur,
-aber nicht in den Noten angezeigt.
-
-Diese Bunddiagramme sind nicht transponierbar, weil sie Saiteninformationen
-enthalten. Das soll in der Zukunft verbessert werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Eigene vordefinierte Bunddiagramme für andere Instrumente erstellen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La liste des diagrammes standards prédéfinis pour la guitare peut être
-augmentée d'autres définitions spécifiques à d'autres instruments.
-Voici comment définir un nouvel accordage ainsi que quelques diagrammes
-prédéfinis pour le @qq{cuatro vénézuélien}.
-
-Cet exemple illustre aussi la manière d'ajouter des doigtés aux
-accords@tie{}; ils serviront de référence pour la boucle d'accord et
-seront indiqués dans les diagrammes et le @code{TabStaff}, mais pas dans
-la musique.
-
-Ces diagrammes ne peuvent pas être transposés, dans la mesure où ils
-contiennent des informations sur les cordes. Ceci est amené à évoluer.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Création de diagrammes de fret prédéfinis pour d'autres instruments"
-
-
texidoc = "
Predefined fret diagrams can be added for new instruments in addition
to the standards used for guitar. This file shows how this is done by
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, midi, real-music"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Partant du problème que l'on ignore quel @code{midiInstrument} serait le
-plus adapté à sa composition, voici un fichier LilyPond de démonstration.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Démonstration de MidiInstrument"
+ lsrtags = "midi, real-music, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
Problem: How to know which @code{midiInstrument} would be best for your
>>
\midi { }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout, text, titles"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Voici la liste de tous les champs d'entête :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Champs d'entête"
-
texidoc = "
A demonstration of all headers.
copyright = "localcopyright"
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Si hay un solo pentagrama en un de los tipos de sistema
-@code{ChoirStaff} o @code{StaffGroup}, el comportamiento
-predeterminado es que no se imprima el corchete en la barra inicial.
-Esto se puede cambiar sobreescribiendo las propiedades adecuadas.
-
-Observe que en contextos como @code{PianoStaff} y
-@code{GrandStaff} en que los sistemas empiezan con una llave en
-lugar de un corchete, se debe establecer el valor de una propiedad
-distinta, como se ve en el segundo sistema del ejemplo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Mostrar corchete o llave en grupos de un solo pentagrama"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wenn nur ein System einer Systemgruppe vom Typ @code{ChoirStaff} oder
-@code{StaffGroup} angezeigt wird, wird die Klammer zu Beginn normalerweise
-nicht gesetzt. Das kann verändert werden, indem man die entsprechende
-Eigenschaft verändert.
-
-Bei Systemen wie @code{PianoStaff} und @code{GrandStaff}, die mit einer
-geschweiften Klammer beginne, muss eine andere Eigenschaft verändert werden,
-wie das zweite Beispiel zeigt.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Klammer anzeigen wenn nur ein System gesetzt wird"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque, dans des regroupements de type @code{ChoirStaff} ou
-@code{StaffGroup}, une seule portée est active, aucune indication n'est
-donnée en début de ligne. Surcharger la propriété adéquate permet de
-modifier ce comportement par défaut.
-
-Notez bien que dans le cas des @code{PianoStaff} et @code{GrandStaff},
-pour lesquels le délimiteur de système est une accolade et non un
-crochet, il ne s'agit pas de la même propriété -- voir le deuxième
-système de l'exemple.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indicateur de regroupement et portée unique"
-
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
If there is only one staff in one of the staff types @code{ChoirStaff}
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "workaround, chords, simultaneous-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-He aquí una forma de imprimir un acorde en el que suena la misma nota
-dos veces con distintas alteraciones.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Impresión de acordes complejos"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment obtenir l'impression d'un accord au sein duquel une même
-note est jouée deux fois avec des altérations différentes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression d'accords complexes"
+ lsrtags = "chords, simultaneous-notes, workaround"
texidoc = "
Here is a way to display a chord where the same note is played twice
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "devel, tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Al trabajar con los callbacks de un grob, puede ser de mucha ayuda
-entender el @qq{árbol genealógico} de un grob. La mayor parte de los
-grobs tienen @qq{padres} que influyen en el posicionamiento del grob.
-los padres X e Y influyen en las posiciones horizontal y vertical del
-grob, respectivamente. Además, cada pade puede tener padres a su vez.
-
-
-Por desgracia, existen varios aspectos de la genealogía de un grob que
-pueden llevar a confusión:
-
-
-@itemize
-
-@item Los tipos de padre que tiene un grob pueden depender del
-contexto.
-
-@item Para ciertos grobs, los padres X e Y son el mismo.
-
-@item Un @qq{ancestro} concreto puede estar relacionado con un grob de
-mas de una manera.
-
-@item El concepto de @qq{generaciones} es engañoso.
-
-@end itemize
-
-
-Por ejemplo, el grob @code{System} puede ser tanto un padre (sobre el
-lado Y) como un abuelo (dos veces en el lado X) de un grob
-@code{VerticalAlignment}.
-
-
-Este macro imprime, en la consola, una representación textual de la
-genealogía de un grob.
-
-
-Cuando se llama de esta forma
-
-@example
-@{
- \\once \\override NoteHead #'before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
- c4
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-Se genera la siguiente salida:
-
-
-@example
-------------------------------------
-
-NoteHead X,Y: NoteColumn
- X: PaperColumn
- X,Y: System
- Y: VerticalAxisGroup
- X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
- X,Y: System
- Y: VerticalAlignment
- X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
- X,Y: System
- Y: System
-@end example
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Imprimir el árbol genealógico de un grob"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque l'on manipule des rappels d'objet (@emph{grob callbacks}), il
-peut être intéressant d'en maîtriser la @qq{ascendants}. La plupart des
-objets graphiques ont des parents, lesquels auront une influence sur le
-positionnement de l'objet en question. Ainsi, les X- et Y-parents
-influenceront respectivement la position horizontale et verticale de
-l'objet. De plus, chacun des parents peut avoir ses propres parents.
-
-Certains aspects de la lignée d'un objet peuvent toutefois porter à
-confusion :
-
--- Les types de parents d'un @emph{grob} peuvent dépendre du contexte.
-
--- Dans le cas de certains @emph{grobs}, les parents X et Y peuvent être
- le même.
-
--- Un @qq{ascendant} particulier peut dépendre d'un @emph{grob} de
- différentes manières.
-
--- Le concept de @qq{génération} est trompeur.
-
-Par exemple, l'objet @code{System} peut, vis à vis d'un objet
-@code{VerticalAlignment}, être à la fois parent (par son
-côté Y) et grand parent (par deux fois du côté X).
-
-La macro ci-dessous affiche à l'écran une représentation textuelle de
-l'ascendance d'un @emph{grob}.
-
-
-Elle se lance ainsi :
-
-@example
-@{
- \\once \\override NoteHead #'before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
- c4
-@}
-@end example
-
-et génère la sortie suivante :
-
-@example
-------------------------------------
-
-NoteHead X,Y: NoteColumn
- X: PaperColumn
- X,Y: System
- Y: VerticalAxisGroup
- X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
- X,Y: System
- Y: VerticalAlignment
- X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
- X,Y: System
- Y: System
-@end example
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Affichage de la généalogie d'un objet"
+ lsrtags = "devel, scheme-language, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
When working with grob callbacks, it can be helpful to understand a
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, real-music, unfretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Les notes harmoniques artificielles, obtenues grâce à @code{\\harmonic},
-ne sont pas pointées. Ce comportement peut être modifié en activant la
-propriété de contexte @code{harmonicDots}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Harmoniques pointées"
+ lsrtags = "real-music, tweaks-and-overrides, unfretted-strings"
texidoc = "
Artificial harmonics using @code{\\harmonic} do not show dots. To
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, workaround, contemporary-notation, simultaneous-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-La connection d'accords par des glissandos s'obtient par l'ajout d'un
-deuxième glissando dans une voix masquée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Double glissando"
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, expressive-marks, simultaneous-notes, workaround"
texidoc = "
To connect chords with glissando lines, attach a second glissando to a
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-La fonction @code{print} peut se modifier pour obtenir l'encadrement de
-n'importe quel objet.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Encadrement d'objets"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, scheme-language, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The @code{print-function} can be overridden to draw a box around an
\mark "F"
c1
}
-
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment entourer d'un cercle une note :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Encerclement de notes"
-
texidoc = "
Here is how to circle a note.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-La commande de @emph{markup} @code{\\circle} permet de dessiner un
-cercle autour de différents objets comme des indications de doigté.
-D'autres objets nécessitent de faire appel à des techniques spécifiques.
-Cet exemple illustre deux manières de procéder, pour les repères, et
-pour les numéros de mesure.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Encercler divers objets"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, scheme-language, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The @code{\\circle} markup command draws circles around various
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Funciones postfijas para la creación de objetos de extensión de texto
-personalizados. Los objetos de extensión deben comenzar en la primera
-nota del compás. Hay que utilizar -\mycresc, en caso contrario el
-comienzo del eobjeto de extensión se asignará a la nota siguiente.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Objeto personalizado de extensión de texto de matices dinámicos postfijo"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
-
- texidocde = "Die Nachstellung funktioniert für eigene Crescendo-Textstrecker.
-Die Strecker sollten an der ersten Note eines Taktes beginnen. Man muss
--\mycresc benutzen, sonst wird der Beginn des Streckers der nächsten Note
-zugewiesen.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Eigene Dynamiktextspanner nachgestellt"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Il s'agit de fonctions postfix pour personnaliser l'extension des
-crescendos textuels. L'extension devrait débuter sur la première note
-de la mesure. Il faut utiliser @w{@code{-\mycresc}} -- comme une
-articulation -- sous peine que le départ de l'extension n'apparaisse
-qu'à la note suivante.
-
-"
-
- doctitlefr = "Personnalisation des extenseurs de nuance postfix"
-
-
texidoc = "
Postfix functions for custom crescendo text spanners. The spanners
should start on the first note of the measure. One has to use
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Los objetos de extensión \cresc, \dim y \decresc ahora se pueden
-redefinir como operadores postfijos y producir un solo objeto de
-extensión de texto. La definición de extensores personalizados
-también es fácil. Se pueden mezclar con facilidad los crescendi
-textuales y en forma de reguladores. \< y \> producen reguladores
-gráficos de forma predeterminada, \cresc etc. producen elementos
-extensores de texto de forma predeterminada.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Objetos extensores de texto postfijos para dinámica"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
-
- texidocde = "Die \cresc, \dim und \decresc Strecker können umdefiniert werden,
-um nachgestellt zu funktionieren und einen Textstrecker zu produzieren. Eigene
-Strecker können auch einfach definiert werden. Klammer- und Textcrescendi können
-einfach vermischt werden. \< und \> erstellen normalerweise Klammern, \cresc
-usw. dagegen normalerweise Textspanner.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Dynamiktextstrecker nachgestellt"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les lignes d'extension des commandes @code{\\cresc}, @code{\\dim} et
-@code{\\decresc} peuvent désormais être personnalisées facilement sous
-forme d'opérateurs postfix. Soufflets et (de)crescendos peuvent
-cohabiter. @code{\\<} et @code{\\>} produiront par défaut des
-soufflets, alors que @code{\\cresc} etc. produiront une indication
-textuelle avec extension.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Extensions de nuance postfix"
-
-
texidoc = "
Custom text spanners can be defined and used with hairpin and text
crescendos. @code{\\<} and @code{\\>} produce hairpins by default,
doctitle = "Editorial headword"
} % begin verbatim
-
\include "english.ly"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- ragged-right = ##t
- line-width = 17\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
-
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
- texidoc = ""
- doctitle = "headword"
-}
% NR 1.7 Editorial annotations
c4
r4
}
-
>>
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, text, really-cool, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede insertar códico PostScript directamente dentro de un
-bloque @code{\\markup}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Empotrar PostScript nativo dentro de un bloque \\markup"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Du code PostScript peut directement être intégré dans un bloc
-@code{\\markup}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Intégration de PostScript dans un markup"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, really-cool, specific-notation, text"
texidoc = "
PostScript code can be directly inserted inside a @code{\\markup}
s2
a'1
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Del problema central de la notación, esto es, crear un determinado
-símbolo, se encargan los «plugins» o complementos añadidos. Cada
-uno de los complementos se conoce como un grabador. En este
-ejemplo, los grabadores se van activando uno por uno, en el orden
-siguiente:
-
-- cabeza de las notas,
-
-- el símbolo del pentagrama,
-
-- clave,
-
-- plicas,
-
-- barras, ligaduras de expresión, acentos,
-
-- alteraciones, líneas divisorias, indicación del compás, y armadura.
-
-Los grabadores se encuentran agrupados. Por ejemplo, las cabezas de
-nota, ligaduras de expresión, barras de corchea, etc. forman un
-contexto de voz, @code{Voice}. Los grabadores de la armadura,
-alteraciones, líneas de compás, etc. forman un contexto de pentagrama,
-@code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Los grabadores uno por uno"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Pour appréhender la notation, nous l'avons disséquée en éléments
-simples : chaque type de symbole est géré par un module différent.
-Chaque module est appelé @qq{graveur}. Dans cet exemple, chaque graveur
-est appelé à son tour, dans l'ordre suivant :
-
--- têtes de note,
-
--- symboles de la portée,
-
--- clef,
-
--- hampes,
-
--- ligatures, liaisons, accents,
-
--- altérations, barres de mesure, métrique et armure.
-
-Les graveurs se regroupent. Par exemple, têtes de note, liaisons,
-ligature etc. forment un contexte de voix (@code{Voice}). Les graveurs
-chargés de la métrique, des altérations, des barres de mesure etc.
-forment un contexte de portée (@code{Staff}).
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Les graveurs un par un"
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
The notation problem, creating a certain symbol, is handled by plugins.
\context { \MyVoice }
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Grabado manual de las ligaduras"
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden grabar a mano las ligaduras modificando la propiedad
-@code{tie-configuration} del objeto @code{TieColumn}. El primer número
-indica la distancia a partir de la tercera línea del pentagrama en
-espacios de pentagrama, y el segundo número indica la dirección (1 =
-hacia arriba, -1 = hacia abajo).
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Überbindungen können manuell gesetzt werden, indem man die
-@code{tie-configuration}-Eigenschaft des @code{TieColumn}-Objekts
-beeinflusst. Die erste Zahl zeigt den Abstand von der Mitte in
-Notensystemabständen an, die zweite Zahl zeigt die Richtung an (1 = nach oben,
--1 = nach unten).
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Bindebögen manuell setzen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4da4307e396243a5a3bc33a0c2753acac92cb685
- texidocfr = "
-Il est possible de graver manuellement les liaisons de tenue, en
-modifiant la propriété @code{tie-configuration}. Pour chaque paire, le
-premier nombre indique la distance à la portée, en espaces de portée, et
-le second la direction (1 pour haut, @minus{}1 pour bas).
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Dessin à main levée de liaisons de tenue"
-
texidoc = "
Ties may be engraved manually by changing the @code{tie-configuration}
property of the @code{TieColumn} object. The first number indicates the
#'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
<c e g>2~ <c e g>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, repeats"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque la durée totale d'un trémolo est inférieur à la noire, égale une
-blanche, ou bien entre une blanche et une ronde, il est d'usage que
-toutes les ligatures soient en contact avec les hampes. Certains styles
-de gravure font cependant apparaître des ligatures détachées, centrées
-entre les hampes. Pour ce type de trémolo, le nombre de hampes
-flottantes se gère au travers de la propriété @code{'gap-count} de
-l'objet @code{Beam}, et l'écart entre ligature et hampe se définit par
-la propriété @code{'gap}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression de trémolo avec ligature flottante"
+ lsrtags = "repeats, rhythms"
texidoc = "
If a tremolo's total duration is less than a quarter-note, or exactly a
\override Beam #'gap = #0.33
\repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
}
-
-
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, syntax-and-expressions"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Escribir varios grupos especiales usando una sola instrucción \\times"
- texidoces = "
-La propiedad @code{tupletSpannerDuration} establece cuánto debe durar
-cada grupo de valoración especial contenido dentro del corchete que
-aparece después de @code{\\times}. Así, se pueden escribir muchos
-tresillos seguidos dentro de una sola expresión @code{\\times},
-ahorrando trabajo de teclado.
-
-En el ejemplo se muestran dos tresillos, aunque se ha escrito
-@code{\\times} una sola vez.
-
-
-Para ver más inforamción sobre @code{make-moment}, véase la sección
-correspondiente del manual de Referencia de la Notación.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Eigenschaft @code{tupletSpannerDuration} bestimmt, wie lange jede
-der N-tolen innerhalb der Klammern nach dem @code{\\times}-Befehl
-dauert. Auf diese Art können etwa viele Triolen nacheinander mit nur
-einem @code{\\times}-Befehl geschrieben werden.
-
-Im Beispiel sind zwei Triolen zu sehen, obwohl @code{\\times} nur
-einmal geschrieben wurde.
-
-Mehr Information über @code{make-moment} gibt es in \"Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten\".
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Mehrere Triolen notieren aber nur einmal \\times benutzen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-La propriété @code{tupletSpannerDuration} spécifie la longueur voulue de
-chaque crochet. Avec elle, vous pouvez faire plusieurs nolets en ne
-tapant @code{\\times} qu'une fois, ce qui évite une longue saisie.
-
-Dans l'exemple suivant, deux triolets sont imprimés avec une seule fonction
-@code{\\times}.
-
-Pour plus d'information sur @code{make-moment}, voir la section
-appropriée du manuel de notation.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Plusieurs triolets avec une seule commande \\times"
-
texidoc = "
The property @code{tupletSpannerDuration} sets how long each of the
tuplets contained within the brackets after @code{\\times} should last.
\set tupletSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
\times 2/3 { c8 c c c c c }
}
-
} % begin verbatim
\include "english.ly"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- line-width = 16\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
% NR 1.3 Expressive marks
double-glissando.ly
dynamics-custom-text-spanner-postfix.ly
dynamics-text-spanner-postfix.ly
+glissandi-can-skip-grobs.ly
hairpins-with-different-line-styles.ly
hiding-the-extender-line-for-text-dynamics.ly
horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, workaround, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Se puede simular un @qq{hammer} o ligado ascendente con ligaduras de
-expresión.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Simular un hammer o ligado ascendente en una tablatura"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-En mode tablature, un @emph{hammer}, ou lié ascendant, peut se simuler à
-l'aide d'une liaison.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Simulation d'un hammer en tablature"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, specific-notation, workaround"
texidoc = "
A hammer in tablature can be faked with slurs.
doctitle = "Figured bass headword"
} % begin verbatim
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- ragged-right = ##f
- line-width = 16\cm
- indent = 1.5\cm
-}
-
% NR 2.7.3 Figured bass
% Arcangelo Corelli, 12 Sonate da Camera, Op. 2
extendOff = \bassFigureExtendersOff
\score {
-
\new StaffGroup <<
-
\new GrandStaff <<
-
\new Staff = "violinoI" {
\set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
\line { Violino I. }
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, keyboards"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Les crochets d'indication de pédale peuvent se modifier de différentes
-manières.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Affinage des indications de pédale"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The appearance of pedal brackets may be altered in different ways.
\header {
lsrtags = "symbols-and-glyphs, winds"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden conseguir símbolos especiales combinando glifos existentes,
-lo que es de utilidad para la notación de instrumentos de viento.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Símbolos de digitación para instrumentos de viento"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Des symboles spécifiques peuvent être obtenus en combinant les glyphes
-disponibles, ce qui est tout à fait indiqué en matière d'instrument à vent.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Symboles de doigtés pour instruments à vent"
-
-
texidoc = "
Special symbols can be achieved by combining existing glyphs, which is
useful for wind instruments.
g\stopped
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-En este ejemplo se combinan las digitaciones de la mano izquierda,
-indicaciones del número de cuerda y digitaciones de la mano
-derecha.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Digitaciones - indicación del número de cuerda y digitaciones de mano derecha"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Dieses Beispiel kombiniert Fingersatz für die linke Hand, Saitennummern
-und Fingersatz für die rechte Hand.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Fingersatz Saitennummern und Fingersatz für die rechte Hand"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-L'exemple suivant illustre comment combiner des doigtés pour la main
-gauche, des indications de corde et des doigtés pour la main droite.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Doigtés indications de corde et doigtés main droite"
-
-
texidoc = "
This example combines left-hand fingering, string indications, and
right-hand fingering.
<g-0\3-\RH #3 >4
<c-1\2-\RH #4 >4
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, version-specific, stylesheet, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Para la guitarra flamenca se utilizan ciertos elementos de notación
-especiales:
-
-
-@itemize
-
-@item un símbolo para indicar un golpe sobre la caja de la guitarra
-con el nudillo del dedo anular
-
-@item una flecha para indicar la dirección de los rasgueos
-
-@item distintas legras para las digitaciones (@qq{p}: pulgar, @qq{i}:
-índice, @qq{m}: medio, @qq{a}: anular y @qq{x}: meñique)
-
-@item Rasgueados de 3 y cautro dedos: hacia arriba con todos los dedos
-y terminando con arriba y abajo con el índice
-
-@item abanicos: rasgueos en serie con el pulgar, hacia abajo y el
-meñique y el índice hacia arriba (hay también un abanico 2 en el que
-los dedos medio y anular se usan en lugar del meñique)
-
-@item alza púa: pulsaciones rápidas con el pulgar
-
-@end itemize
-
-
-Casi todas las figuras utilizan flechas combinadas con digitaciones;
-con los abanicos y los rasgueados, las notas se imprimen con cabeza
-sólo en el primer acorde.
-
-Este fragmento de código contiene código de tipo cabecera que se puede
-copiar como @file{flamenco.ly} e incluirse en los documentos fuente.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Notación del flamenco"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-La guitare flamenco fait appel à des éléments de notation particuliers :
-
--- le @emph{golpe} : coup frappé sur la caisse de résonance avec
- l'ongle de l'annulaire,
-
--- une flèche pour indiquer le sens des butés (@emph{strokes}),
-
--- les doigtés : @qq{p} pouce, @qq{i} index, @qq{m} majeur, @qq{a}
- annulaire et @qq{x} auriculaire,
-
--- les @emph{rasgueados} sur trois ou quatre doigts : grattage des
- cordes en étendant les doigts rapidement les uns après les autres
- dans un mouvement continu, se terminant sur l'index,
-
--- les @emph{abanicos} : séries de butés du pouce, index et auriculaire.
- Il existe aussi un @emph{abanico 2} pour lequel l'index et
- l'annulaire remplacent l'auriculaire.
-
--- @emph{alza púa} : jeu rapide du pouce.
-
-La plupart de ces symboles utilisent une flèche en plus des doigtés.
-Dans le cas d'un @emph{abanico}, les têtes de note ne sont imprimées que
-pour le premier accord.
-
-Le début du code ci-dessous répertorie le paramétrage de ces différents
-symboles, que vous pouvez copier dans un fichier @file{flamenco.ly}
-pour inclusion dans vos propres compositions.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Notation de flamenco"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, specific-notation, stylesheet, version-specific"
texidoc = "
For flamenco guitar, special notation is used:
\header {
lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Son posibles tanto los corchetes rectos sobre notas sueltas como
-extremos de barra sueltos en figuras unidas, con una combinación de
-@code{stemLeftBeamCount}, @code{stemRightBeamCount} e indicadores de
-barra @code{[]} emparejados.
-
-Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la derecha sobre notas sueltas,
-use indicadores de barra emparejados @code{[]} y establezca
-@code{stemLeftBeamCount} a cero (véase el ejemplo 1).
-
-Para corchetes rectos que apunten a la izquierda, establezca en su
-lugar @code{stemRightBeamCount} (ejemplo 2).
-
-Para extremos sueltos que apunten a la derecha al final de un conjunto
-de notas unidas, establezca @code{stemRightBeamCount} a un valor
-positivo. Y para extremos sueltos que apunten a la izquierda al
-principio de un conjunto de notas unidas, establezca
-@code{stemLeftBeamCount} en su lugar (ejemplo 3).
-
-A veces, para una nota suelta rodeada de silencios tiene sentido que
-lleve los dos extremos sueltos del corchete plano, apuntando a derecha
-e izquierda. Hágalo solamente con indicadores de barra emparejados
-@code{[ ]} (ejemplo 4).
-
-(Observe que @code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount} siempre equivale a
-@code{\\once \\set}. En otras palabras, los ajustes de la cantidad de
-barras no se recuerdan, y por ello el par de corchetes planos
-aplicados a la nota Do semicorchea @code{c'16[]} del último ejemplo no
-tiene nada que ver con el @code{\\set} de dos notas por detrás.)
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Corchetes rectos y extremos de barra sueltos"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Gerade Fähnchen an einzelnen Noten und überstehende Balkenenden bei
-bebalkten Notengruppen sind möglich mit einer Kombination aus
-@code{stemLeftBeamCount}, @code{stemRightBeamCount} und Paaren von
-@code{[]}-Balkenbegrenzungen.
-
-Für gerade Fähnchen, die nach rechts zeigen, kann @code{[]} eingesetzt
-werden und @code{stemLeftBeamCount} auf Null gesetzt werden (wie
-Bsp. 1).
-
-Für gerade Fähnchen, die nach links zeigen, muss @code{stemRightBeamCount}
-eingesetzt werden (Bsp. 2).
-
-Für überstehende Balkenenden nach rechts muss @code{stemRightBeamCount}
-auf einen positiven Wert gesetzt werden, für Balkenenden, die nach links
-zeigen benutzt man @code{stemLeftBeamCount} (Bsp. 3).
-
-Manchmal können einzelne Noten, die von Pausen umgeben sind, auch Balkenenden
-in beide Richtungen tragen. Das geschieht mit @code{[]}-Klammern (Bsp. 4).
-
-(@code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount} entspricht immer dem Befehl
-@code{\\once \\set}. Anders gesagt müssen die Einstellungen immer wieder
-wiederholt werden und die Fähnchen des letzten Sechzehntels im letzten
-Beispiel haben nichts mit dem @code{\\set}-Befehl zwei Noten vorher zu tun.)
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Gerade Fähnchen und überstehende Balkenenden"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-En combinant @code{stemLeftBeamCount}, @code{stemRightBeamCount} et des
-paires de @code{[]}, vous pourrez obtenir des crochets rectilignes et
-des ligatures qui débordent à leurs extrémités.
-
-Pour des crochets rectilignes à droite sur des notes isolées, il suffit
-d'ajouter une paire d'indicateurs de ligature @code{[]} et de déterminer
-@code{stemLeftBeamCount} à zéro, comme dans l'exemple 1.
-
-Pour des crochets rectiligne à gauche, c'est @code{stemRightBeamCount}
-qu'il faudra déterminer (exemple 2).
-
-Pour que les barres de ligature débordent sur la droite,
-@code{stemRightBeamCount} doit avoir une valeur positive ; pour un
-débordement à gauche, c'est sur @code{stemLeftBeamCount} qu'il faut
-jouer. Tout ceci est illustré par l'exemple 3.
-
-Il est parfois judicieux, lorsqu'une note est encadrée de silences, de
-l'affubler de crochets rectilignes de part et d'autre. L'exemple@tie{}4
-montre qu'il suffit d'adjoindre à cette note un @code{[]}.
-
-(Notez bien que @code{\\set stemLeftBeamCount} sera toujours
-synonyme de @code{\\once \\set}. Autrement dit, la détermination
-des ligatures n'est pas @qq{permanente} ; c'est la raison pour
-laquelle les crochets du @code{c'16[]} isolé du dernier exemple n'ont
-rien à voir avec le @code{\\set} indiqué deux notes auparavant.)
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Crochet rectiligne et débordement de ligature"
-
texidoc = "
Flat flags on lone notes and beam nibs at the ends of beamed figures
are both possible with a combination of @code{stemLeftBeamCount},
}
>>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, winds"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-L'indication d'une technique particulière d'articulation, telle le
-@qq{coup de langue} des flûtistes, en remplaçant la tête de note par un
-glyphe approprié.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Coup de langue à la flûte"
-
texidoc = "
It is possible to indicate special articulation techniques such as a
flute @qq{tongue slap} by replacing the note head with the appropriate
c4 \slap c d r
\slap { g4 a } b r
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsqu'une clef a déjà été imprimée et qu'aucune autre clef n'a depuis
-été imprimée, LilyPond ignorera toute réitération de la commande
-@code{\\clef}. Forcer la réimpression de la clef s'obtient à l'aide de
-la commande @code{\\set Staff.forceClef = ##t}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Réimpression forcée de la clef"
-
texidoc = "
When a clef sign has already been displayed and it has not been changed
to a different clef, then repeating the @code{\\clef} command will be
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, simultaneous-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- doctitlees = "Forzar el desplazamiento horizontal de las notas"
-
-texidoces = "
- Cuando el motor de tipografiado no es capaz de todo, se puede usar la
- sintaxis siguiente para sobreescribir las decisiones de tipografía.
- Las unidades de medida que se usan aquí son espacios de pentagrama.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wenn es zu Zusammenstößen kommt, kann mit folgender Lösung eine andere
-Position manuell eingestellt werden. Die Einheiten hier sind
-Notenlinienzwischenräume.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Horizontale Verschiebung von Noten erzwingen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 1baa2adf57c84e8d50e6907416eadb93e2e2eb5c
- texidocfr = "
-Quand LilyPond est dépassé, la propriété @code{force-hshift} de l'objet
-@code{NoteColumn}, et des silences à hauteur déterminée, peuvent
-s'avérer utiles pour dicter au programme les choix de placement. On
-travaille ici en espace de portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Décalage horizontal forcé"
-
+ lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
When the typesetting engine cannot cope, the following syntax can be
<b f'>2
}
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Si LilyPond no cree que haya sitio suficiente para un guión separador
-de sílabas, lo omitirá. Se puede sobreescribir este comportamiento
-con la propiedad @code{minimum-distance} de @code{LyricHyphen}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Forzar la visibilidad de los guiones separadores de sílabas"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-LilyPond n'imprimera de tiret entre deux syllabes que s'il juge qu'il y
-a suffisamment d'espace. Ce comportement peut être modifié grâce à la
-propriété @code{minimum-distance} de @code{LyricHyphen}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression forcée de tirets entre syllabes"
-
texidoc = "
If LilyPond does not think there is space for a hyphen, it will be
omitted. The behaviour can be overridden with the
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "workaround, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Par défaut, les indications métronomiques n'influencent en rien
-l'espacement horizontal. Dans le cas où elles se suivent sur des silences
-multimesures, elle peuvent se retrouver trop proche l'une de l'autre, et
-donc paraître quelque peu imbriquées comme dans la première partie de
-l'exemple ci-dessous. La solution consiste alors à appliquer une simple
-dérogation comme dans la deuxième partie.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Adaptation de la largeur de mesure selon le MetronomeMark"
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, workaround"
texidoc = "
By default, metronome marks do not influence horizontal spacing. This
\override Score.MetronomeMark #'extra-spacing-width = #'(0 . 0)
\example
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, automatic-notation, rhythms, preparing-parts"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment initialiser arbitrairement une indication automatique de
-repère, qu'elle soit alphabétique ou numérique :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Fixation arbitraire du numéro de repère de départ"
+ lsrtags = "automatic-notation, preparing-parts, really-simple, rhythms"
texidoc = "
This snippet demonstrates how to obtain automatic ordered rehearsal
c1 \mark \default
c1 \mark \default
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Es posible usar el modo de marcado para dar formato a sílabas
-individuales dentro de la letra.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Dar formato a sílabas de la letra"
-
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: f86f00c1a8de0f034ba48506de2801c074bd5422
- texidocde = "
-Textbeschriftungsmodus kann eingesetzt werden, um individuelle Silben im Gesangstext
-zu formatieren.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Silben im Gesangstext formatieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Le mode @emph{markup} permet d'individualiser la mise en forme de
-certaines syllabes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Mise en forme individuelle de syllabes"
-
texidoc = "
Markup mode may be used to format individual syllables in lyrics.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Voici différentes manières d'obtenir et de personnaliser des diagrammes
-de fret :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Construction et développement de diagrammes de fret"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
This snippet shows many possibilities for obtaining and tweaking fret
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden crear tablas alternativas de diagramas de posiciones. Se
-utilizarían para tener diagramas altenativos para un acorde dado.
-
-Para usar una tabla alternativa de diagramas de posiciones, se debe
-crear la tabla primero. Después se añaden los diagramas a la tabla.
-
-La tabla de diagramas de posiciones que se crea puede estar vacía o se
-puede copiar a partir de una tabla existente.
-
-La tabla a usar en la impresión de los diagramas predefinidos se
-selecciona por medio de la propiedad @code{\\predefinedDiagramTable}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Tablas alternativas de diagramas de posiciones"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: a463d80d4be008ce05b12de86fc21f2b7c1c120f
-
- texidocde = "
-Alternative Bunddiagrammtabellen können erstellt werden. Sie können benutzt
-werden, um alternative Bunddiagramme für einen bestimmten Akkord zu haben.
-
-Damit eine alternative Bunddiagrammentabelle benutzt werden kann, muss die
-Tabelle zuerst erstellt werden. Dann werden die Bunddiagramme zur Tabelle
-hinzugefügt.
-
-Die erstellte Bunddiagrammtabelle kann auch leer sein, oder sie kann aus
-einer existierenden Tabelle kopiert werden.
-
-Die Tabelle, die eingesetzt wird, um vordefinierte Bunddiagramme anzuzeigen,
-wird mit der Eigenschaft @code{\\predefinedDiagramTable} ausgewählt.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Alternative Bunddiagrammtabellen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez tout à fait créer des tables de diagrammes de fret
-supplémentaires, notamment dans l'optique d'un fret alternatif pour un
-accord donné.
-
-Avant de pouvoir utiliser un diagramme alternatif, vous devrez alimenter
-une table à cet effet. Les différents diagrammes seront ajoutés à cette
-table.
-
-Il peut aussi bien s'agir d'une table vide, que de la recopie d'une
-table existante.
-
-La table servant de base pour les diagrammes prédéfinis est sélectionnée
-par la propriété @code{\\predefinedDiagramTable}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Diagrammes de fret alternatifs"
-
-
texidoc = "
Alternate fretboard tables can be created. These would be used in
order to have alternate fretboards for a given chord.
>>
}
>>
-
\version "2.15.18"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- line-width = 17\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
-
\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
+ lsrtags = "headword"
texidoc = ""
doctitle = "headword"
} % begin verbatim
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Armónicos sobre cuerdas pisadas (armónicos artificiales):
-"
- doctitlees = "Armónicos sobre cuerdas pisadas en tablatura"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f86f00c1a8de0f034ba48506de2801c074bd5422
- texidocde = "
-Flageolett für Bundinstrumente:
-"
- doctitlede = "Flageolett von Bundinstrumenten in einer Tabulatur"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 30339cb3706f6399c84607426988b25f79b4998c
- texidocfr = "
-Harmoniques et tablature (harmoniques artificielles).
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Harmoniques et tablature"
-
-
texidoc = "
Demonstrates fretted-string harmonics in tablature
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Une fonction Scheme personnalisée permet de redéfinir la propriété
-@code{stencil} de l'objet @code{Flag}, de sorte à modifier le glyphe
-utilisé pour les crochets de croche.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Génération de crochets personnalisés"
-
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
\revert Flag #'stencil
\snippetexamplenotes
}
-
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, scheme-language, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este fragmento de código basado en Scheme genera
-24 notas aleatorias (o tantas como se necesiten), basándose en la
-hora actual (o en cualquier número pseudo-aleatorio que se
-especifique en su lugar, para obtener las mismas notas aleatorias
-cada vez): es decir, para obtener distintos patrones de notas,
-sólo tiene que modificar este número.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Generación de notas aleatorias"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Le fragment de code Scheme ci-dessous génère aléatoirement 24 notes
-(ou autant que nécessaire), à partir de l'heure courante (ou un nombre
-quelconque donné en argument, afin d'obtenir toujours les mêmes notes
-aléatoires). Pour obtenir une autre série de notes, il suffit de
-changer ce nombre.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Génération de notes aléatoires"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, really-cool, scheme-language"
texidoc = "
This Scheme-based snippet generates 24 random notes (or as many as
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "automatic-notation, scheme-language, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Une partition LilyPond, de manière interne, n'est rien d'autre qu'une
-expression Scheme générée par l'analyseur syntaxique de lilypond. Il
-est donc possible, à l'aide de Scheme, de générer automatiquement une
-partition sans fichier source. Une expression musicale en Scheme sera
-transformée en partition par un appel à
-@code{(scorify-music music parser)}. Ceci aura pour effet de générer
-un objet @code{score} auquel sera appliqué un bloc @code{layout}
-comportant la fonction
-
-@example
-(let* ((layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout)))
- ; modification de la mise en forme, puis assignation :
- (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
- )
-@end example
-
-Il suffit alors de transmettre ce @code{score} à lilypond pour qu'il le
-grave. Les trois fonctions -- @code{(add-score parser score)},
-@code{(add-text parser text)} et @code{(add-music parser music)} --
-définies dans le code ci-dessous permettent de transmettre à lilypond,
-aux fins de les graver, une partition complète, un @emph{markup} ou
-simplement de la musique.
-
-Cet exemple permet aussi de graver les pièces contenues dans un bloc
-@code{\\book@{@dots{}@}} ainsi que des partitions de niveau supérieur.
-Chaque partition destinée à être gravée est alors ajoutée à la liste des
-partitions de niveau supérieur ; le @code{toplevel-book-handler} --
-fonction Scheme appelée pour traiter un @emph{book} dès que le bloc
-@code{\\book@{@dots{}@}} est clôturé -- s'adapte pour prendre en charge
-tous les @code{score} jusque là collectés dans l'ouvrage.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Génération en Scheme de partitions complètes (y compris des parties d'ouvrage) sans utiliser l'analyseur"
+ lsrtags = "automatic-notation, really-cool, scheme-language"
texidoc = "
A lilypond score internally is just a Scheme expression, generated by
\version "2.15.12"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los objetos gráficos de columna de nota (los grobs @code{NoteColumn})
-pueden ser sobrepasados por los glissandos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Glissando por debajo de un objeto gráfico"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fc1ca638e0b5f66858b9b7a073ceefc1eccb3ed2
- texidocde = "@code{NoteColumn}-Grobs können bei Glissandos übersprungen werden."
- doctitlede = "Glissando kann Grobs überspringen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Un glissando peut sauter un objet @code{NoteColumn}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Glissando par dessus un objet graphique"
-
- lsrtags = "expressive marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
doctitle = "Glissandi can skip grobs"
texidoc = "@code{NoteColumn} grobs can be skipped over by glissandi."
} % begin verbatim
\header {
lsrtags = "winds"
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-En muchos casos, las llaves que no están en la columna central se
-pueden presentar por el nombre de la llave así como de forma gráfica.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Diagramas para viento madera gráficos y textuales"
-
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
-
- texidocde="
-In vielen Fällen können die nicht in der mittleren Reihe befindlichen
-Löcher dargestellt werden, indem man die Lochbezeichnung oder
-graphische Zeichen benutzt.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Graphische und Text-Holzbläserdiagramme"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Dans certains cas, vous pouvez opter pour l'affichage textuel d'une clé
-située à côté d'un trou plutôt que sa représentation graphique.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de texte à un diagramme de doigté"
-
-
texidoc = "
In many cases, the keys other than the central column can be displayed
by key name as well as by graphical means.
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las líneas de rejilla
-sobreescribiendo algunas de sus propiedades.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: modificar su aspecto"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Erscheinung der Gitternetzlinien kann durch einige Eigenschaften
-geändert werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Gitternetzlinien: Aussehen verändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 9ccf7f0f5e52e074f3b7852416ad5b78718395c8
- texidocfr = "
-Modifier certaines des propriétés du quadrillage temporel aura pour effet
-d'en changer l'apparence.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Apparence du quadrillage temporel"
-
-
texidoc = "
The appearance of grid lines can be changed by overriding some of their
properties.
}
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden trazar líneas verticales normales entre pentagramas para
-mostrar la relación entre notas; sin embargo, en caso de música
-monofónica, podemos hacer invisible el segundo pentagrama, y que
-las líneas sean más cortas, como en este fragmento de código.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: destacar ritmos y la relación temporal entre notas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Des lignes verticales entre les portées peuvent s'ajouter dans le but
-d'indiquer la synchronisation entre des notes. Dans le cas de musique
-monophonique, on peut toutefois créer une deuxième portée, invisible, et
-raccourcir les lignes comme ici.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Quadrillage temporel : mise en évidence du rythme et synchronisation des notes"
-
texidoc = "
Regular vertical lines can be drawn between staves to show note
synchronization; however, in case of monophonic music, you may want to
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-
\version "2.15.10"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
-
- texidoces = "
-A diferencia de los glissandos, los @q{slides} o ligaduras pueden
-partir de un punto impreciso del mástil hasta un traste específico.
-Una buena forma de hacerlo es añadir una nota de mordente antes de la
-nota real, como se muestra en el ejemplo siguiente.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Ligaduras de guitarra"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0
- texidocfr = "
-Contrairement au glissando, un @qq{slide} peut aller d'un point non
-précisé du manche jusqu'à un fret spécifique. Ceci peut s'indiquer à
-l'aide d'une note d'ornement masquée précédant la note effectivement
-jouée, comme dans l'exemple suivant.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indication d'un glissé de guitare"
-
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
texidoc = "
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para la música de guitarra, es posible mostrar los ritmos de rasgueo,
-además de las notas de la melodía, acordes y diagramas de posiciones.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ritmos rasgueados de guitarra"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-In Gitarrennotation kann neben Melodie, Akkordbezeichnungen und
-Bunddiagrammen auch der Schlagrhythmus angegeben werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Schlagrhythmus für Gitarren"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 015b8e65e5e9a74cea1618b597402b5b74f89b89
- texidocfr = "
-En matière de notation pour guitare, il arrive que soient indiqués les
-@qq{coups de gratte} en plus de la mélodie, grilles d'accords et
-diagrammes de tablature.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Rythmique et guitare"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, rhythms"
texidoc = "
For guitar music, it is possible to show strum rhythms, along with
}
}
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los reguladores pueden imprimirse en uno cualquiera de los estilos de
-@code{line-interface}: discontinuo, punteado, línea, trino o zig-zag.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Reguladores con distintos estilos de línea"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Les lignes d'un soufflet peuvent adopter tous les styles permis par la
-@code{line-interface} : discontinu, pointillé, continu, ondulé ou en
-zigzag.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Stylisation des lignes de soufflet"
-
texidoc = "
Hairpins can take any style from @code{line-interface} - dashed-line,
dotted-line, line, trill or zigzag.
\revert Hairpin #'style
c2\< c\!
}
-
editorial-headword.ly
expressive-headword.ly
figured-bass-headword.ly
+fretted-headword.ly
keyboard-headword.ly
pitches-headword.ly
repeats-headword.ly
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, rhythms, real-music, percussion"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Bien que la métrique complexe ne soit pas l'élément primordial de cet
-exemple, elle permet d'indiquer la pulsation de cette pièce qui, par
-ailleurs, constitue le canevas d'une chanson traditionnelle des
-Balkans.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indication personnalisée d'une polymétrie complexe"
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, percussion, real-music, rhythms"
texidoc = "
Though the polymetric time signature shown was not the most essential
\melody
\drum
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Aquí se muestra la manera de ocultar las alteraciones de las notas
-ligadas al comienzo de un sistema nuevo.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Ocultar las alteraciones sobre notas ligadas al principio de un sistema nuevo"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo frammento mostra come nascondere le alterazioni delle note con
-legatura di valore all'inizio di un nuovo sistema
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Nascondere le alterazioni delle note con legatura di valore
- all'inizio di un nuovo sistema"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple illustre comment, lorsqu'une note affublée d'une altération
-accidentelle est prolongée, ne pas répéter cette altération après un
-saut de ligne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Non répétition de l'altération après saut de ligne sur liaison de prolongation"
-
-
texidoc = "
This shows how to hide accidentals on tied notes at the start of a new
system.
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los cambios de dinámica con estilo de texto (como cresc. y dim.)
-se imprimen con una línea intermitente que muestra su alcance.
-Esta línea se puede suprimir de la siguiente manera:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ocultar la línea de extensión de las expresiones textuales de dinámica"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Dynamik-Texte (wie cresc. und dim.) werden mit einer gestrichelten Linie
-gesetzt, die ihre Dauer anzeigt. Diese Linie kann auf folgende Weise
-unterdrückt werden:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Crescendo-Linien von Dynamik-Texten unterdrücken"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les crescendos et decrescendos indiqués textuellement -- tels que
-@emph{cresc.} ou @emph{dim.} -- sont suivis de pointillés qui montrent
-leur étendue. On peut empêcher l'impression de ces pointillés.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Masquage de l'extension des nuances textuelles"
-
-
texidoc = "
Text style dynamic changes (such as cresc. and dim.) are printed with a
dashed line showing their extent. This line can be suppressed in the
\crescTextCresc
c1\< | d | b | c\!
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, correction-wanted, version-specific"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Certaines indication de nuance requièrent un complément textuel, comme
-« sempre pp ». Dans la mesure où les nuances sont habituellement
-centrées sous la note, le @emph{pp} se trouvera repoussé loin après la
-note à laquelle il s'applique.
-
-Différentes approches permettent de correctement aligner horizontalement
-ce « sempre pp » :
-
--- Un simple @code{\\once \\override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2}
- avant la note considérée de telle sorte que la nuance soit décalée
- manuellement à la bonne place. Inconvénient : il faut le faire
- manuellement à chaque fois qu'intervient ce @emph{markup}.
-
--- L'intégration d'un rembourrage (@code{#:hspace 7.1}) à la définition
- de cette nuance personnalisée afin qu'une fois centrée par lilypond
- elle soit correctement alignée. Inconvénient : le rembourrage
- occupera exactement cet espace et ne permettra à aucun autre
- @emph{markup} ou nuance d'apparaître à cet endroit.
-
--- L'application d'un décalage au script de nuance
- @code{\\once \\override @dots{} #'X-offset = @dots{}}.
- Inconvénient : là aussi il faut le faire à chaque fois.
-
--- L'attribution arbitraire d'une dimension à 0 du texte additionnel à
- l'aide d'un @code{#:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0)}.
- Inconvénient : lilypond considère que « sempre » n'occupe pas
- d'espace, et donc pourra mettre à cet endroit d'autres éléments, ce
- qui pourrait générer des collisions qui ne seront pas détectées par
- les routines @emph{ad hoc}. D'autre part, il semble persister un
- espacement, ce qui laisse l'impression d'un alignement différent en
- l'absence de texte additionnel.
-
--- L'ajout, explicite, du décalage directement dans la fonction Scheme
- du script de nuance.
-
--- La définition d'un alignement explicite au sein du script de nuance.
- Ceci ne sera suivi d'effet, par défaut, qu'en jouant sur
- @code{X-offset}. Inconvénient : il faut définir
- @code{DynamicText #'X-offset}, ce qui s'appliquera à toutes les
- nuances textuelles. Par ailleurs, l'alignement sera réalisé sur le
- bord droit du texte additionnel, non sur le milieu de @emph{pp}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement de nuances personnalisées comme \"sempre pp\" \"più f\" \"subito p\""
+ lsrtags = "correction-wanted, expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, version-specific"
texidoc = "
Some dynamic expressions involve additional text, like @qq{sempre pp}.
}
>>
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Différents moyens permettent de repositionner un diagramme de fret pour
-éviter des collisions ou le placer entre deux notes :
-
--- La modification des valeurs de @code{#'padding} ou de
- @code{#'extra-offset}comme pour le second diagramme;
-
--- L'adjonction d'une voix invisible dans laquelle les diagrammes sont
- attachés à des notes invisibles comme pour le troisième diagramme.
-
-Lorsque le diagramme doit correspondre à une position rythmique dans la
-mesure, comme au troisième temps de la deuxième mesure, la seconde
-méthode est plus appropriée, puisque le diagramme sera aligné sur le
-temps.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Repositionnement d'un diagramme de fret"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
If you want to move the position of a fret diagram, for example, to
}
>>
}
-
-
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Cette méthode permet d'imprimer deux marques-repères l'un au dessus de
-l'autre. Le repère inférieur est décalé sous la portée, puis s'insère
-au-dessus de lui un espace pour positionner le repère supérieur
-au-dessus de la portée.
-
-L'ajustement des valeurs de @code{extra-offset} et @code{baseline-skip}
-permet d'accroître ou réduire globalement l'espace entre le repère et la
-portée.
-
-La capacité de pratiquement tout type de glyphe ou chaîne de caractère à
-faire l'objet d'un repère les rend capable de venir se centrer au-dessus
-ou en dessous d'une barre de mesure.
-
-L'adjonction de la propriété @code{break-visibility}, comme dans le
-troisième cas, permet de placer un double repère en fin de ligne.
-
-Cette première méthode, bien que moins compliquée que la seconde, ne
-permet pas d'ajuster le positionnement d'un repère indépendamment de
-l'autre. Elle peut aussi générer quelques problèmes quant à
-l'espacement vertical, puisque le recours à @code{extra-offset} ne
-modifie en rien la valeur originelle de la boîte englobant le repère.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression d'un double repère sur une même barre (méthode 1)"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, expressive-marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
This method prints two 'rehearsal marks', one on top of the other. It
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Cette méthode permet d'imprimer deux marques-repères -- l'un au-dessus de
-la portée et l'autre en dessous -- à l'aide de deux voix séparées. Le
-graveur de repères est ensuite déplacé dans chacune des voix, sans quoi
-aucun repère ne sera imprimé. Enfin, chaque voix se voit attribuer un
-positionnement pour les repères.
-
-Cette méthode, bien que plus complexe que la première, apporte plus de
-flexibilité dans l'ajustement individuel des deux composants du repère.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression d'un double repère sur une même barre (méthode 2)"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, expressive-marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
This method prints two 'rehearsal marks' - one above the stave and one
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, text, vocal-music, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Des mots monosyllabiques peuvent s'attacher par une liaison à l'aide
-d'un tilde.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Séparation de syllables par une liaison"
+ lsrtags = "specific-notation, symbols-and-glyphs, text, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This can be achieved by separating those syllables by tildes.
\lyrics {
wa~o~a
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
- Este fragmento de código muestra una forma de preparar un himno cuando
-cada línea comienza con un compás parcial. También muestra cómo
-añadir los versos como texto independiente debajo de la música.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Plantilla para himnos"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Il codice seguente presenta un modo di impostare un inno in cui ogni verso
-inizia e finisce con una misura parziale. Mostra anche come aggiungere delle
-strofe come testo separato sotto la musica.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per inno"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
- texidocde = "
-Dieses Beispiel zeigt eine Möglichkeit, eine Hymnusmelodie zu setzen, in
-der jede Zeiel mit einem Auftakt beginnt und einem unvollständigen
-Takt abschließt. Es zeigt auch, wie man die Strophen als allein stehenden
-Text unter die Noten hinzufügt.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Hymnus-Vorlage"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Le code ci-dessous illustre la manière d'agencer un cantique liturgique
-dans lequel chaque ligne débute et se termine par une mesure incomplète.
-Vous noterez par ailleurs l'affichage des paroles indépendamment de la
-musique.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modèle pour cantique"
+ lsrtags = "template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This code shows one way of setting out a hymn tune when each line
indent = 0 % don't indent first system
line-width = 130 % shorten line length to suit music
} % End paper block
-
% and then run scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
%
% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.15.18
-\version "2.15.18"
+%% Note: this file works from version 2.15.42
+\version "2.15.42"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los «incipit» se pueden escribir utilizando el grob del nombre del
-instruemento, pero manteniendo independientes las definiciones del
-nombre del instrumento y del incipit."
-
- doctitlees = "Incipit"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Les « incipits » peuvent faire partie de l'objet @code{InstrumentName},
-tout en définissant de manière indépendante le nom de l'instrument et
-l'incipit.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Incipit"
-
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation"
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation, really-cool"
texidoc = "
Incipits can be added using the instrument name grob, but keeping
separate the instrument name definition and the incipit definition.
\once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'padding = #0.3
\once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'stencil =
#(lambda (grob)
- (let* ((instrument-name (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text))
- (layout (ly:output-def-clone (ly:grob-layout grob)))
- (music (make-sequential-music
- (list (context-spec-music
- (make-sequential-music
- (list (make-property-set
- 'instrumentName instrument-name)
- (make-grob-property-set
- 'VerticalAxisGroup
- 'Y-extent '(-4 . 4))))
- 'MensuralStaff)
- incipit-music)))
- (score (ly:make-score music))
- (mm (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'mm))
- (indent (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'indent))
- (width (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'incipit-width))
- (incipit-width (if (number? width)
- (* width mm)
- (* indent 0.5))))
-
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'indent (- indent
- incipit-width))
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'line-width indent)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'ragged-right #f)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'ragged-last #f)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'system-count 1)
- (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
- (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'long-text
- (markup #:score score))
+ (let* ((instrument-name (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text)))
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text)
+ #{ \markup
+ \score
+ {
+ { \context MensuralStaff \with {
+ instrumentName = #instrument-name
+ \override VerticalAxisGroup
+ #'Y-extent = #'(-4 . 4)
+ } $incipit-music
+ }
+ \layout { $(ly:grob-layout grob)
+ line-width = \indent
+ indent =
+ % primitive-eval is probably easiest for
+ % escaping lexical closure and evaluating
+ % everything respective to (current-module).
+ #(primitive-eval
+ '(or (false-if-exception (- indent (* mm incipit-width)))
+ (* 0.5 indent)))
+ ragged-right = ##f
+ ragged-last = ##f
+ system-count = #1 }
+ }
+ #})
(system-start-text::print grob)))
#})
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards, real-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Un corchete de arpegio puede indicar que se tienen que tocar con la
-misma mano notas que están en dos pentagramas distintos. Para hacerlo,
-el @code{PianoStaff} se debe configurar para que acepte símbolos de
-arpegio de pentagrama cruzado y los símbolos de arpegio se deben
-configurar a la forma de corchete en el contexto de @code{PianoStaff}.
-
-(Debussy, Les collines d’Anacapri, m. 65)
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Indicar acordes de pentagrama cruzado con corchetes de arpegio"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Eine Arpeggioklammer kann anzeigen, dass Noten auf zwei unterschiedlichen
-Systemen mit der selben Hand gespielt werden sollen. Damit das notiert
-werden kann, muss der @code{PianoStaff}-Kontext so eingestellt werden,
-dass er Arpeggios über Systeme hinweg akzeptiert und die Form der Arpeggios
-muss auf eine Klammer eingestellt werden.
-
-(Debussy, Les collines d’Anacapri, T. 65)
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Akkorde auf zwei Systemen mit Arpeggioklammern anzeigen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Un crochet d'arpège peut indiquer que des notes réparties sur deux
-portées différentes doivent être jouées par la même main. Le contexte
-@code{PianoStaff} doit accepter des arpèges « distribués », et les
-indications d'arpège du contexte @code{PianoStaff} adopter une allure de
-crochet.
-
-(Debussy, Les collines d’Anacapri, mesure 65)
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indication d'un accord à cheval sur deux portées par un crochet d'arpège"
-
texidoc = "
An arpeggio bracket can indicate that notes on two different staves are
to be played with the same hand. In order to do this, the
}
}
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las marcas de cesura se pueden crear sobreescribiendo la propiedad
-@code{'text} del objeto @code{BreathingSign}. También está disponible
-una marca de cesura curva.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Insertar una cesura"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Zäsurzeichen können erstellt werden, indem die @code{'text}-Eigenschaft
-des @code{BreathingSign}-Objektes verändert wird. Ein gekrümmtes
-Zäsurzeichen ist auch möglich.
-"
- doctitlede = "Eine Zäsur einfügen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-Une surcharge de la propriété @code{'text} de l'objet
-@code{BreathingSign} permet de créer une marque de césure. LilyPond
-dispose également d'une variante courbée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Insertion d'une césure"
-
-
texidoc = "
Caesura marks can be created by overriding the @code{'text} property of
the @code{BreathingSign} object. A curved caesura mark is also
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, real-music"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-La commande @code{\\markup} est polyvalente. Dans cet exemple, elle
-contient un bloc @code{\\score} plutôt que du texte ou une marque.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Insertion d'un fragment au-dessus de la portée"
+ lsrtags = "real-music, staff-notation"
texidoc = "
The @code{\\markup} command is quite versatile. In this snippet, it
g8 a g a
g8 a g a
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-También se pueden imprimir símbolos de porcentaje sueltos.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Símbolos de porcentaje sueltos"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Isolierte Prozentwiederholungen können auch ausgegeben werden. Das wird
-erreicht, indem man eine Ganztaktpause notiert und ihre Ausgabeform
-ändert:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Isolierte Prozentwiederholungen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Des symboles de pourcentage isolés peuvent aussi être obtenus, au
-moyen d'un silence multimesure dont on modifie l'aspect :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Répétition en pourcent isolée"
-
-
texidoc = "
Isolated percents can also be printed.
\relative c'' {
\makePercent s1
}
-
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Ésta es una plantilla bastante avanzada, para un conjunto de
-jazz. Observe que la notación de todos los instrumentos está en
-@code{\\key c \\major} (Do mayor). Esto se refiere al tono de
-concierto; la armadura se transporta automáticamente si la música está
-dentro de una sección @code{\\transpose}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla para combo de jazz"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Ecco un modello piuttosto complesso, per un gruppo jazz. Si noti che tutti
-gli strumenti sono in @code{\\key c \\major}. Si tratta della tonalità
-reale; sarà trasposta automaticamente includendo la
-musica all'interno di una sezione @code{\\transpose}.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per combo jazz"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Hier ist ein ziemlich kompliziertes Beispiel für ein Jazz-Ensemble. Achtung:
-Alle Instrumente sind in @code{\\key c \major} (C-Dur) notiert. Das bezieht sich
-auf die klingende Musik: LilyPond transponiert die Tonart automatisch, wenn
-sich die Noten innerhalb eines @code{\\transpose}-Abschnitts befinden.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Jazz-Combo"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Bien que compliqué de prime abord, voici un canevas tout à fait indiqué
-pour les ensembles de jazz. Vous noterez que tous les instruments sont
-notés en ut (@code{\\key c \major}), la tonalité de concert. Les notes
-seront automatiquement transposée dès lors qu'elles seront inscrites
-dans une section @code{\\transpose}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Symboles de jazz"
-
- lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, fretted-strings, template"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, fretted-strings, template, real-music"
texidoc = "
This is quite an advanced template, for a jazz ensemble. Note that all
}
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, pitches"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Cuando se produce un cambio de clave, el símbolo de clave se imprime a
-un tamaño menor que la clave inicial. Esto se puede ajustar con
-@code{full-size-change}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Mantener el tamaño del símbolo en los cambios de clave"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Le symbole imprimé lors d'un changement de clef est plus petit que la
-clef initiale. La taille s'ajuste à l'aide de la propriété
-@code{full-size-change}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Maintien de la taille de clef lors d'un changement"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
When a clef is changed, the clef sign displayed is smaller than the
\clef "treble"
c1
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, specific-notation, contemporary-notation, keyboards, fretted-strings, connecting-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Les indication de « laisser vibrer » ont une taille fixe. Leur
-formatage est accessible au travers de la propriété
-@code{'tie-configuration}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Liaison « Laissez vibrer »"
+ lsrtags = "connecting-notes, contemporary-notation, expressive-marks, fretted-strings, keyboards, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
Laissez vibrer ties have a fixed size. Their formatting can be tuned
(-1 . ,UP))
<c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, fretted-strings"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La tablatura se puede formatear utilizando letras en lugar de números.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Formateado de tablaturas con letras"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Une tablature peut comporter des lettres en lieu et place des chiffres.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Tablature en lettres"
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, staff-notation"
texidoc = "
Tablature can be formatted using letters instead of numbers.
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden aplicar puntas de flecha a los elementos de extensión de
-texto y de línea (como el Glissando).
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Puntas de flecha para las líneas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Les extensions de texte, tout comme les indications sous forme de ligne
-tel un glissando, peuvent se voir pourvues d'une extrémité en flèche.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Terminaison de ligne en flèche"
-
texidoc = "
Arrows can be applied to text-spanners and line-spanners (such as the
Glissando).
\header {
lsrtags = "really-simple, text, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La alineación horizontal de la letra se puede ajustar sobreescribiendo
-la propiedad @code{self-alignment-X} del objeto @code{LyricText}.
-@code{#-1} es izquierda, @code{#0} es centrado y @code{#1} es derecha;
-sin embargo, podemos usar también @code{#LEFT}, @code{#CENTER} y
-@code{#RIGHT}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Alineación de la letra"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 27b1197f3bae8512c14d946752cd3e40e7c76016
-
- texidocde = "
-Die horizontale Ausrichtung von Gesangstext kann eingestellt werden, indem
-man die @code{self-alignment-X}-Eigenschaft des @code{LyricText}-Objekts
-verändert. @code{#-1} bedeutet links, @code{#0} bedeutet mittig und @code{#1}
-bedeutet rechts, man kann aber genauso gut auch @code{#LEFT}, @code{#CENTER}
-und @code{#RIGHT} benutzen.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Ausrichtung von Gesangstext"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: d9d1da30361a0bcaea1ae058eb1bc8dd3a5b2e4c
- texidocfr = "
-L'alignement horizontal des paroles peut se gérer à l'aide de la
-propriété @code{self-alignment-X} de l'objet @code{LyricText}.
-Les valeurs @code{-1} ou @code{LEFT} produiront un alignement par la
-gauche, les valeurs @code{0} ou @code{CENTER} un alignement centré, et
-les valeurs @code{1} ou @code{RIGHT} un alignement par la droite.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement des syllabes"
-
texidoc = "
Horizontal alignment for lyrics can be set by overriding the
@code{self-alignment-X} property of the @code{LyricText} object.
\once \override LyricText #'self-alignment-X = #1
"This is right-aligned"
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "world-music, version-specific, pitches"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El «Makam» es un tipo de melodía de Turquía que
-utiliza alteraciones microtonales de 1/9 de tono. Consulte el
-archivo de inicio @file{makam.ly} (véase el 'Manual de
-aprendizaje @version{}, 4.6.3 Otras fuentes de información' para
-averiguar la situación de este archivo) para ver detalles de los
-nombres de las notas y las alteraciones.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ejemplo de «Makam»"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Makam ist eine türkische Melodie, in der 1/9-Tonabstände
-eingesetzt werden. Sehen Sie sich die Initialisierungsdatei
-@file{makam.ly} für weiter Information zu Tonhöhenbezeichnungen
-und Alterationen an (siehe
-Handbuch zum Lernen @version{}, 4.6.3 Weitere Information zu
-Hinweisen, wo diese Datei gespeichert ist)."
-
- doctitlede = "Makam-Beispiel"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Le « makam » est une forme de mélodie turque qui utilise des altérations
-d'un neuvième de ton. Consultez le fichier d'initialisation
-@file{makam.ly} pour plus de détails sur les hauteurs et altérations
-utilisées (voir le chapitre 4.6.3 - Autres sources d'information du
-manuel d'initiation pour le localiser).
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Exemple de musique « Makam »"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, version-specific, world-music"
texidoc = "
Makam is a type of melody from Turkey using 1/9th-tone microtonal
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Une modification de la propriété @code{transparent} permet d'imprimer un
-objet à « l'encre sympathique » : l'objet n'est pas affiché bien que tous
-ses attributs soient préservés. L'objet en question occupe donc sa
-place, est pris en compte lors de collisions, et peut se voir attaché
-liaisons ou ligatures.
-
-Cet exemple illustre la manière de connecter deux voix par une liaison
-de prolongation. Les liaisons de prolongation ne peuvent normalement
-intervenir que dans la même voix. Dès lors que la liaison est entamée
-dans une autre voix et que la première hampe ascendante est rendue
-transparente dans cette même voix, la liaison semble passer d'une voix à
-l'autre.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Recours à la propriété 'transparent pour rendre des objets invisibles"
-
lsrtags = "rhythms, simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Las ligaduras de expresión se pueden construir con patrones de
-discontinuidad complejos mediante la definición de la propiedad
-@code{dash-definition}. @code{dash-definition} es una lista de
-@code{elementos de discontinuidad}. Un @code{elemento de
-discontinuidad} es una lista de parámetros que definen el
-comportamiento de discontinuidad de un segmento de la ligadura de
-expresión.
-
-La ligadura se define en términos del parámetro de bezier t cuyo
-rango va de 0 a la izquierda de la ligadura hasta 1 en el extremo
-derecho de la ligadura. Cada @code{elemento de discontinuidad} es
-una lista @code{(t-inicio t-final fracción-discontinuidad
-período-discontinuidad)}. La región de la ligadura desde
-@code{t-inicio} hasta @code{t-final} tendrá una fracción
-@code{fracción-discontinuidad} de cada
-@code{período-discontinuidad} de color negro.
-@code{período-discontinuidad} se define en términos de espacios de
-pentagrama. @code{fracción-discontinuidad} se establece al valor
-de 1 para una ligadura continua.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Hacer ligaduras de expresión con estructura compleja de discontinuidad"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Legatobögen können mit einem komplizierten Strichelmuster
-gesetzt werden, indem die @code{dash-definition}-Eigenschaft
-definiert wird. @code{dash-definition} ist eine Liste bestehend
-aus @code{dash-elements}-Elementen. Ein @code{dash-element} ist
-eine Liste an Parametern, die das Strichverhalten für einen
-Abschnitt des Legatobogens definieren.
-
-Der Bogen wird nach dem Bezierparameter t definiert, welcher
-von 0 am linken Ende des Bogens zu 1 am rechten Ende des Bogens
-reicht. @code{dash-element} ist eine Liste @code{(start-t stop-t dash-Unterbrechung dash-Abschnitt)}. Die Region des Bogens von @code{start-t}
-bis @code{stop-t} hat eine Unterbrechung von @code{dash-Unterbrechung}
-von jedem @code{dash-Abschnitt}-Schwarzabschnitt. @code{dash-Abschnitt} ist in Notenlinienzwischenräumen definiert.
-@code{dash-Abschnitt} ist auf 1 für einen durchgehenden Bogen
-gesetzt.
-"
- doctitlede = "Legatobögen mit kompliziertem Strichelmuster
- definieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Grâce à la propriété @code{dash-definition}, une liaison d'articulation
-peut être formée de traits discontinus variables.
-@code{dash-definition} se compose d'une liste de
-@code{segments-discontinus} (@emph{dash-elements}). Chaque
-@code{segment-discontinu} contient une liste de paramètres qui
-déterminent le comportement du trait pour une section de la liaison.
-
-Cette liaison se définit selon le paramètre de Bézier @code{t} qui est
-compris entre 0 (l'extrémité gauche de la liaison) et 1 (l'extrémité
-droite de la liaison). Chaque @code{segment-discontinu} se composera
-selon la liste @code{(t-début t-fin segment-style segment-taille)}.
-La portion de liaison allant de @code{t-début} à @code{t-fin} aura un
-trait @code{segment-style} de longueur @code{segment-taille}.
-@code{segment-taille} est exprimé en espace de portée ; un
-@code{segment-style} à 1 donnera un trait plein.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Dessin d'une liaison d'articulation au trait discontinu"
-
-
texidoc = "
Slurs can be made with complex dash patterns by defining the
@code{dash-definition} property. @code{dash-definition} is a list of
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "workaround, staff-notation, really-cool, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede engrosar una línea del pentagrama con fines pedagógicos
-(p.ej. la tercera línea o la de la clave de Sol). Esto se puede
-conseguir añadiendo más líneas muy cerca de la línea que se quiere
-destacar, utilizando la propiedad @code{line-positions} del objeto
-@code{StaffSymbol}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Hacer unas líneas del pentagrama más gruesas que las otras"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Für den pädagogischen Einsatz kann eine Linie des Notensystems dicker
-gezeichnet werden (z. B. die Mittellinie, oder um den Schlüssel hervorzuheben).
-Das ist möglich, indem man zusätzliche Linien sehr nahe an der Linie, die
-dicker erscheinen soll, einfügt. Dazu wird die @code{line-positions}-Eigenschaft
-herangezogen.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Eine Linie des Notensystems dicker als die anderen machen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pourriez avoir envie, dans un but pédagogique, de rendre certaines
-lignes d'une portée plus épaisses que les autres, comme la ligne médiane,
-ou bien pour mettre en exergue la ligne portant la clef de sol. Il
-suffit pour cela d'ajouter une ligne qui sera accolée à celle qui doit
-être mise en évidence, grâce à la propriété @code{line-positions} de
-l'objet @code{StaffSymbol}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Empâtement de certaines lignes d'une portée"
-
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, really-cool, staff-notation, workaround"
texidoc = "
-For pedagogical purposes, a staff line can be thickened (e.g., the
+For educational purposes, a staff line can be thickened (e.g., the
middle line, or to emphasize the line of the G clef). This can be
achieved by adding extra lines very close to the line that should be
emphasized, using the @code{line-positions} property of the
doctitle = "Making some staff lines thicker than the others"
} % begin verbatim
-
{
- \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions =
+ #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
d'4 e' f' g'
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-La basse chiffrée utilise fréquemment des lignes pour indiquer la
-prolongation jusqu'à un certain point. LilyPond est alors dispendieux
-en ce sens qu'il place le plus de prolongateurs possible.
-L'interruption d'un prolongateur particulier s'obtient en affectant
-d'un @code{\\!} le chiffre qui doit être réimprimé ; ceci interrompra de
-fait la ligne de prolongation juste avant ce chiffre.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Interruption manuelle des prolongations de certains chiffrages"
-
texidoc = "
Figured bass often uses extenders to indicate continuation of the
corresponding step. However, in this case lilypond is in greedy-mode
\new Staff \relative c'' { c1 c1 }
\new FiguredBass \bassfigures
>>
-
-
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms, connecting-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Le positionnement et la pente des ligatures peuvent être contrôlés
-manuellement à l'aide d'une adaptation de la propriété
-@code{positions} de l'objet @code{Beam}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Contrôle manuel du positionnement des ligatures"
+ lsrtags = "connecting-notes, rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Beam positions may be controlled manually, by overriding the
\override Beam #'positions = #'(0 . 1)
c8 c
}
-
-
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "workaround, contemporary-notation, vocal-music, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Voici comment ajouter une croix aux hampes. Le début du fragment parlé
-est stipulé par une commande @code{\\speakOn}, et la fin par une
-commande @code{\\speakOff}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Adjonction d'une croix sur la hampe des notes d'un fragment parlé"
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, editorial-annotations, vocal-music, workaround"
texidoc = "
This example shows how to put crosses on stems. Mark the beginning of
}
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Un bloc de texte conséquent peut se répartir sur plusieurs pages à
-l'aide de la commande @code{\\markuplist}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Répartition de lignes de texte (markup)"
-
texidoc = "
Text that can spread over pages is entered with the
@code{\\markuplist} command.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "workaround, staff-notation, repeats, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este fragmento de código proporciona una solución alternativa a la
-producción de contadores de compás utilizando repeticiones
-transparentes de tipo porcentaje.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Contador de compases"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Le code ci-dessous permet, de façon détournée, d'afficher un compteur de
-mesures à l'aide d'une répétition en pourcent rendue transparente.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Compteur de mesures"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, repeats, staff-notation, workaround"
texidoc = "
This snippet provides a workaround for emitting measure counters using
\repeat percent 4 { s1 }
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation, ancient-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La disposición «mensurstriche» en que las líneas divisorias no
-están dibujadas sobre los pentagramas, sino entre ellos, se puede
-conseguir con un @code{StaffGroup} en vez de un @code{ChoirStaff}.
-La línea divisoria sobre los pentagramas se borra estableciendo la
-propiedad @code{transparent}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Disposición Mensurstriche (líneas divisorias entre pentagramas)"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Das Mensurstiche-Layout, in welchem die Taktlinien nicht auf den Systemen,
-sondern zwischen den Systemen gesetzt werden, kann mit einer @code{StaffGroup}
-anstelle von @code{ChoirStaff} erreicht werden. Die Taktlinien auf den
-Systemen werden mit der @code{transparent}-Eigenschaft ausgelöscht.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Mensurstriche-Layout (Taktstriche zwischen den Systemen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-En musique mensurale, les barres de mesure ne traversent pas les
-portées. Pour obtenir ce résultat avec un @code{StaffGroup} plutôt
-qu'en utilisant un @code{ChoirStaff}, il faudra rendre
-@qq{transparentes} les portions de barre qui recouvrent les portées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Présentation à l'ancienne (barres de mesure entre les portées)"
-
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The mensurstriche-layout where the bar lines do not show on the staves
\new Staff { << \global { c c } >> }
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, version-specific, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Dans le cadre d'un portée polyphonique, les silences multimesures sont
-positionnés différemment selon la voix à laquelle ils appartiennent.
-Le réglage suivant permet néanmoins de les imprimer sur une même ligne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Fusion de silences multimesures dans une partie polyphonique"
+ lsrtags = "really-simple, rhythms, version-specific"
texidoc = "
When using multi-measure rests in a polyphonic staff, the rests will be
}
>>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las abreviaturas se encuentran definidas dentro del archivo
-@file{ly/script-init.ly}, donde las variables @code{dashHat},
-@code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash}, @code{dashBar}, @code{dashLarger},
-@code{dashDot} y @code{dashUnderscore} reciben valores
-predeterminados. Se pueden modificar estos valores predeterminados
-para las abreviaturas. Por ejemplo, para asociar la abreviatura
-@code{-+} (@code{dashPlus}) con el símbolo del semitrino en lugar del
-símbolo predeterminado +, asigne el valor @code{trill} a la variable
-@code{dashPlus}:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Modificar los valores predeterminados para la notación abreviada de las articulaciones"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Abkürzungen sind in der Datei @file{ly/script-init.ly} definiert, wo
-den Variablen @code{dashHat}, @code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash},
-@code{dashBar}, @code{dashLarger}, @code{dashDot} und
-@code{dashUnderscore} Standardwerte zugewiesen werden. Diese Standardwerte
-können verändert werden. Um zum Beispiel die Abkürzung
-@code{-+} (@code{dashPlus}) mit dem Triller anstatt mit dem +-Symbol zu
-assoziieren, muss der Wert @code{trill} der Variable
-@code{dashPlus} zugewiesen werden:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Die Standardwerte der Abkürzungen von Artikulationen verändern"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les raccourcis sont répertoriés dans le fichier
-@file{ly/script-init.ly}, dans lequel on retrouve les variables
-@code{dashHat}, @code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash}, @code{dashBar},
-@code{dashLarger}, @code{dashDot}, et @code{dashUnderscore} ainsi que
-leur valeur par défaut. Ces valeurs peuvent être modifiées selon vos
-besoins. Il suffit par exemple, pour affecter au raccourci @w{@code{-+}}
-(@code{dashPlus}) le symbole du trille en lieu et place du @code{+}
-(caractère plus), d'assigner la valeur @code{trill} à la variable
-@code{dashPlus}@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la signification des raccourcis pour les signes d'articulation"
-
-
texidoc = "
The shorthands are defined in @samp{ly/script-init.ly}, where the
variables @code{dashHat}, @code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash},
dashPlus = "trill"
\relative c'' { c1-+ }
-
\header {
lsrtags = "really-simple, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Les crochets indiquant un nolet peuvent être prolongés jusqu'à un
-élément de rupture ou jusqu'à la note suivante. LilyPond termine un
-crochet de nolet sur la droite de sa dernière tête de note par défaut ;
-un crochet de pleine longueur s'étendra plus avant, soit jusqu'à le note
-suivante et en traversant tous les éléments non rythmiques, soit sur
-tout l'espace précédant le prochain élément de notation, que ce soit une
-clef, une métrique, une armure ou une autre note. L'exemple suivant
-illustre la manière d'activer ces deux fonctionnalités.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modification de la longueur d'un crochet de nolet"
-
texidoc = "
Tuplet brackets can be made to run to prefatory matter or the next
note. Default tuplet brackets end at the right edge of the final note
\time 3/4
c2.
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms, simultaneous-notes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Cuando se puede una nota en la voz superior para evitar la colisión
-con una nota de otra voz, el comportamiento predeterminado es
-desplazar la nota superior a la derecha. Se puede cambiar usando la
-propiedad @code{prefer-dotted-right} de @code{NoteCollision}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Desplazar las notas con puntillo en polifonía"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Une note pointée appartenant à la voix supérieure d'une portée
-polyphonie sera par défaut décalée vers la droite afin d'éviter les
-collisions avec les autres voix. Ce comportement peut être outrepassé à
-l'aide de la propriété @code{prefer-dotted-right} de
-@code{NoteCollision}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Déplacement des notes pointées dans une polyphonie"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
When a dotted note in the upper voice is moved to avoid a collision
\\
{ e4 e e e e e e e e e e e}
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede ajustar la posición vertical de una ligadura de
-expresión utilizando la propiedad @code{positions} del objeto
-@code{Slur}. La propiedad tiene dos parámetros, refiriéndose el
-primero al extremo izquierdo de la ligadura y el segundo al derecho.
-Los valores de los parámetros no se utilizan por parte de LilyPond
-para producir un desplazamiento exacto de la ligadura: más bien
-selecciona la colocación que mejor aspecto tiene, teniendo en cuenta
-los valores de los parámetros. Los valores positivos desplazan la
-ligadura hacia arriba, y son adecuados a notas que tienen las plicas
-hacia abajo. Los valores negativos desplazan las ligaduras bajas aún
-más hacia abajo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Desplazar ligaduras de expresión verticalmente"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Le positionnement vertical d'une liaison se contrôle par la propriété
-@code{positions} de l'objet @code{Slur}. Cette propriété dispose de
-deux paramètres : le premier affecte l'extrémité gauche de liaison, le
-second son extrémité droite. La valeur des paramètres n'aura aucune
-influence sur le galbe de la liaison. LilyPond ne s'en servira que pour
-adapter le positionnement de la courbe. Des valeurs positives décalent
-la liaison vers le haut et s'utilisent pour des hampes descendantes.
-Des valeurs négatives entraînent un décalage vers le bas.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Déplacement vertical des liaisons d'articulation"
-
texidoc = "
The vertical position of a slur can be adjusted using the
@code{positions} property of @code{Slur}. The property has 2
\revert Slur #'positions
e4( a)
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-texidoces = "
-Los elementos de marcado aplicados a un silencio multicompás se
-centran encima o debajo de éste. Los elementos de marcado extensos
-que se adjuntan a silencios multicompás no producen la expansión del
-compás. Para expandir un silencio multicompás de forma que quepa todo
-el marcado, utilice un silencio de separación con un marcado aplicado
-antes del silencio multicompás.
-
-Observe que el silencio separador produce la inserción de un compás.
-El texto aplicado a un siencio sparador de esta forma se alinea por la
-izquierda a la posición en que la nota estaría situada dentro del
-compás, pero si la longitud del compás está determinada por la
-longitud del texto, éste aparecerá centrado.
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Marcado de silencios multicompás"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "Textbeschriftungen, die an Mehrtaktpausen gehängt wird,
-wird über oder unter der Pause zentriert. Lange Beschriftungen
-lassen den Takt nicht breiter werden. Um eine Mehrtaktpause einer
-Beschriftung anzupassen, muss eine unsichtbare Pause mit der
-Beschriftung direkt vor der Mehrtaktpause eingesetzt werden.
-
-Man sollte beachten, dass unsichtbare Pausen automatische Taktstriche
-nach sich ziehen. Text, der an eine unsichtbare Pause gehängt wird,
-ist links ausgerichtet an der Position, wo die Pause erscheinen
-würde. Wenn aber die Länge des Taktes durch die Länge des Textes
-bestimmt wird, sieht es so aus, als ob der Text zentriert gesetzt
-ist."
-
- doctitlede = "Textbeschriftung und Mehrtaktpausen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque du texte est attaché à un silence multimesure, il sera centré
-dans la mesure, au-dessus ou en dessous de la portée. Afin d'étirer la
-mesure dans le cas ou ce texte est relativement long, il suffit
-d'insérer un silence invisible auquel on attache le texte en question,
-avant le silence multimesure.
-
-Rappelez-vous qu'un silence invisible génère une barre de mesure. Le
-texte attaché à ce silence invisible sera alors aligné sur la gauche de
-là où serait positionnée la note. Cependant, si la taille de la mesure
-est déterminée par la longueur du texte, il apparaîtra comme centré.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajout de texte à un silence multimesure"
-
texidoc = "
Markups attached to a multi-measure rest will be centered above or
below it. Long markups attached to multi-measure rests do not cause
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation, preparing-parts"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede utilizar la propiedad
-@code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} para crear grupos de
-pentagramas anidados de forma más compleja. La instrucción
-@code{\\set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} toma una
-lista alfabética del número de pentagramas producidos. Se puede
-proporcionar antes de cada pentagrama un delimitador de comienzo
-de sistema. Se debe encerrar entre corchetes y admite tantos
-pentagramas como encierren las llaves. Se pueden omitir los
-elementos de la lista, pero el primer corchete siempre abarca
-todos los pentagramas. Las posibilidades son
-@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBracket},
-@code{SystemStartBrace} y @code{SystemStartSquare}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Anidado de grupos de pentagramas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Eigenschaft @code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} kann eingesetzt
-werden, um komplizierte geschachtelte Systemklammern zu erstellen. Der
-Befehl @code{\\set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} nimmt eine
-Liste mit der Anzahl der Systeme, die ausgegeben werden, auf. Vor jedem
-System kann eine Systemanfangsklammer angegeben werden. Sie muss in Klammern eingefügt
-werden und umfasst so viele Systeme, wie die Klammer einschließt. Elemente
-in der Liste können ausgelassen werden, aber die erste Klammer umfasst immer
-die gesamte Gruppe. Die Möglichkeiten der Anfangsklammer sind: @code{SystemStartBar},
-@code{SystemStartBracket}, @code{SystemStartBrace} und
-@code{SystemStartSquare}.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Systeme schachteln"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: af3df3b7c6e062635bdccb739be41962969806a0
- texidocfr = "
-La propriété @code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} permet de créer des
-regroupements imbriqués complexes. La commande
-@code{\\set@tie{}StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} prend en
-argument la liste alphabétique des sous-groupes à hiérarchiser. Chaque
-sous-groupe peut être affublé d'un délimiteur particulier. Chacun des
-regroupements intermédiaires doit être borné par des parenthèses. Bien
-que des éléments de la liste puissent être omis, le premier délimiteur
-embrassera toujours l'intégralité des portées. Vous disposez des quatre
-délimiteurs @code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBracket},
-@code{SystemStartBrace} et @code{SystemStartSquare}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Imbrications de regroupements de portées"
-
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, preparing-parts, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The property @code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} can be used to make
\new Staff { c1 }
\new Staff { c1 }
>>
-
\version "2.15.9"
\header {
- lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, symbols-and-glyphs"
texidoc = "
Shown here are many (all?) of the symbols that are included in
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
This form of notation is used for the chant of the Psalms, where verses
doctitle = "Chant or psalms notation"
}
-stemOn = { \revert Staff.Stem #'transparent \revert Staff.Flag #'transparent }
-stemOff = { \override Staff.Stem #'transparent = ##t \override Staff.Flag #'transparent = ##t }
+stemOn = {
+ \revert Staff.Stem #'transparent
+ \revert Staff.Flag #'transparent
+}
+
+stemOff = {
+ \override Staff.Stem #'transparent = ##t
+ \override Staff.Flag #'transparent = ##t
+}
\score {
\new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
\version "2.15.20"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- ragged-right = ##f
- line-width = 15\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
+ lsrtags = "headword"
texidoc = ""
doctitle = "headword"
}
\version "2.15.27"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, real-music, really-cool, scheme-language"
texidoc = "
In music that contains many occurrences of the same sequence of notes
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.15.42"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoc = "This file demonstrates a scheme engraver that
+connects stems across staves. The stem length need not be specified, as
+the code takes care of the variable distance between noteheads and staves."
+ doctitle = "Cross staff stems"
+}
+
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \PianoStaff
+ \consists #Span_stem_engraver
+ }
+}
+
+{
+ \new PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff {
+ <b d'>4 r d'16\> e'8. g8 r\!
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef bass
+ \voiceOne
+ \autoBeamOff
+ \crossStaff { <e g>4 e, g16 a8. c8} d
+ }
+ >>
+}
\version "2.15.18"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper {
- line-width = 17\cm
- indent = 0\cm
-}
-
\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
+ lsrtags = "headword"
texidoc = ""
doctitle = "headword"
}
\version "2.15.12"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
doctitle = "Glissandi can skip grobs"
texidoc = "@code{NoteColumn} grobs can be skipped over by glissandi."
}
-\version "2.15.18"
+\version "2.15.42"
\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation"
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation, really-cool"
texidoc = "
Incipits can be added using the instrument name grob, but keeping
separate the instrument name definition and the incipit definition.
\once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'padding = #0.3
\once \override Staff.InstrumentName #'stencil =
#(lambda (grob)
- (let* ((instrument-name (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text))
- (layout (ly:output-def-clone (ly:grob-layout grob)))
- (music (make-sequential-music
- (list (context-spec-music
- (make-sequential-music
- (list (make-property-set
- 'instrumentName instrument-name)
- (make-grob-property-set
- 'VerticalAxisGroup
- 'Y-extent '(-4 . 4))))
- 'MensuralStaff)
- incipit-music)))
- (score (ly:make-score music))
- (mm (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'mm))
- (indent (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'indent))
- (width (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'incipit-width))
- (incipit-width (if (number? width)
- (* width mm)
- (* indent 0.5))))
-
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'indent (- indent
- incipit-width))
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'line-width indent)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'ragged-right #f)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'ragged-last #f)
- (ly:output-def-set-variable! layout 'system-count 1)
- (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
- (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'long-text
- (markup #:score score))
+ (let* ((instrument-name (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text)))
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'long-text)
+ #{ \markup
+ \score
+ {
+ { \context MensuralStaff \with {
+ instrumentName = #instrument-name
+ \override VerticalAxisGroup
+ #'Y-extent = #'(-4 . 4)
+ } $incipit-music
+ }
+ \layout { $(ly:grob-layout grob)
+ line-width = \indent
+ indent =
+ % primitive-eval is probably easiest for
+ % escaping lexical closure and evaluating
+ % everything respective to (current-module).
+ #(primitive-eval
+ '(or (false-if-exception (- indent (* mm incipit-width)))
+ (* 0.5 indent)))
+ ragged-right = ##f
+ ragged-last = ##f
+ system-count = #1 }
+ }
+ #})
(system-start-text::print grob)))
#})
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
- lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, fretted-strings, template"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, fretted-strings, template, real-music"
texidoc = "
This is quite an advanced template, for a jazz ensemble. Note that all
\version "2.15.20"
\header {
- lsrtags = "template"
+ lsrtags = "template, real-music, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
A template to write a score for a diatonic accordion.
\version "2.15.32"
\include "catalan.ly"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper{
- ragged-right=##t
- line-width=17\cm
- indent=0\cm
-}
-
\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
+ lsrtags = "headword"
texidoc = ""
doctitle = "headword"
}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.15.35"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers"
- texidoc = "This file defines and demonstrates a scheme engraver that
-connects stems across staves. The stem length need not be specified, as
-the code takes care of the variable distance between noteheads and staves."
- doctitle = "Stem cross staff engraver"
-}
-
-%{
- A new stem (referred to as span in the code) is created to connect the
- original stems. The original stems are made transparent.
-
- The span is created as a child of the "root" stem, that is the stem
- connected to a notehead with the end that is not to be extended.
-
- Both stem directions are supported. Connecting more than two stems is
- possible.
-%}
-
-% Values are close enough to ignore the difference
-#(define (close-enough? x y)
- (< (abs (- x y)) 0.0001))
-
-% Combine a list of extents
-#(define (extent-combine extents)
- (if (pair? (cdr extents))
- (interval-union (car extents) (extent-combine (cdr extents)))
- (car extents)))
-
-% Check if the stem is connectable to the root
-#(define ((stem-connectable? ref root) stem)
- ; The root is always connectable to itself
- (or (eq? root stem)
- (and
- ; Horizontal positions of the stems must be almost the same
- (close-enough? (car (ly:grob-extent root ref X))
- (car (ly:grob-extent stem ref X)))
- ; The stem must be in the direction away from the root's notehead
- (positive? (* (ly:grob-property root 'direction)
- (- (car (ly:grob-extent stem ref Y))
- (car (ly:grob-extent root ref Y))))))))
-
-% Connect stems if we have at least one stems connectable to the root
-#(define (stem-span-stencil span)
- (let* ((system (ly:grob-system span))
- (root (ly:grob-parent span X))
- (stems (filter (stem-connectable? system root)
- (ly:grob-object span 'stems))))
- (if (<= 2 (length stems))
- (let* ((yextents (map (lambda (st)
- (ly:grob-extent st system Y)) stems))
- (yextent (extent-combine yextents))
- (layout (ly:grob-layout root))
- (blot (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'blot-diameter)))
- ; Hide spanned stems
- (map (lambda (st)
- (set! (ly:grob-property st 'transparent) #t))
- stems)
- ; Draw a nice looking stem with rounded corners
- (ly:round-filled-box (ly:grob-extent root root X) yextent blot))
- ; Nothing to connect, don't draw the span
- #f)))
-
-% Create a stem span as a child of the cross-staff stem (the root)
-#(define ((make-stem-span! stems trans) root)
- (let ((span (ly:engraver-make-grob trans 'Stem '())))
- (ly:grob-set-parent! span X root)
- (set! (ly:grob-object span 'stems) stems)
- ; Suppress positioning, the stem code is confused by this weird stem
- (set! (ly:grob-property span 'X-offset) 0)
- (set! (ly:grob-property span 'stencil) stem-span-stencil)))
-
-% Set cross-staff property of the stem to this function to connect it to
-% other stems automatically
-#(define (cross-staff-connect stem)
- #t)
-
-% Check if automatic connecting of the stem was requested. Stems connected
-% to cross-staff beams are cross-staff, but they should not be connected to
-% other stems just because of that.
-#(define (stem-is-root? stem)
- (eq? cross-staff-connect (ly:grob-property-data stem 'cross-staff)))
-
-% Create stem spans for cross-staff stems
-#(define (make-stem-spans! ctx stems trans)
- ; Cannot do extensive checks here, just make sure there are at least
- ; two stems at this musical moment
- (if (<= 2 (length stems))
- (let ((roots (filter stem-is-root? stems)))
- (map (make-stem-span! stems trans) roots))))
-
-% Connect cross-staff stems to the stems above in the system
-#(define (Span_stem_engraver ctx)
- (let ((stems '()))
- (make-engraver
- ; Record all stems for the given moment
- (acknowledgers
- ((stem-interface trans grob source)
- (set! stems (cons grob stems))))
- ; Process stems and reset the stem list to empty
- ((process-acknowledged trans)
- (make-stem-spans! ctx stems trans)
- (set! stems '())))))
-
-crossStaff =
-#(define-music-function (parser location notes) (ly:music?) #{
- \override Stem #'cross-staff = #cross-staff-connect
- $notes
- \revert Stem #'cross-staff
-#})
-
-\layout {
- \context {
- \StaffGroup
- \consists #Span_stem_engraver
- }
-}
-
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
- % Bar 1 - durations, beams, flags
- g'2 g'4 g'8 [ g'16 ] g'16 |
- \crossStaff { c'2 c'4 c'8 [ c'16 ] c'16 } |
- R1 |
-
- % Bar 2 - direction
- g'8 \stemDown g'8 \crossStaff g'8 \stemNeutral g'8 g'4 r4 |
- \crossStaff { c'8 \stemDown c'8 } c'8 \stemNeutral c'8 r4 r4 |
- c8 \stemDown c8 c8 \stemNeutral \crossStaff { c8 c4 c4 } |
-
- % Bar 3 - multiple voice styles
- << c''2 \\ \crossStaff d'2 \\ a'2 \\ \crossStaff f'2 >> g'2 |
- << b'2 \\ c'2 \\ g'2 \\ e'2 >> << e'2 \\ \\ \crossStaff c'2 >> |
- << \crossStaff b2 \\ c2 \\ \crossStaff g2 \\ e2 >> r2 |
-
- % Bar 4 - grace notes
- \grace g'8 a'2 \stemDown \crossStaff { \grace g'8 a'2 } \stemNeutral |
- \grace c'8 d'2 \stemDown \grace c'8 d'2 \stemNeutral |
- \crossStaff { \grace c8 d2 } \stemDown \grace c8 d2 \stemNeutral |
-
- % Bar 5 - cross-staff beams
- g'8 g'8 g'8 g'8 r2 |
- s1 |
- \crossStaff { c8 [ \change Staff=stafftwo c''8 ] }
- \change Staff=staffthree c8 [ \change Staff=stafftwo c''8 ] r2 |
-}
-
-\score {
- \new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff = "staffone" <<
- \new Voice {
- \autoBeamOff \voiceA
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "stafftwo" <<
- \new Voice {
- \autoBeamOff \voiceB
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "staffthree" <<
- \new Voice {
- \autoBeamOff \clef bass \voiceC
- }
- >>
- >>
- \layout { }
-}
\version "2.15.20"
\header {
- lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text, fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text, fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language"
texidoc = "
Make an extender line for string number indications, showing that a
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-LilyPond también proporciona funciones de formato para imprimir
-números de grupo especial diferentes a la propia fracción, así
-como para añadir una figura al número o a la fracción de la
-agrupación.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Números de agrupación especial distintos a los predeterminados"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-LilyPond stellt auch Formatierungsfunktionen zur Verfügung, mit denen
-N-tolennummern gesetzt werden können, die sich von dem eigentlichen Bruch
-unterscheiden. Auch ein Notenwert kann zu Nenner oder Zähler des Bruchs
-hinzugefügt werden.
-"
- doctitlede = "Nicht-standard-N-tolennummern"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 015b8e65e5e9a74cea1618b597402b5b74f89b89
- texidocfr = "
-LilyPond sait aussi gérer des nolets dont le chiffrage imprimé ne
-correspond pas exactement à la fraction de mesure à laquelle ils se
-réfèrent, tout comme ceux auxquels une valeur de note vient en complément
-au chiffre.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Nolets au chiffrage inhabituel"
-
texidoc = "
LilyPond also provides formatting functions to print tuplet numbers
different than the actual fraction, as well as to append a note value
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "version-specific, pitches, contemporary-notation, staff-notation, really-cool"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales"
- texidoces = "
-
-La muy utilizada instrucción @code{\\key} establece la propiedad
-@code{keySignature} property, dentro del contexto @code{Staff}.
-
-Para crear armaduras de tonalidad no estándar, ajuste esta
-propiedad directamente. El formato de esta instrucción es una
-lista:
-
-@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octava . paso) . alteración)
-((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)} donde, para cada elemento
-dentro de la lista, @code{octava} especifica la octava
-(siendo@tie{}cero la octava desde el Do@tie{}central hasta el Si
-por encima), @code{paso} especifica la nota dentro de la octava
-(cero@tie{}significa@tie{}Do y 6@tie{}significa@tie{}Si), y
-@code{alteración} es @code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP}
-etc. (observe la coma precedente.)
-
-De forma alternativa, para cada elemento de la lista el uso del
-formato más conciso @code{(paso . alteración)} especifica que la
-misma alteración debe estar en todas las octavas.
-
-He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala
-exátona:
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Il comando @code{\\key} comunemente usato imposta la proprietà
-@code{keySignature}, che fa parte del contesto @code{Staff}.
-
-Per creare armature di chiave non standard, tale proprietà va
-impostata esplicitamente. Il formato di questo comando è
-una lista:
-
-@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((ottava . grado) . alterazione) ((ottava
-. grado) . alterazione) ...)} dove, per ogni elemento della lista,
-@code{ottava} indica l'ottava (0@tie{}è l'ottava dal Do@tie{}centrale
-al Si precedente), @code{grado} indica la nota all'interno
-dell'ottava (0@tie{}significa@tie{}Do e 6@tie{}significa@tie{}Si) e @code{alterazione}
-può essere @code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (Si noti la virgola iniziale.)
-
-Altrimenti, usando, per ogni elemento della lista, il formato breve
-@code{(grado . alterazione)}, ciò indica che la stessa alterazione deve
-essere presente in tutte le ottave.
-
-Ecco un esempio di una possibile armatura per generare una scala
-a tono intero:
-"
- doctitleit = "Armature di chiave non tradizionali"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- doctitlede = "Untypische Tonarten"
- texidocde = "
-Der üblicherweise benutzte @code{\\key}-Befehl setzt die
-@code{keySignature}-Eigenschaft im @code{Staff}-Kontext.
-
-Um untypische Tonartenvorzeichen zu erstellen, muss man diese Eigenschaft
-direkt setzen. Das Format für den Befehl ist eine Liste: @code{ \\set
-Staff.keySignature = #`(((Oktave . Schritt) . Alteration) ((Oktave
-. Schritt) . Alteration) ...)} wobei für jedes Element in der Liste
-@code{Oktave} die Oktave angibt (0@tie{}ist die Oktave vom
-eingestrichenen@tie{}C bis zum eingestrichenen@tie{}H), @code{Schritt} gibt
-die Note innerhalb der Oktave an (0@tie{}heißt@tie{}C und
-6@tie{}heißt@tie{}H), und @code{Alteration} ist @code{,SHARP ,FLAT
-,DOUBLE-SHARP} usw. (Beachte das beginnende Komma.)
-
-Alternativ kann auch jedes Element der Liste mit dem allgemeineren Format
-@code{(Schritt . Alteration)} gesetzt werden, wobei dann die Einstellungen
-für alle Oktaven gelten.
-
-Hier ein Beispiel einer möglichen Tonart für eine Ganztonleiter:
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-La commande @code{\\key} détermine la propriété @code{keySignature} d'un
-contexte @code{Staff}.
-
-Des armures inhabituelles peuvent être spécifiées en modifiant
-directement cette propriété. Il s'agit en l'occurrence de définir une
-liste :
-
-@code{\\set Staff.keySignature = #`(((octave . pas) . altération) ((octave . pas) . altération) @dots{})}
-
-dans laquelle, et pour chaque élément,
-@code{octave} spécifie l'octave (0 pour celle allant du do médium au si
-supérieur), @code{pas} la note dans cette octave (0 pour do et 6 pour
-si), et @code{altération} sera @code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc.
-(attention à la virgule en préfixe).
-
-Une formulation abrégée -- @code{(pas . altération)} -- signifie que
-l'altération de l'élément en question sera valide quel que soit l'octave.
-
-Voici, par exemple, comment générer une gamme par ton :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Armures inhabituelles"
-
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, pitches, really-cool, staff-notation, version-specific"
texidoc = "
The commonly used @code{\\key} command sets the @code{keySignature}
c4 d e fis
aes4 bes c2
}
-
\version "2.15.31"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Las cabezas de nota de notación fácil utilizan la propiedad
-@code{note-names} del objeto @code{NoteHead} para determinar lo que
-aparece dentro de la cabeza. Mediante la sobreescritura de esta
-propiedad, es posible imprimir números que representen el grado de la
-escala.
-
-Se puede crear un grabador simple que haga esto para la cabeza de cada
-nota que ve.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Números como notas de notación fácil"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Le teste di nota con nome della nota usano la proprietà @code{note-names}
-dell'oggetto @code{NoteHead} per determinare cosa appaia
-all'interno della testa. È possibile sovrascrivere questa proprietà
-e mostrare numeri che corrispondano ai gradi della scala.
-
-Si può creare un semplice incisore che faccia questo per oggni
-oggetto testa di nota che incontra.
-"
- doctitleit = "Numeri dentro le teste di nota"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-En mode @qq{easy play}, les têtes de note utilisent la propriété
-@code{note-names} attachée à l'objet @code{NoteHead} pour déterminer ce
-qui apparaîtra dans la tête. Intervenir sur cette propriété permet
-d'imprimer un chiffre correspondant au degré dans la gamme.
-
-La création d'un graveur dédié permet de traiter toutes les notes.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Easy play -- chiffre en lieu et place des lettres"
-
lsrtags = "pitches"
texidoc = "
Easy notation note heads use the @code{note-names} property
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El motor de espaciado vertical cambió en la versión 2.14. Esto puede
-hacer que se altere el espaciado de la letra de las canciones. Es
-posible fijar propiedades para los contextos @code{Lyric} y
-@code{Staff} de forma que el motor de espaciado se comporte como lo
-hacía en la versión 2.12.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Conseguir el espaciado de la letra de la versión 2.12
- en versiones más recientes"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 06f227dd80f3a30cbf33c879b7c125079dfaf5c3
-
- texidocde = "
-Die Maschine für die vertikale Platzverteilung hat sich in Version 2.14 verändert.
-Dadurch wurde Gesangstext auf andere Art verteilt. Es ist möglich, Eigenschaften
-von @code{Lyric}- und @code{Staff}-Kontexten einzustellen, um die Platzverteilung
-so aussehen zu lassen wie für Version 2.12.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Platzverteilung von Gesangstext wie in 2.12 für neuere Versionen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0f93dd92ffa0319328e58148458d22c5448b3d58
- texidocfr = "
-La version 2.14 a donné naissance à un nouveau moteur pour l'espacement
-vertical des paroles. Celles-ci peuvent donc se retrouver positionnées
-différemment. Le moteur adoptera les usages de la version 2.12 une fois
-que vous aurez réglé certaines propriétés des contextes @code{Lyric} et
-@code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Espacement des paroles selon les pratiques de la version 2.12"
-
-
texidoc = "
The vertical spacing engine changed for version 2.14. This can cause
lyrics to be spaced differently. It is possible to set properties for
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Referencia para armónicos sobre cuerdas al aire (armónicos naturales):
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Referencia para armónicos sobre cuerdas al aire"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f86f00c1a8de0f034ba48506de2801c074bd5422
- texidocde = "
-Referenz für Flageolett von offenen Saiten:
-"
- doctitlede = "Referenz für Flageolett von offenen Saiten"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Table des harmoniques sur corde à vide (harmoniques naturelles) :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Table des harmoniques sur corde à vide"
-
-
-
texidoc = "
This snippet demonstrates open-string harmonics
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla muestra el uso de contextos @code{StaffGroup} y
-@code{GrandStaff} anidados para sub-agrupar instrumentos del mismo
-tipo, y una forma de usar @code{\\transpose} de manera que unas
-variables contengan la música para instrumentos transpositores en
-afinación de concierto.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de orquesta con coro y piano"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello mostra come usare i contesti annidati @code{StaffGroup} e
-@code{GrandStaff} per creare sottogruppi degli strumenti dello stesso
-tipo. Mostra anche come usare @code{\\transpose} in modo che le variabili
-mantengano la musica per gli strumenti traspositori nell'intonazione reale.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per orchestra coro e pianoforte"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 64feeff58e5ce3397de87188a08ac99f7ef8e37b
-
- texidocde = "
-Diese Vorlage zeigt die Benutzung von geschachtelten
-@code{StaffGroup}- und @code{GrandStaff}-Kontexte, um
-Instrumente in Untergruppen zu unterteilen, und die
-Benutzung von @code{\\transpose} für transponierende
-Instrumente. Alle Noten werden in C geschrieben. Noten
-können in C eingegeben werden, oder auch in der Tonart
-des Instrumentes: dann müssen sie zuerst nach C transponiert
-werden, bevor sie einer Variable zugewiesen werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Orchester Chor und Klavier"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bdfe3dc8175a2d7e9ea0800b5b04cfb68fe58a7a
- texidocfr = "
-Ce canevas illustre l'utilisation de contextes @code{StaffGroup} pour
-regrouper les instruments selon leur famille, imbriqués dans un
-@code{GrandStaff}, ainsi que le recours à la fonction @code{\\transpose}
-pour les instruments transpositeurs. Dans tous les identificateurs, la
-musique est stockée en ut. Les notes peuvent tout aussi bien être
-saisies en ut ou dans la tonalité particulière de l'instrument avant
-d'être transposées puis affectées à une variable.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Orchestre chœur et piano"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This template demonstrates the use of nested @code{StaffGroup} and
>>
\layout { }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Internamente, @code{\\ottava} establece las propiedades
-@code{ottavation} (por ejemplo, a @code{8va} o a @code{8vb}) y
-@code{middleCPosition}. Para sobreescribir el texto del corchete,
-ajuste @code{ottavation} después de invocar la instrucción
-@code{\\ottava}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Texto de octava alta y baja"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Internamente, @code{\\ottava} imposta le proprietà @code{ottavation} (ad
-esempio, su @code{8va} o @code{8vb}) e @code{middleCPosition}. Per
-sovrascrivere il testo della parentesi, occorre specificare @code{ottavation}
-dopo il comando @code{\\ottava}.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Testo dell'ottava"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Intern setzt die @code{set-octavation}-Funktion die Eigenschaften
-@code{ottavation} (etwa auf den Wert @code{\"8va\"} oder @code{\"8vb\"})
-und @code{middleCPosition}. Um den Text der Oktavierungsklammer zu
-ändern, kann @code{ottavation} manuell gesetzt werden, nachdem
-@code{set-octavation} benützt wurde.
-
-"
-
-doctitlede = "Ottava-Text"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-En interne, la fonction @code{\\ottava} détermine les
-propriétés @code{ottavation} (par ex. en @code{\"8va\"} ou @code{\"8vb\"})
-et @code{centralCPosition}. Vous pouvez modifier le texte d'une marque
-d'octaviation en définissant @code{ottavation} après avoir fait appel
-à @code{ottava} :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Texte des marques d'octaviation"
-
-
texidoc = "
Internally, @code{\\ottava} sets the properties @code{ottavation} (for
example, to @code{8va} or @code{8vb}) and @code{middleCPosition}. To
\set Staff.ottavation = #"Text"
c''1
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, text, titles, scheme-language"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 57f9346bb030f49336a858fcbf1519366fe56454
- texidocfr = "
-L'insertion du résultat de @code{lilypond-version} dans des paroles
-permet d'ajouter à la partition ou au document généré par
-@code{lilypond-book} le numéro de la version de LilyPond utilisée. Une
-autre possibilité consiste à l'ajouter à une chaîne textuelle comme
-ci-dessous.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression du numéro de version"
+ lsrtags = "really-simple, scheme-language, text, titles"
texidoc = "
By putting the output of
s2
}
}
-
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Puede ser difícil comprender la función de @code{\\autoBeamOff} cuando
-se usa con @code{\\partcombine}.
-
-Puede ser preferible usar
-
-
-@code{\\set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f}
-
-
-en su lugar, para asegurarse de que el barrado automático se desactiva
-para todo el pentagrama.
-
-
-@code{\\partcombine} funciona aparentemente con tres voces: plica
-arriba cuando hay una sola voz, plica abajo con la otra, y plica
-arriba cuando está combinada.
-
-
-Una llamada a @code{\\autoBeamOff} en el primer argumento de
-partcombine se aplica a la voz que está activa en el momento en que se
-procesa la llamada, ya sea voz única con la plica hacia arriba, hacia
-abajo o combinadas. Una llamada a @code{\\autoBeamOff} en el segundo
-argumento se aplica a la voz que está sola con la plica abajo.
-
-
-Para pode usar @code{\\autoBeamOff} con el objeto de detener todo el
-barrado automático cuando se usa con @code{\\partcombine}, es
-necesario hacer tres llamadas a @code{\\autoBeamOff}.
-
-
-
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Partcombine y autoBeamOff"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
- texidocde = "
-Die Funktionsweise von @code{@bs{}autoBeamOff}, wenn es zusammen mit
-@code{@bs{}partcombine} eingesetzt wird, kann schwer zu verstehen sein.
-Es kann besser sein, anstatt dessen
-
-@example
-\set Staff.autobeaming = ##f
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-zu benutzen, um sicherzustellen, dass die automatische Bebalkung für das
-gesamte System ausgeschaltet ist.
-
-@code{\\partcombine} funktioniert offensichtlich mit 3 Stimme (Hals nach oben
-einfach, Hals nach unten einfach, Hals nach oben kombiniert).
-
-Ein @code{\\autoBeamOff}-Befehl im ersten Argument von @code{\\partcombine}
-gilt für die Stimme, die zu dem Zeitpunkt aktiv ist, an dem der Befehl
-verarbeitet wird, entweder für Hals nach oben, nach unten oder Hals nach
-oben kombiniert. Ein @code{\\autoBeamOff}-Befehl im zweiten Argument gilt
-für die Stimme, die mit Hals nach unten einfach ist.
-
-Um @code{\\autoBeamOff} zu benutzen, damit alle automatischen Balken aufhören,
-wenn man es mit @code{\\partcombine} verwendet, muss @code{\\autoBeamOff}
-@emph{dreimal} aufgerufen werden.
-
-"
-doctitlede = "Partcombine und autoBeamOff"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La fonction @code{\\autoBeamOff} dans le cadre d'un
-@code{\\partcombine} agit de façon bien particulière@tie{}; c'est
-pourquoi il vaut mieux tout d'abord recourir à
-
-@example
-\set Staff.autobeaming = ##f
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-pour désactiver les ligatures automatiques pour l'ensemble de la portée
-concernée.
-
-L'instruction @code{\\partcombine} fonctionne apparament sur la base de
-trois voix@tie{}: solo hampes montantes, solo hampes descendantes et
-ensemble hampes montantes.
-
-Lorsque @code{\\autoBeamOff} apparaît dans le premier argument de la
-combinaison, il s'applique à la voix active à ce moment précis, qu'il
-s'agisse du solo hampes montantes ou du combiné hampes montantes.
-Lorsqu'elle est introduite dans le second argument, la commande
-@code{\\autoBeamOff} s'appliquera au solo hampes descendantes.
-
-Vous devrez donc, afin que @code{\\autoBeamOff} soit pleinement
-opérationnel dans le cadre d'un @code{\\partcombine}, l'introduire aux
-@strong{trois} niveaux.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Partcombine et autoBeamOff"
-
-
texidoc = "
The function of @code{\\autoBeamOff} when used with
@code{\\partcombine} can be difficult to understand.
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, repeats"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden mostrar los contadores de las repeticiones del tipo
-porcentaje a intervalos regulares mediante el establecimiento de
-la propiedad de contexto @code{repeatCountVisibility}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Visibilidad del contador de repeticiones de tipo porcentaje"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Prozentwiederholungszähler können in regelmäßigen Intervallen angezeigt
-werden, indem man die Eigenschaft @code{repeatCountVisibility} beeinflusst.
-"
- doctitlede = "Sichtbarkeit von Prozent-Wiederholungen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: a5bde6d51a5c88e952d95ae36c61a5efc22ba441
- texidocfr = "
-Le numéro de mesure répétée sera imprimé à intervalle régulier si vous
-déterminez la propriété de contexte @code{repeatCountVisibility}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Affichage du numéro de répétition en pourcent"
-
+ lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Percent repeat counters can be shown at regular intervals by setting
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las repeticiones de compases completos de más de dos repeticiones
-pueden llevar un contador si se activa la propiedad adecuada, como se
-ve en este ejemplo:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Contador de repeticiones de tipo porcentaje"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Ganztaktwiederholungen mit mehr als zwei Wiederholungen erhalten einen
-Zähler, wenn man die entsprechende Eigenschaft einsetzt:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Prozent-Wiederholungen zählen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les répétitions de plus de 2 mesures sont surmontées d'un compteur,
-si l'on active la propriété @code{countPercentRepeats} comme le montre
-l'exemple suivant@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Compteur de répétition en pourcent"
-
-
texidoc = "
Measure repeats of more than two repeats can get a counter when the
convenient property is switched, as shown in this example:
\set countPercentRepeats = ##t
\repeat percent 4 { c1 }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "version-specific, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Permitir saltos de línea dentro de grupos especiales con barra"
- texidoces = "
-Este ejemplo artificial muestra cómo se pueden permitir tanto los
-saltos de línea manuales como los automáticos dentro de un grupo de
-valoración especial unido por una barra. Observe que estos grupos
-sincopados se deben barrar manualmente.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Dieses künstliche Beispiel zeigt, wie sowohl automatische als auch
-manuelle Zeilenumbrüche innerhalb einer N-tole mit Balken erlaubt
-werden können. Diese unregelmäßige Bebalkung muss allerdings manuell
-gesetzt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Zeilenumbrüche bei N-tolen mit Balken erlauben"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4da4307e396243a5a3bc33a0c2753acac92cb685
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple peu académique démontre comment il est possible d'insérer un saut
-de ligne dans un nolet portant une ligature. Ces ligatures doivent toutefois
-être explicites.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Saut de ligne au milieu d'un nolet avec ligature"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, version-specific"
texidoc = "
This artificial example shows how both manual and automatic line breaks
\repeat unfold 5 { \times 2/3 { c[ b a] } }
c8
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, keyboards, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Presentamos a continuación una plantilla de piano sencilla con algunas
-notas.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano (sencilla)"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: d76b338302374164acc9b62a0d628d4d230bfa95
- texidocja = "
-いくつかの音符を持つシンプルなピアノ譜を示します。
-
-"
- doctitleja = "ピアノ テンプレート (シンプル)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Ecco un comune doppio pentagramma per pianoforte con un po' di note.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per pianoforte (semplice)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Hier ein einfaches Klaviersystem.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für einfache Klaviernotation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ceb0afe7d4d0bdb3d17b9d0bff7936bb2a424d16
- texidocfr = "
-Voici une simple partition pour piano avec quelques notes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Piano -- cannevas simple"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, really-simple, template"
texidoc = "
Here is a simple piano staff with some notes.
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, keyboards, text, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-En lugar de tener un pentagrama dedicado a la melodía y la letra, ésta
-se puede centrar entre los pentagramas de un sistema de piano.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con letra centrada"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-旋律と歌詞のための譜表を持つ代わりに、歌詞をピアノ譜の 2 つの譜の間に置くことができます。
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Invece di destinare un rigo a parte alla linea melodica e al suo testo, è
-possibile collocare il testo al centro di un doppio pentagramma per pianoforte.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per pianoforte con testo al centro"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Anstatt ein eigenes System für Melodie und Text zu schreiben, können
-Sie den Text auch zwischen die beiden Klaviersysteme schreiben
-(und damit das zusätzliche System für die Gesangstimme auslassen).
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bdfe3dc8175a2d7e9ea0800b5b04cfb68fe58a7a
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque la mélodie est doublée au piano, cela ne nécessite pas forcément
-une portée spécifique. Les paroles peuvent s'insérer entre les deux
-portées de la partition pour piano.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Piano et paroles entre les portées"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, really-simple, template, text"
texidoc = "
Instead of having a full staff for the melody and lyrics, lyrics can be
}
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, keyboards, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-He aquí el típico formato dde una canción: un pentagrama con la
-melodía y la letra, y el acompañamiento de piano por debajo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con melodía y letra"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-これは一般的な歌曲のフォーマットです: 旋律と歌詞を持つ譜表と、その下にピアノ伴奏譜があります。
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Ecco un tipico formato per canzoni: un rigo con linea melodica e testo,
-e sotto l'accompagnamento per pianoforte.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per pianoforte con melodia e testo"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Das nächste Beispiel ist typisch für ein Lied: Im oberen System die
-Melodie mit Text, darunter Klavierbegleitung.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Klavier und Gesangsstimme"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: ceb0afe7d4d0bdb3d17b9d0bff7936bb2a424d16
- texidocfr = "
-Il s'agit du format classique pour le chant : une portée pour la mélodie
-et les paroles au-dessus de l'accompagnement au piano.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Piano mélodie et paroles"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, really-simple, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
Here is a typical song format: one staff with the melody and lyrics,
}
\midi { }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Es posible ejercer un mayor control sobre la colocación de las
-digitaciones de la mano derecha estableciendo el valor de una
-propiedad específica, como se muestra en el ejemplo siguiente. Nota:
-se debe usar una construcción de acorde.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Posicionamiento de digitaciones de mano derecha"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Man kann die Positionierung von Fingersatz der rechten Hand besser
-kontrollieren, wenn eine bestimmte Eigenschaft gesetzt wird, wie
-das folgende Beispiel zeigt:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Positionierung von Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: af01b3b78afa2e7c3c60e7280ee0b6382135bd35
- texidocfr = "
-Vous disposez d'une propriété spécifique qui permet de contrôler plus
-finement le positionnement des doigtés main droite, comme l'indique
-l'exemple suivant. N'oubliez pas le construction de type accord.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement des doigtés main droite"
-
-
texidoc = "
It is possible to exercise greater control over the placement of
right-hand fingerings by setting a specific property, as demonstrated
\set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(left)
<c-\RH #1 e-\RH #2 g-\RH #3 c-\RH #4 >2
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La polifonía se crea de la misma forma en un @code{TabStaff} que
-en una pauta normal.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Polifonía en tablaturas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Polyphonie kann in einer Tabulatur (@code{TabStaff}) genauso wie in einem
-normalen Notensystem erstellt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Polyphonie in einer Tabulatur"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Une section polyphonique s'obtient dans un @code{TabStaff} de la
-même manière que dans une portée normale.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Polyphonie en mode tablature"
-
-
texidoc = "
Polyphony is created the same way in a @code{TabStaff} as in a regular
staff.
>>
>>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Si necesitamos alargar o acortar un símbolo de arpegio, podemos
-modificar independientemente los extremos superior e inferior.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Posicionar símbolos de arpegio"
-
-
-
texidoc = "
If you need to extend or shorten an arpeggio, you can modify the upper
and lower start positions independently.
<c-1 d-2 a'-5>4
<c-1 d-\tweak #'extra-offset #'(-1.2 . 0)-2 a'-5>4
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Cuando se colocan figuras sobre líneas adicionales, sus barras se
-sitúan generalmente en medio del pentagrama. La barra de las notas de
-adorno es más corta y las notas de adorno sobre líneas adicionales
-podrían tener la barra fuera del pentagrama. Podemos corregir este
-barrado para las notas de adorno.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Colocar las barras de las notas de adorno a la misma altura que las barras de notas normales"
-
-
-
texidoc = "
When notes are placed on ledger lines, their beams are usually centred
on the stave. Grace notes beams are shorter and grace notes on ledger
}
f8[ e]
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Al establecer la propiedad @code{'strict-grace-spacing} hacemos que
-las columnas musicales para las notas de adorno sean @q{flotantes}, es
-decir, desacopladas de las notas que no son de adorno: primero se
-aplica el espaciado de las notas normales, y luego se ponen las
-columnas musicales de las notas de adorno a la izquierda de las
-columnas musicales de las notas principales.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Posicionamiento de las notas de adorno con espacio flotante"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wenn man die Eigenschaft @code{'strict-grace-spacing} aktiviert,
-werden die Verzierungsnoten \"fließend\" gemacht, d.h. sie sind
-von den normalen Noten los gekoppelt: Zuerst werden die normalen
-Noten platziert, dann erst die Verzierungen links von der
-Hauptnote gesetzt.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Positionierung von Verzierungen mit verschiebbarem Platz"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsque vous activez la propriété @code{'strict-grace-spacing},
-l'espacement des notes d'ornement se fera de manière @qq{élastique}.
-Autrement dit, elles seront décollées de leur note de
-rattachement@tie{}: LilyPond commence par espacer les notes normales,
-puis les ornements sont placés à la gauche de leur note de rattachement.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement des notes d'ornement avec espace flottant"
-
texidoc = "
Setting the property @code{'strict-grace-spacing} makes the musical
columns for grace notes 'floating', i.e., decoupled from the non-grace
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.15.14"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Posicionar los silencios multicompás"
- texidoces = "
-A diferencia de los silencios normales, no existe una instrucción
-predefinida para modificar la posición predeterminada de un
-símbolo de silencio multicompás sobre el pentagrama, adjuntándolo
-a una nota, independientemente de cuál sea su forma. Sin embargo,
-en la música polifónica los silencios multicompás de las voces de
-numeración par e impar están separados verticalmente. La
-colocación de los silencios multicompás se puede controlar como se
-ve a continuación:
-
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Anders als bei normalen Pausen gibt es keinen direkten Befehl, um die
-vertikale Position von Ganztaktpausen zu beeinflussen, indem man sie an
-eine Tonhöhe anhängt. In polyphoner Notation wird aber dennoch die
-Position der Pausen von geraden und ungeraden Stimmen voneinander
-unterschieden. Die Position von Ganztaktpausen kann wie folgt verändert
-werden:
- "
- doctitlede = "Positionierung von Ganztaktpausen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Si l'on peut positionner verticalement un silence simple en le
-rattachant à une note, il n'en va pas de même pour un silence
-multi-mesures. Néanmoins, et uniquement dans le cadre de musique
-polyphonique, les silences multi-mesures sont positionnés différemment
-selon qu'ils appartiennent à une voix au numéro pair ou impair. Le
-positionnement des silences multi-mesures peut se contrôler ainsi@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement des silences multi-mesures"
-
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "breaks, workaround, repeats, symbols-and-glyphs"
+ lsrtags = "breaks, repeats, symbols-and-glyphs, workaround"
texidoc = "
If you want to place an exiting segno sign and add text like @qq{D.S.
doctitle = "Positioning segno and coda (with line break)"
} % begin verbatim
-
{
\clef treble
\key g \major
\time 4/4
\relative c'' {
- \repeat unfold 2 {
- | c4 c c c
+ \repeat unfold 4 {
+ c4 c c c
}
% Set segno sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed
% \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #3
\mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.segno" }
\repeat unfold 2 {
- | c4 c c c
+ c4 c c c
}
% Set coda sign as rehearsal mark and adjust size if needed
\once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #4
\mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" }
\repeat unfold 2 {
- | c4 c c c
+ c4 c c c
}
% Should Coda be on anew line?
% text and symbols center-aligned
% ===============================
% Move text to the desired position and tweak spacing for optimum text alignment
- %\once \override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 8 . -5.5 )
+ \repeat unfold 1 {
+ s1
+ \bar ""
+ }
+ \once \override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 0 . -3.0 )
\once \override TextScript #'word-space = #1.5
- \once \override TextScript #'X-offset = #8
- \once \override TextScript #'Y-offset = #1.5
- | s1*0^\markup { \center-column { "D.S. al Coda" \line { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" \musicglyph #"scripts.tenuto" \musicglyph #"scripts.coda"} } }
+ <>^\markup { \center-column { "D.S. al Coda" \line { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" \musicglyph #"scripts.tenuto" \musicglyph #"scripts.coda"} } }
% Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space
- \repeat unfold 4 {
- s4 s4 s4 s4
+ \repeat unfold 3 {
+ s1
\bar ""
}
% Resume bar count and show staff lines again
% Put the coda sign ontop of the (treble-)clef dependend on coda's line-position
- % Coda NOT on new line, use this:
- % \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -2 . 1.75 )
+ % Coda NOT on new line, use this:
+ % \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -2 . 1.75 )
- % Coda on new line, use this:
- \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -8.42 . 1.75 )
+ % Coda on new line, use this:
+ \once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'extra-offset = #'( -4.5 . 0 )
\once \override Score.RehearsalMark #'font-size = #5
\mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.coda" }
% The coda
\repeat unfold 5 {
- | c4 c c c
+ c4 c c c
}
\bar"|."
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Los elementos de marcado de texto deben tener la propiedad
-@code{outside-staff-priority} establecida al valor falso para que se
-impriman por dentro de las ligaduras de expresión.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Situar los elementos de marcado de texto por dentro de las ligaduras"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Textbeschriftung kann innerhalb von Bögen gesetzt werden, wenn die
-@code{outside-staff-priority}-Eigenschaft auf falsch gesetzt wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Textbeschriftung innerhalb von Bögen positionieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsqu'il vous faut inscrire une annotation à l'intérieur d'une liaison,
-la propriété @code{outside-staff-priority} doît être désactivée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement d'une annotation à l'intérieur d'une liaison"
-
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Text markups need to have the @code{outside-staff-priority} property
\override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
c2(^\markup { \halign #-10 \natural } d4.) c8
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "automatic-notation, pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-doctitlees = "Evitar que se añadan becuadros adicionales automáticamente"
-
-texidoces = "
-Según las reglas estándar de composición
-tipográfica, se imprime un becuadro antes de un sostenido o un
-bemol cuando se tiene que cancelar una alteración anterior en la
-misma nota. Para modificar este comportamiento, establezca el
-valor de la propiedad @code{extraNatural} a @code{##f} (falso)
-dentro del contexto de @code{Staff}.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Secondo le norme tipografiche standard, un segno di bequadro viene
-inserito prima di un diesis o di un bemolle se un'alterazione
-precedente sulla stessa nota deve essere cancellata. Per cambiare
-questo comportamento si imposta la proprietà @code{extraNatural} su
-@code{f} (falso) nel contesto @code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Impedire l'inserimento automatico dei bequadri supplementari"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- doctitlede = "Verhindern, dass zusätzliche Auflösungszeichen automatisch
-hinzugefügt werden"
-
-texidocde = "Den traditionellen Notensatzregeln zufolge wird ein
-Auflösungszeichen immer dann vor einem Kreuz oder B gesetzt, wenn
-ein vorheriges Versetzungszeichen der gleichen Note aufgehoben werden
-soll. Um dieses Verhalten zu ändern, muss die Eigenschaft
-@code{extraNatural} im @code{Staff}-Kontext auf \"false\" gesetzt werden.
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 58a29969da425eaf424946f4119e601545fb7a7e
- texidocfr = "
-En accord avec les règles standards de l'écriture musicale, on grave
-un bécarre avant un dièse ou un bémol si on a besoin d'annuler une
-altération précédente. Pour modifier ce comportement, assignez la propriété
-@code{extraNatural} du contexte @code{Staff} à la valeur @code{##f} (faux).
-"
-
- doctitlefr = "Suppression des bécarres superflus"
-
texidoc = "
In accordance with standard typesetting rules, a natural sign is
printed before a sharp or flat if a previous accidental on the same
\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
aeses4 aes ais a
}
-
% and a shorter mark is used.
\mark "1234"
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "automatic-notation, pitches"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-doctitlees = "Evitar que se impriman becuadros cuando cambia la armadura"
-
-texidoces = "
-
-Cuando cambia la armadura de la tonalidad, se imprimen becuadros
-automáticamente para cancelar las alteraciones de las armaduras
-anteriores. Esto se puede evitar estableciendo al valor @qq{falso} la
-propiedad @code{printKeyCancellation} del contexto @code{Staff}.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Quando l'armatura di chiave cambia, vengono inseriti automaticamente i
-segni di bequadro per annulare le alterazioni di precedenti armature. Si
-può evitare questo comportamento impostando su @code{f} (falso) la proprietà
-@code{printKeyCancellation} nel contesto @code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Impedire l'inserimento dei segni di bequadro quando cambia l'armatura di chiave"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-doctitlede = "Auflösungzeichen nicht setzen wenn die Tonart wechselt"
-
-texidocde = "
-Wenn die Tonart wechselt, werden automatisch Auflösungszeichen ausgegeben,
-um Versetzungszeichen der vorherigen Tonart aufzulösen. Das kann
-verhindert werden, indem die @code{printKeyCancellation}-Eigenschaft
-im @code{Staff}-Kontext auf \"false\" gesetzt wird.
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Après un changement de tonalité, un bécarre est imprimé pour annuler
-toute altération précédente. Ceci peut être supprimé en réglant à
-@code{\"false\"} la propriété @code{printKeyCancellation} du contexte
-@code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Suppression des bécarres superflus après un changement de tonalité"
-
texidoc = "
When the key signature changes, natural signs are automatically printed
to cancel any accidentals from previous key signatures. This may be
\key g \minor
a4 bes c d
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, repeats"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede imprimir una línea divisoria de la forma @code{|:} al
-principio de la pieza, sobreescribiendo la propiedad correspondiente:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Imprimir puntos de repetición al prinicpio de la pieza"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Ein @code{|:}-Taktstrich kann auch zu Beginn eines Stückes ausgegeben werden, indem
-man die entsprechende Eigenschaft verändert:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Ein Wiederholungszeichen zu Beginn eines Stückes ausgeben"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Bien qu'allant à l'encontre des usages en matière de gravure, vous
-imprimerez une barre de reprise (@code{|:}) en début de partition si
-vous surchargez la propriété adéquate@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression d'une barre de reprise en début de morceau"
-
+ lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
A @code{|:} bar line can be printed at the beginning of a piece, by
d1
d4 e f g
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Se pueden imprimir los números de compás a intervalos regulares
-mediante el establecimiento de la propiedad
-@code{barNumberVisibility}. Aquí los números de compás se
-imprimen a cada dos compases excepto al final de la línea.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Imprimir números de compás a intervalos regulares"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Taktnummern können in regelmäßigen Intervallen gesetzt werden, indem
-man die Eigenschaft @code{barNumberVisibility} definiert. In diesem
-Beispiel werden die Taktnummern jeden zweiten Takt gesetzt, außer
-am Ende einer Zeile.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Setzen der Taktnummern in regelmäßigen Intervallen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez imprimer un numéro de mesure à intervalle régulier plutôt
-qu'en tête de chaque ligne seulement, en recourant à la propriété
-@code{barNumberVisibility}. Voici comment afficher le numéro toutes les
-deux mesures sauf en fin de ligne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Imprimer les numéros de mesure à intervalle régulier"
-
texidoc = "
Bar numbers can be printed at regular intervals by setting the property
@code{barNumberVisibility}. Here the bar numbers are printed every two
\break
c1 | c | c | c | c
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Los números de compás también se pueden imprimir dentro de rectángulos o de circunferencias.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Imprimir números de compás dentro de rectángulos o circunferencias"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Taktnummern können auch in Boxen oder Kreisen gesetzt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Setzen von Taktnummern in Kästen oder Kreisen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les numéros de mesure peuvent être encadrés ou entourés d'un cercle.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Inscrire le numéro de mesure dans un cadre ou un cercle"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Bar numbers can also be printed inside boxes or circles.
= #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
\repeat unfold 4 { c1 } \bar "|."
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden imprimir reguladores con un círculo en la punta (notación
-«al niente») estableciendo la propiedad @code{circled-tip} del objeto
-@code{Hairpin} al valor @code{#t}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Impresión de reguladores utilizando la notación «al niente»"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
- Crescendo-Klammern können mit einem kleinen Kreis vor der Spitze
- notiert werden (al niente = bis zum Nichts), indem die
-@code{circled-tip}-Eigenschaft des @code{Hairpin}-Objekts auf
-@code{#t} gesetzt wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Crescendo Klammern al niente schreiben"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-Des crescendos ou decrescendos @emph{al niente} peuvent être indiqués de
-manière graphique, en assignant @emph{vrai} (@code{#t}) à la
-propriété @code{circled-tip}, ce qui affiche un cercle à leur extrémité.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression de soufflets « al niente »"
-
-
texidoc = "
Hairpin dynamics may be printed with a circled tip (@qq{al niente}
notation) by setting the @code{circled-tip} property of the
c2\< c\!
c4\> c\< c2\!
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Se pueden imprimir marcas al final de la línea actual, en vez de al
-principio de la línea siguiente. En estos casos, puede ser preferible
-alinear el borde derecho de la marca con la línea divisoria.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Imprimir marcas al final de una línea"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Les indications textuelles peuvent être imprimées à la fin d'une ligne
-plutôt qu'en tête de la suivante. Pensez alors à aligner l'extrémité
-droite de l'indication sur la barre de mesure.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indication texuelle en fin de ligne"
-
-
texidoc = "
Marks can be printed at the end of the current line, instead of the
beginning of the following line. In such cases, it might be preferable
g2 b,
c1 \bar "||"
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Aunque normalmente las marcas de ensayo textuales sólo se imprimen
-sobre el pentagrama superior, también se pueden imprimir en otro
-pentagrama cualquiera.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Imprimir marcas de ensayo en cualquier pentagrama"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Normalerweise werden Textzeichen nur über dem obersten Notensystem gesetzt. Sie
-können aber auch über jedem System ausgegeben werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Zeichen über jedem System ausgeben"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 548ef200973bd3d46ea75c5498461d9e5f168334
- texidocfr = "
-Bien que ces indications textuelles ne soient habituellement imprimées
-qu'au niveau de la portée supérieure, vous pouvez forcer leur
-affectation à chacune des portées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression des indications sur toutes les portées d'un système"
-
-
texidoc = "
Although text marks are normally only printed above the topmost staff,
they may also be printed on every staff.
}
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-De forma predeterminada, las indicaciones metronómicas y las
-letras de ensayo se imprimen encima del pentagrama. Para
-colocarlas debajo del pentagrama, simplemente ajustamos
-adecuadamente la propiedad @code{direction} de
-@code{MetronomeMark} o de @code{RehearsalMark}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Impresión de indicaciones metronómicas y letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Normalerweise werden Metronom- und Übungszeichen über dem Notensystem ausgegeben.
-Um sie unter das System zu setzen, muss die @code{direction}-Eigenschaft
-von @code{MetronomeMark} oder @code{RehearsalMark} entsprechend verändert werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Metronom- und Übungszeichen unter das System setzen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: af3df3b7c6e062635bdccb739be41962969806a0
- texidocfr = "
-Les indications de tempo et les marques de repère s'impriment par défaut
-au-dessus de la portée. Le fait de régler en conséquence la propriété
-@code{direction} des objets @code{MetronomeMark} ou @code{RehearsalMark}
-les placera au-dessous de la portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression du métronome et des repères sous la portée"
-
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
By default, metronome and rehearsal marks are printed above the staff.
\mark \default
c''1
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, rhythms, real-music, percussion, really-cool"
+ lsrtags = "contemporary-notation, percussion, real-music, really-cool, rhythms"
texidoc = "
In the following snippet, two parts have a completely different time
\Perkussion
>>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede usar el contexto @code{NoteNames} para imprimir el valor
-textual de las notas. La propiedad @code{printOctaveNames} activa o
-desactiva la representación de la octava de las notas.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Impresión de los nombres de las notas con o sin indicación de la octava"
-
-
-
texidoc = "
The @code{NoteNames} context can be used to print the text value of
notes. The @code{printOctaveNames} property turns on or off the
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "world-music, workaround, text, editorial-annotations"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text, workaround, world-music"
texidoc = "
It is possible to print text from right to left in a markup object, as
\line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-De forma predeterminada se suprime el número del primer compás de una
-partitura si es menor o igual a @q{1}. Al establecer el valor de
-@code{barNumberVisibility} a @code{all-bar-numbers-visible}, se puede
-imprimir cualquier número de compás para el primer compás y todos los
-siguientes. Observe que, para que esto funcione, se debe insertar una
-líinea divisoria vacía antes de la primera nota.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Imprimir el número de compás en el primer compás"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Standardmäßig wird die erste Taktzahl einer Partitur nicht gesetzt,
-wenn sie weniger oder gleich '1' ist. Indem man @code{barNumberVisibility}
-auf @code{all-bar-numbers-visible} setzt, kann eine beliebige
-Taktzahl für den ersten und die folgenden Takte gesetzt werden.
-Eine leere Taktlinie muss jedoch vor der ersten Note eingefügt
-werden, damit das funktioniert.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Setzen der Taktnummer für den ersten Takt"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Par défaut, LilyPond n'affiche pas le premier numéro de mesure s'il est
-inférieur à@tie{}2. Le fait de définir @code{barNumberVisibility} à
-@code{all-bar-numbers-visible} vous permettra d'imprimer n'importe quel
-numéro pour la première mesure. Notez que l'impression d'un numéro
-de mesure ne peut intervenir que s'il y a une barre. Aussi, pour
-pouvoir le faire au début d'un morceau, devrez-vous ajouter une barre
-vide avant la première note.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Afficher le numéro de la première mesure"
-
texidoc = "
By default, the first bar number in a score is suppressed if it is less
than or equal to `1'. By setting @code{barNumberVisibility} to
c1 | d | e | f \break
g1 | e | d | c
}
-
\override LyricHyphen #'extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
} \lyricsto "voc" { La la -- la __ _ la }
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la transposición de la fuente
-tanto como la del destino. En este ejemplo, todos los
-instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido del Do central; el
-destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa. La parte de destino
-se puede transponer utilizando @code{\\transpose}. En este caso
-se transportan todas las notas (incluidas las citadas).
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Citar otra voz con transposición"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Zitate berücksichtigen sowohl die Transposition der Quelle als auch
-des Zielinstruments. In diesem Beispiel spielen alle Instrumente
-klingendes C, das Zielinstrument ist in F. Die Noten für das
-Zielinstrument können mit @code{\\transpose} transponiert werden,
-in diesem Fall werden alle Noten (auch die zitierten) transponiert.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Eine Stimme mit Transposition zitieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les citations tiennent compte de la transposition, aussi bien celle de
-l'instrument d'origine que celle de la partie où elle intervient. Dans
-l'exemple suivant, tous les instruments sont en tonalité de concert et
-seront repris par un instrument en fa. Le destinataire de la citation
-peut à son tour transposer à l'aide de la commande @code{\\transpose}.
-En pareil cas, toutes les hauteurs, y compris celles de la citation,
-seront transposées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Citation d'une autre voix et transposition"
-
-
texidoc = "
Quotations take into account the transposition of both source and
target. In this example, all instruments play sounding middle C; the
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-La propiedad @code{quotedEventTypes} determina los tipos de eventos
-musicales que resultan citados. El valor predeterminado es
-@code{(note-event rest-event tie-event beam-event tuplet-span-event)},
-que significa que sólo aparecen en la expresión @code{\\quoteDuring}
-las notas, silencios, ligaduras, barras y grupos especiales. En el
-ejemplo siguiente, el silencio de semicorchea no aparece en el
-fragmento citado porque @code{rest-event} no está dentro de los
-@code{quotedEventTypes}.
-
-Para ver una lista de los tipos de evento, consulte la sección
-@qq{Music classes} de la Referencia de funcionamiento interno.
-
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Citar otra voz"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die @code{quotedEventTypes}-Eigenschaft bestimmt die
-Typen an Musikereignissen, die zitiert werden. Die
-Standardeinstellung ist @code{(note-event rest-event)}, womit
-nur Noten und Pausen der zitierten Stimme für den
-@code{\\quoteDuring}-Ausdruck übernommen werden. Im
-Beispiel hier wird die 16-Pause nicht übernommen, weil
-sich @code{rest-event} nicht in @code{quotedEventTypes} befindet.
-
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Eine andere Stimme zitieren"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les types d'événement pris en charge pour la citation peuvent se régler
-avec la propriété @code{quotedEventTypes}. Par défaut, sa valeur est
-fixée à @code{(note-event rest-event tie-event beam-event
-tuplet-span-event)}, ce qui signifie que seuls les notes, silences,
-liaisons, ligatures et nolets seront mentionnés par @code{\\quoteDuring}.
-Dans l'exemple suivant, le quart de soupir n'est pas reproduit puisqu'il
-n'est pas mentionné parmi les @code{quotedEventTypes}.
-
-Pour connaître la liste des types d'événements, reportez-vous au
-chapitre @emph{Music classes} de la référence des propriétés internes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Citation d'une autre voix"
-
-
texidoc = "
The @code{quotedEventTypes} property determines the music event types
which should be quoted. The default value is @code{(note-event
\header {
lsrtags = "winds"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-El ejemplo siguiente muestra cómo se pueden realizar diagramas de
-digitación para instrumentos de viento.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Diagramas de digitación para la flauta dulce"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 496c48f1f2e4d345ae3637b2c38ec748a55cda1d
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple illustre la manière de créer et afficher des indications de
-doigté pour instrument à vent.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Doigtés pour flûte à bec"
-
-
texidoc = "
The following example demonstrates how fingering charts for wind
instruments can be realized.
f''1*1/4^\markup{2)}\stopGroup
}
}
-
-
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Los valores predeterminados para las notas de adorno están
-almacenados en los identificadores @code{startGraceMusic},
-@code{stopGraceMusic}, @code{startAcciaccaturaMusic},
-@code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{startAppoggiaturaMusic} y
-@code{stopAppoggiaturaMusic}, que están definidos en el archivo
-@file{ly/grace-init.ly}. Redefiniéndolos se pueden obtener otros
-efectos.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Redefinición de los valores globales predeterminados para notas de adorno"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die globalen Standardeinstellungen für Verzierungsnoten werden in
-den Variablen@code{startGraceMusic}, @code{stopGraceMusic},
-@code{startAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic},
-@code{startAppoggiaturaMusic} und @code{stopAppoggiaturaMusic}
-gespeichert, die in der Datei @file{ly/grace-init.ly} definiert
-sind. Wenn man sie umdefiniert, können andere Effekte erreicht
-werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Globale Umdefinition von Verzierungsnoten"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 374d57cf9b68ddf32a95409ce08ba75816900f6b
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez modifier les valeurs des variables @code{startGraceMusic},
-@code{stopGraceMusic}, @code{startAcciaccaturaMusic},
-@code{stopAcciaccaturaMusic}, @code{startAppoggiaturaMusic}, et
-@code{stopAppoggiaturaMusic} afin d'en personnaliser les effets. Pour
-plus de détails, voir le fichier @file{ly/grace-init.ly}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Redéfinition des réglages de mise en forme par défaut des notes d'ornement"
-
lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
\relative c'' {
\acciaccatura d8 c1
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Se pueden eliminar completamente los números de compás quitando el
-grabador @code{Bar_number_engraver} del contexto de @code{Score}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Suprimir los números de compás de toda la partitura"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Taktnummern können vollkommen aus den Noten entfernt werden, indem
-man den @code{Bar_number_engraver} aus dem @code{Score}-Kontext
-entfernt.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Entfernung von Taktnummern in einer Partitur"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 374d57cf9b68ddf32a95409ce08ba75816900f6b
- texidocfr = "
-Désactiver le graveur concerné --- @code{Bar_number_engraver} ---
-donnera une partition --- contexte @code{Score} --- sans numéros de
-mesure.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Supprimer les numéros de mesure d'une partition"
-
-
texidoc = "
Bar numbers can be removed entirely by removing the
@code{Bar_number_engraver} from the @code{Score} context.
c4 c c c \break
c4 c c c
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-De forma predeterminada, las líneas divisorias en los grupos
-StaffGroup, PianoStaff o GrandStaff se conectan entre los pentagramas.
-Se puede alterar este comportamiento pentagrama a pentagrama.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Quitar las barras de compás entre los pentagramas de un StaffGroup PianoStaff o GrandStaff"
-
-
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
By default, bar lines in StaffGroup, PianoStaff, or GrandStaff groups
}
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "breaks, tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El primer pentagrama vacío también se puede suprimir de la
-partitura estableciendo la propiedad @code{remove-first} de
-@code{VerticalAxisGroup}. Esto se puede hacer globalmente dentro
-del bloque @code{\\layout}, o localmente dentro del pentagrama
-concreto que se quiere suprimir. En este último caso, tenemos que
-especificar el contexto (@code{Staff} se aplica sólo al pentagrama
-actual) delante de la propiedad.
-
-El pentagrama inferior del segundo grupo no se elimina, porque el
-ajuste sólo se aplica al pentagrama concreto dentro del que se
-escribe.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Quitar la primera línea vacía"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Ein leeres Notensystem kann auch aus der ersten Zeile einer Partitur
-entfernt werden, indem die Eigenschaft @code{remove-first} der
-@code{VerticalAxisGroup}-Eigenschaft eingesetzt wird. Das kann
-man global in einer @code{\\layout}-Umgebung oder lokal in dem
-bestimmten Notensystem machen, das entfernt werden soll. In letzterem
-Fall muss man den Kontext angeben.
-
-Das untere Notensystem der zweiten Systemgruppe wird nicht entfernt,
-weil in die Einstellungen in dem Schnipsel nur für das eine Notensystem
-gültig sind.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Die erste leere Notenzeile auch entfernen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Par défaut, le premier système comportera absolument toutes les portées.
-Si vous voulez masquer les portées vides y compris pour le premier
-système, vous devrez activer la propriété @code{remove-first} du
-@code{VerticalAxisGroup}. Mentionnée dans un bloc @code{\\layout},
-cette commande agira de manière globale. Pour qu'elle ne soit effective
-que pour une portée individuelle, vous devrez également spécifier le
-contexte (@code{Staff} pour qu'il ne concerne que la portée en cours) en
-préfixe de la propriété.
-
-La première ligne inférieure du deuxième @code{StaffGroup} est bien
-présente, pour la simple raison que le réglage en question ne s'applique
-qu'à la portée dans laquelle il a été inscrit.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Masquage de la première ligne si elle est vide"
-
+ lsrtags = "breaks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The first empty staff can also be removed from the score by setting the
R
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms, ancient-notation, symbols-and-glyphs"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Estilos de silencios"
- texidoces = "
-Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-
- doctitlede = "Pausenstile"
- texidocde = "
-Pausen können in verschiedenen Stilen dargestellt werden.
-"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4da4307e396243a5a3bc33a0c2753acac92cb685
- texidocfr = "
-Les silences peuvent être gravés selon différents styles.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Styles de silences"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, rhythms, symbols-and-glyphs, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Rests may be used in various styles.
r\maxima^\markup \typewriter { default }
r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128 s128
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "version-specific, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Para tipografiar las barras agrupadas en la forma @code{3-4-3-2} sólo
-es necesario modificar la estructura de pulsos:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Alteración de los finales de barra predeterminados"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Um Balken im 12/8-Takt als @code{3-4-3-2} zu gruppieren, muss man zuerst die
-Standardwerte für die Balken im 12/8-Takt rückgängig machen und dann die neuen
-Werte setzen:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Standard-Balkenwerte rückgängig machen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 548076f550a2b7fb09f1260f0e5e2bb028ad396c
- texidocfr = "
-Pour obtenir des ligatures en groupes de @code{3-4-3-2} croches, dans
-une mesure à 12/8, il faudra préalablement annuler les réglages par
-défaut relatifs à 12/8, puis ajouter nos propres règles :
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Annulation des règles de ligature par défaut"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, version-specific"
texidoc = "
To typeset beams grouped @code{3-4-3-2} in 12/8 it is necessary first
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
In @qq{simple} lead-sheets, sometimes no actual notes are written,
\comp #4 |
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Plantilla de coro SATB (en cuatro pentagramas)
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de coro SATB a cuatro pentagramas"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Modello per coro SATB (quattro righi)
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per coro SATB - quattro righi"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 144cd434d02e6d90b2fb738eeee99119a7c5e1d2
-
- texidocde = "
-SATB-Chorvorlage auf vier Systemen
-
-"
- doctitlede = "SATB-Chorvorlage auf vier Systemen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Modèle pour chœur à quatre voix mixtes, chaque pupitre ayant sa propre
-portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Modèle pour chœur SATB sur quatre portées"
-
+ lsrtags = "template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
SATB choir template (four staves)
>>
>>
}
-
\version "2.15.20"
\header {
- lsrtags = "template"
+ lsrtags = "template, real-music, specific-notation"
texidoc = "
A template to write a score for a diatonic accordion.
>>
}
%}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, pitches"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
By default, the accidentals used for key cancellations are placed
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Si la nota que da fin a un regulador cae sobre la primera parte de
-un compás, el regulador se detiene en la línea divisoria
-inmediatamente precedente. Se puede controlar este comportamiento
-sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{'to-barline}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Establecer el comportamiento de los reguladores en las barras de compás"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Wenn die Note, an welcher eine Crescendo-Klammer endet, die erste Note
-eines Taktes ist, wird die Klammer an der vorhergehenden Taktlinie
-beendet. Dieses Verhalten kann auch mit der Eigenschaft
-@code{'to-barline} geändert werden:
-"
- doctitlede = "Das Verhalten von Crescendo-Klammern an Taktlinien beeinflussen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-En principe, un soufflet -- (de)crescendo imprimé sous forme graphique --
-commence au bord gauche de la note de départ, et se termine au
-bord droit de la note d'arrivée. Cependant, si la note d'arrivée
-est sur un premier temps, le soufflet s'arrêtera au niveau de la
-barre de mesure qui la précède. Ce comportement peut être annulé
-en assignant @emph{faux} (@code{#f}) à la propriété @code{'to-barline}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Soufflets et barres de mesure"
-
-
texidoc = "
If the note which ends a hairpin falls on a downbeat, the hairpin stops
at the bar line immediately preceding. This behavior can be controlled
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, paper-and-layout, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden insertar separadores sistema entre los sistemas de una
-página. Se puede usar cualquier elemento de marcado, pero
-@code{\\slashSeparator} está disponible como una elección
-predeterminada adecuada.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Fijar un separador entre los sistemas"
-
-
+ lsrtags = "paper-and-layout, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
System separators can be inserted between systems. Any markup can be
>>
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Existen tres estilos distintos de repeticiones dobles para la primera
-y segunda vez, que se pueden ajustar utilizando
-@code{doubleRepeatType}.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Establecer el tipo de repetición doble predeterminado para la primera y segunda vez"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-LilyPond dispose de trois styles de barre différents pour indiquer une
-succession de reprises. Vous devez opter pour un style par défaut, à
-l'aide de la propriété @code{doubleRepeatType}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Succession de reprise et style de barre par défaut"
-
-
texidoc = "
There are three different styles of double repeats for volte, that can
be set using @code{doubleRepeatType}.
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Si los reguladores son demasiado cortos, se pueden alargar
-modificando la propiedad @code{minimum-length} del objeto
-@code{Hairpin}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Ajustar la longitud mínima de los reguladores"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Wenn Crescendo-Klammern zu kurz sind, können sie verlängert werden, indem
-die @code{minimum-length}-Eigenschaft des @code{Hairpin}-Objektes
-verändert wird.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Die Mindestlänge von Crescendo-Klammern bestimmen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Si un soufflet est trop court, il suffit d'ajuster la propriété
-@code{minimum-length} de l'objet @code{Hairpin} pour l'allonger.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ajustement de la longueur d'un soufflet"
-
-
texidoc = "
If hairpins are too short, they can be lengthened by modifying the
@code{minimum-length} property of the @code{Hairpin} object.
\override Hairpin #'minimum-length = #5
<< f1 { s4 s\< s\> s\! } >>
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-De forma predeterminada, los corchetes de primera y segunda vez se
-trazan encima de los finales alternativos completos, pero es posible
-acortartlos estableciendo un valor cierto para
-@code{voltaSpannerDuration}. En el ejemplo siguiente, el corchete
-sólo dura un compás, que corresponde a una duración de 3/4.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Acortar los corchetes de primera y segunda vez"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Volta-Klammern werden normalerweise über alle Noten der Klammer gezogen, aber
-es ist möglich sie zu verkürzen. Hierzu muss
-@code{voltaSpannerDuration} definiert werden, in dem Beispiel etwa als
-3/4, sodass die Klammer nur einen Takt dauert.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Volta-Klammern verkürzen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les crochets indiquant les fins alternatives s'étalent tout au long de
-celle-ci. On peut les raccourcir en définissant la propriété
-@code{voltaSpannerDuration}. Dans l'exemple suivant, le crochet ne se
-prolonge que sur une mesure à 3/4.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Diminution de la taille du crochet d'alternative"
-
-
texidoc = "
By default, the volta brackets will be drawn over all of the
alternative music, but it is possible to shorten them by setting
{ g4 g g }
}
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se pueden imprimir los acordes exclusivamente al comienzo de las
-líneas y cuando cambia el acorde.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Imprimir los acordes cuando se produce un cambio"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Akkordsymbole können so eingestellt werden, dass sie nur zu Beginn der Zeile
-und bei Akkordwechseln angezeigt werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Akkordsymbole bei Wechsel anzeigen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pouvez faire ressortir les chiffrages d'accords s'ils ne sont
-imprimés qu'aux changements d'accord ou en début de ligne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Impression des accords si changement"
-
texidoc = "
Chord names can be displayed only at the start of lines and when the
chord changes.
\relative c' { \harmonies }
}
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Al juntar nombres de acorde en cifrado americano, melodía y letra,
-obtenemos una hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet»:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet» sencilla"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Ein Liedblatt besteht aus Akkordbezeichnungen, einer Melodie und dem Liedtext:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Ein einfaches Liedblatt"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Assembler des noms d'accords, une mélodie et des paroles permet
-d'obtenir la partition d'un chanson@tie{}:
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Chanson simple"
-
texidoc = "
When put together, chord names, a melody, and lyrics form a lead sheet:
}
\addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>
-
% RH voice 1
\new Voice {
-
\voiceOne
- s4.
- s8.
-
- |
-
- s4.
- a''8 \p \> [ (
- g''16 ] )
-
- |
-
- g''4.
- af''8 [ (
- g''16 ] )
-
- |
-
- g''8. [
- g''8.
- g''8. \pp ]
-
- |
-
- g''8. [
- af''8.
- af''8. ]
-
- |
-
- af''8. [
- af''8.
- af''8. ]
-
- |
- \break
-
+ s4. s8. |
+ s4. a''8[( \p \> g''16]) |
+ g''4. af''8[( g''16]) |
+ g''8.[ g''8. g''8.] \pp |
+ g''8.[ af''8.af''8.] |
+ af''8.[ af''8.af''8.] |
\trillFlat
- af''4. \startTrillSpan
- ~
- af''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
- af''4.
- ~
- af''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
+ af''4.~ \startTrillSpan
+ af''8.~ |
+ af''4.~ af''8.~ |
\oneVoice
- <af'' d''>8. [
- a''8. \p \<
- bf''8. ]
- ~
-
- |
-
- bf''8. [
- b''8.
- c'''8. ]
- ~
-
+ <af'' d''>8.[ a''8. \p \< bf''8.]~ |
+ bf''8.[ b''8. c'''8.]~
\bar "||"
-
\key ef \major
- c'''8. [
- cs'''8. \f ] \stopTrillSpan
+ c'''8.[ cs'''8.] \f \stopTrillSpan
r8.
-
}
% RH voice 2
\new Voice {
\voiceTwo
\override Voice.TrillSpanner #'direction = #DOWN
- d''4. \f \startTrillSpan
- ~
- d''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
- d''4.
- ~
- d''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
+ d''4.~ \f \startTrillSpan
+ d''8.~ |
+ d''4.~ d''8.~ |
d''8. \stopTrillSpan
\trillFlat
- d''4. \startTrillSpan
- ~
-
- |
-
- d''4.
- ~
- d''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
- d''4.
- ~
- d''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
- d''4.
- ~
- d''8. \stopTrillSpan
- ~
-
- |
-
+ d''4.~ \startTrillSpan |
+ d''4.~ d''8.~ |
+ d''4.~ d''8.~ |
+ d''4.~ d''8.~ \stopTrillSpan |
\trillFlat
- d''4. \startTrillSpan
- ~
- d''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
- d''4.
- ~
- d''8.
- ~
-
- |
-
+ d''4.~ \startTrillSpan
+ d''8. ~ |
+ d''4.~ d''8.~ |
\once \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
\hideNotes
d''8. \stopTrillSpan
- s4.
-
- |
-
- s8.
- s8.
-
+ s4. |
+ s8. s8.
}
>>
\clef bass
\key c \major
\time 9/16
-
- r8.
- r8.
- <c! c,!>8 [ (
- <g, g,,>16 ] )
-
- |
-
+ r8. r8. <c! c,!>8[( <g, g,,>16]) |
<g, g,,>4.
\clef treble
- c''8 [ (
- b'16 ] )
-
- |
-
- b'4.
- c''8 [ (
- b'16 ] )
-
- |
-
- b'8. [
- b'8.
- b'8. ]
-
- |
-
- b'8. [
- bf'8. ]
+ c''8[( b'16]) |
+ b'4. c''8[( b'16]) |
+ b'8.[ b'8. b'8.] |
+ b'8.[ bf'8.]
\clef bass
- <f f,>8 [ (
- <bf, bf,,>16 ] )
-
- |
-
+ <f f,>8[( <bf, bf,,>16]) |
<bf, bf,,>4.
\clef treble
- f'8 [ (
- bf16 ] )
-
- |
-
+ f'8[( bf16]) |
<<
-
\new Voice {
\voiceOne
\override Voice.TrillSpanner #'direction = #UP
- f'4. \startTrillSpan
- ~
- f'8.
- ~
-
- |
-
- f'4.
- ~
- f'8.
- ~
-
- |
-
+ f'4.~ \startTrillSpan
+ f'8.~ |
+ f'4.~ f'8.~ |
f'8. \stopTrillSpan
}
-
\new Voice {
\voiceTwo
\override Voice.TrillSpanner #'direction = #DOWN
- bf8. [
- bf8.
- bf8. ]
-
- |
-
- bf8. [
- bf8.
- bf8. ]
-
- |
-
+ bf8.[ bf8. bf8.] |
+ bf8.[ bf8. bf8.] |
bf8.
}
-
>>
-
\oneVoice
- r8.
- r8.
-
- |
-
- r8.
- r8.
- r8.
+ r8. r8. |
+ r8. r8. r8.
\clef bass
-
|
-
\key ef \major
- r8.
- r8.
- r8.
-
+ r8. r8. r8.
}
-
>>
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, chords, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla facilita la preparación de una canción con melodía,
-letra y acordes.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música letra y acordes"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-これは旋律、単語、コードを持つ歌曲の楽譜のためのテンプレートです。
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Ecco il modello di un comune spartito semplificato (lead sheet): include
-linea melodica, testo vocale, sigle degli accordi e relativi diagrammi
-per chitarra.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello di rigo singolo con note testo accordi e tasti"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Mit diesem Beispiel können Sie einen Song mit Melodie,
-Text und Akkorden schreiben.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für eine Notenzeile mit Noten Text und Akkorden"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Ce cannevas comporte tous les éléments d'une chanson@tie{}: la mélodie,
-les paroles, les accords.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Paroles musique et accords"
+ lsrtags = "chords, really-simple, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This template allows the preparation of a song with melody, words, and
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "chords, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Presentamos a continuación un ejemplo de plantilla para una hoja
-guía de acordes con melodía, letra, acordes y diagramas de
-trastes.
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Plantilla para un pentagrama único con música letra acordes y trastes"
+ lsrtags = "chords, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
Here is a simple lead sheet template with melody, lyrics, chords and
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, chords, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-¿Quiere preparar una hoja guía de acordes (o «lead sheet») con
-melodía y acordes? ¡No busque más!
-
-"
-
-doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música y acordes"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-旋律とコードを持つリード譜を欲しくはありませんか？他を見る必要はありません！
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Vuoi preparare uno spartito semplificato (lead sheet) con melodia e
-accordi? La tua ricerca è finita!
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello di rigo singolo con note e accordi"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Wollen Sie ein Liedblatt mit Melodie und Akkorden schreiben? Hier ist
-das richtige Beispiel für Sie!
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für eine Notenzeile mit Akkorden"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Vous avez besoin de la partition d'une mélodie avec les accords@tie{}?
-N'allez pas plus loin@tie{}!
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Mélodie simple et accords"
+ lsrtags = "chords, really-simple, template"
texidoc = "
Want to prepare a lead sheet with a melody and chords? Look no further!
\layout{ }
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta pequeña plantilla muestra una melodía sencilla con letra. Córtela
-y péguela, escriba las notas y luego la letra. Este ejemplo desactiva
-el barrado automático, que es lo más frecuente en las partes vocales
-antiguas. Para usar el barrado automático modifique o marque como un
-comentario la línea correspondiente.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único don notas y letra"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-この小さなテンプレートは歌詞を持つ簡単な旋律を表しています。カット＆ペーストして、音符@c
-を付け加えて、それから歌詞の単語を付け加えてください。この例は自動ビームを off にして@c
-います。これはボーカル パートでは一般的なことです。自動ビームを使用するには、対応する@c
-行を変更するか、コメント アウトしてください。
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo piccolo modello presenta una semplice linea melodica con un testo. Copialo
-e incollalo, aggiungi le note e le parole. Questo esempio disabilita la
-disposizione automatica delle travature, come è consuetudine per le parti
-vocali. Per usare la disposizione automatica delle travature, cambia o
-commenta la relativa linea di codice.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello di rigo singolo con note e testo"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Das nächste Beispiel zeigt eine einfache Melodie mit Text. Kopieren
-Sie es in Ihre Datei, fügen Sie Noten und Text hinzu und übersetzen
-Sie es mit LilyPond. In dem Beispiel wird die automatische
-Balkenverbindung ausgeschaltet (mit dem Befehl @code{\\autoBeamOff}),
-wie es für Vokalmusik üblich ist.
-Wenn Sie die Balken wieder einschalten wollen, müssen Sie die
-entsprechende Zeile entweder ändern oder auskommentieren.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für ein Notensystem mit Noten und Gesangstext"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Ce canevas comporte une simple ligne mélodique agrémentée de paroles.
-Recopiez-le, ajoutez-y d'autres notes et paroles. Les ligatures
-automatiques sont ici désactivées, comme il est d'usage en matière de
-musique vocale. Pour activer la fonction de ligature automatique,
-modifiez ou commentez la ligne en question.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Portée unique et paroles"
+ lsrtags = "really-simple, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This small template demonstrates a simple melody with lyrics. Cut and
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "really-simple, template"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla simple prepara un pentagrama con notas, adecuado para
-un instrumento solista o un fragmento melódico. Córtelo y péguelo en
-un archivo, escriba las notas y ¡ya está!
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de un solo pentagrama con notas únicamente"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-これは音符を持つ譜表を提供するとても簡単なテンプレートであり、ソロの楽器や旋律に適しています。@c
-これをファイルにカット＆ペーストして、音符を付け加えれば完了です！
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello molto semplice mette a disposizione un rigo con delle note ed è
-quindi adatto per uno strumento non accompagnato o per un frammento
-melodico. Copialo e incollalo in un file, aggiungi le note e hai finito!
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello di rigo singolo con solo note"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Das erste Beispiel zeigt ein Notensystem mit Noten, passend für ein
-Soloinstrument oder ein Melodiefragment. Kopieren Sie es und fügen
-Sie es in Ihre Datei ein, schreiben Sie die Noten hinzu, und Sie haben
-eine vollständige Notationsdatei.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für ein Notensystem"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple simpliste se compose d'une portée agrémentée de quelques
-notes. Il convient tout à fait pour un instrument seul ou un
-fragment mélodique. Recopiez-le dans un nouveau fichier, ajoutez-y
-d'autres notes et c'est pret@tie{}!
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Portée unique avec quelques notes"
-
texidoc = "
This very simple template gives you a staff with notes, suitable for a
solo instrument or a melodic fragment. Cut and paste this into a file,
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
-
\relative c'' { a4 b c d }
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { a4 "" _ gap }
>>
-
\relative c'' { a1 | a }
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip 1 bla1 }
>>
-
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Los deslizamientos se pueden componer tipográficamente tanto en los
-contextos de @code{Staff} como en los de @code{TabStaff}:
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Deslizamientos en tablatura"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: f86f00c1a8de0f034ba48506de2801c074bd5422
- texidocde = "
-Gleiten kann sowohl in normalem Notensystem als auch in Tabulaturen notiert werden:
-"
- doctitlede = "Gleiten (Glissando) in Tabulatur"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Un glissando s'indique dans un @code{TabStaff} tout comme dans un
-@code{Staff}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Glissando et tablature"
-
-
texidoc = "
Slides can be typeset in both @code{Staff} and @code{TabStaff}
contexts:
%% Note: this file works from version 2.15.32
\version "2.15.32"
\include "catalan.ly"
-#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper{
- ragged-right=##t
- line-width=17\cm
- indent=0\cm
-}
-
\header {
- lsrtags = "headwords"
+ lsrtags = "headword"
texidoc = ""
doctitle = "headword"
} % begin verbatim
\tempo 4 = 72
}
}
-
changing-the-staff-size.ly
creating-blank-staves.ly
creating-double-digit-fingerings.ly
+cross-staff-stems.ly
display-bracket-with-only-one-staff-in-a-system.ly
forcing-measure-width-to-adapt-to-metronomemarks-width.ly
glissandi-can-skip-grobs.ly
quoting-another-voice.ly
removing-the-first-empty-line.ly
setting-system-separators.ly
-stem-cross-staff-engraver.ly
tick-bar-lines.ly
time-signature-in-parentheses---method-3.ly
time-signature-in-parentheses.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Los textos independientes se pueden disponer en varias columnas
-utilizando instrucciones @code{\\markup}:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Elemento de marcado de texto independiente en dos columnas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Isolierter Text kann in mehreren Spalten mit @code{\\markup}-Befehlen
-angeordnet werden:
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Isolierter Text in zwei Spalten"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 548ef200973bd3d46ea75c5498461d9e5f168334
- texidocfr = "
-L'utilisation de la commande @code{\\markup} permet de distribuer un bloc
-de texte indépendant sur plusieurs colonnes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Bloc de texte indépendant sur deux colonnes"
-
-
texidoc = "
Stand-alone text may be arranged in several columns using
@code{\\markup} commands:
\header {
lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-La dirección de las plicas se contola de la misma forma en la
-tablatura que en la notación tradicional. Las barras se pueden
-poner horizontales, como se muestra en este ejemplo.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Comportamiento de las plicas y las barras de corchea en tablaturas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Richtung von Hälsen wird in Tabulaturen genauso wie in normaler Notation
-eingestellt. Balken können horizontal eingestellt werden, wie das Beispiel
-zeigt.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Hals- und Balkenverhalten in einer Tabulatur"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La direction des hampes se gère dans les tablatures tout comme en
-notation traditionnelle. Les ligatures peuvent être mises à l'horizontale
-comme le montre cet exemple.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Hampes et ligatures en mode tablature"
-
-
texidoc = "
The direction of stems is controlled the same way in tablature as in
traditional notation. Beams can be made horizontal, as shown in this
+++ /dev/null
-% DO NOT EDIT this file manually; it is automatically
-% generated from Documentation/snippets/new
-% Make any changes in Documentation/snippets/new/
-% and then run scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
-%
-% This file is in the public domain.
-%% Note: this file works from version 2.15.35
-\version "2.15.35"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, contexts-and-engravers"
- texidoc = "This file defines and demonstrates a scheme engraver that
-connects stems across staves. The stem length need not be specified, as
-the code takes care of the variable distance between noteheads and staves."
- doctitle = "Stem cross staff engraver"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-
-%{
- A new stem (referred to as span in the code) is created to connect the
- original stems. The original stems are made transparent.
-
- The span is created as a child of the "root" stem, that is the stem
- connected to a notehead with the end that is not to be extended.
-
- Both stem directions are supported. Connecting more than two stems is
- possible.
-%}
-
-% Values are close enough to ignore the difference
-#(define (close-enough? x y)
- (< (abs (- x y)) 0.0001))
-
-% Combine a list of extents
-#(define (extent-combine extents)
- (if (pair? (cdr extents))
- (interval-union (car extents) (extent-combine (cdr extents)))
- (car extents)))
-
-% Check if the stem is connectable to the root
-#(define ((stem-connectable? ref root) stem)
- ; The root is always connectable to itself
- (or (eq? root stem)
- (and
- ; Horizontal positions of the stems must be almost the same
- (close-enough? (car (ly:grob-extent root ref X))
- (car (ly:grob-extent stem ref X)))
- ; The stem must be in the direction away from the root's notehead
- (positive? (* (ly:grob-property root 'direction)
- (- (car (ly:grob-extent stem ref Y))
- (car (ly:grob-extent root ref Y))))))))
-
-% Connect stems if we have at least one stems connectable to the root
-#(define (stem-span-stencil span)
- (let* ((system (ly:grob-system span))
- (root (ly:grob-parent span X))
- (stems (filter (stem-connectable? system root)
- (ly:grob-object span 'stems))))
- (if (<= 2 (length stems))
- (let* ((yextents (map (lambda (st)
- (ly:grob-extent st system Y)) stems))
- (yextent (extent-combine yextents))
- (layout (ly:grob-layout root))
- (blot (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'blot-diameter)))
- ; Hide spanned stems
- (map (lambda (st)
- (set! (ly:grob-property st 'transparent) #t))
- stems)
- ; Draw a nice looking stem with rounded corners
- (ly:round-filled-box (ly:grob-extent root root X) yextent blot))
- ; Nothing to connect, don't draw the span
- #f)))
-
-% Create a stem span as a child of the cross-staff stem (the root)
-#(define ((make-stem-span! stems trans) root)
- (let ((span (ly:engraver-make-grob trans 'Stem '())))
- (ly:grob-set-parent! span X root)
- (set! (ly:grob-object span 'stems) stems)
- ; Suppress positioning, the stem code is confused by this weird stem
- (set! (ly:grob-property span 'X-offset) 0)
- (set! (ly:grob-property span 'stencil) stem-span-stencil)))
-
-% Set cross-staff property of the stem to this function to connect it to
-% other stems automatically
-#(define (cross-staff-connect stem)
- #t)
-
-% Check if automatic connecting of the stem was requested. Stems connected
-% to cross-staff beams are cross-staff, but they should not be connected to
-% other stems just because of that.
-#(define (stem-is-root? stem)
- (eq? cross-staff-connect (ly:grob-property-data stem 'cross-staff)))
-
-% Create stem spans for cross-staff stems
-#(define (make-stem-spans! ctx stems trans)
- ; Cannot do extensive checks here, just make sure there are at least
- ; two stems at this musical moment
- (if (<= 2 (length stems))
- (let ((roots (filter stem-is-root? stems)))
- (map (make-stem-span! stems trans) roots))))
-
-% Connect cross-staff stems to the stems above in the system
-#(define (Span_stem_engraver ctx)
- (let ((stems '()))
- (make-engraver
- ; Record all stems for the given moment
- (acknowledgers
- ((stem-interface trans grob source)
- (set! stems (cons grob stems))))
- ; Process stems and reset the stem list to empty
- ((process-acknowledged trans)
- (make-stem-spans! ctx stems trans)
- (set! stems '())))))
-
-crossStaff =
-#(define-music-function (parser location notes) (ly:music?) #{
- \override Stem #'cross-staff = #cross-staff-connect
- $notes
- \revert Stem #'cross-staff
-#})
-
-\layout {
- \context {
- \StaffGroup
- \consists #Span_stem_engraver
- }
-}
-
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
- % Bar 1 - durations, beams, flags
- g'2 g'4 g'8 [ g'16 ] g'16 |
- \crossStaff { c'2 c'4 c'8 [ c'16 ] c'16 } |
- R1 |
-
- % Bar 2 - direction
- g'8 \stemDown g'8 \crossStaff g'8 \stemNeutral g'8 g'4 r4 |
- \crossStaff { c'8 \stemDown c'8 } c'8 \stemNeutral c'8 r4 r4 |
- c8 \stemDown c8 c8 \stemNeutral \crossStaff { c8 c4 c4 } |
-
- % Bar 3 - multiple voice styles
- << c''2 \\ \crossStaff d'2 \\ a'2 \\ \crossStaff f'2 >> g'2 |
- << b'2 \\ c'2 \\ g'2 \\ e'2 >> << e'2 \\ \\ \crossStaff c'2 >> |
- << \crossStaff b2 \\ c2 \\ \crossStaff g2 \\ e2 >> r2 |
-
- % Bar 4 - grace notes
- \grace g'8 a'2 \stemDown \crossStaff { \grace g'8 a'2 } \stemNeutral |
- \grace c'8 d'2 \stemDown \grace c'8 d'2 \stemNeutral |
- \crossStaff { \grace c8 d2 } \stemDown \grace c8 d2 \stemNeutral |
-
- % Bar 5 - cross-staff beams
- g'8 g'8 g'8 g'8 r2 |
- s1 |
- \crossStaff { c8 [ \change Staff=stafftwo c''8 ] }
- \change Staff=staffthree c8 [ \change Staff=stafftwo c''8 ] r2 |
-}
-
-\score {
- \new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff = "staffone" <<
- \new Voice {
- \autoBeamOff \voiceA
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "stafftwo" <<
- \new Voice {
- \autoBeamOff \voiceB
- }
- >>
- \new Staff = "staffthree" <<
- \new Voice {
- \autoBeamOff \clef bass \voiceC
- }
- >>
- >>
- \layout { }
-}
\once \override Rest #'transparent = ##t
r16 d']
}
-
\version "2.15.28"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede hacer que las barras secundarias apunten en la dirección del
-pulso o fracción a que pertenecen. La primera barra evita los
-corchetes sueltos (que es el comportamiento predeterminado); la
-segunda barra sigue el pulso o fracción estrictamente.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Barras que se atienen al pulso estrictamente"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fc1ca638e0b5f66858b9b7a073ceefc1eccb3ed2
-
- texidocde = "
-Sekundäre Balken können in die Richtung gesetzt werden, die ihrer rhythmischen
-Zugehörigkeit entspricht. Der erste Balken ist zusammengefasst (Standard),
-der zweite Sechszehntelbalken zeigt den Taktschlag an.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Bebalkung nach Taktschlag"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: af3df3b7c6e062635bdccb739be41962969806a0
- texidocfr = "
-Une sous-ligature tronquée peut pointer en direction de la pulsation à
-laquelle elle se rattache. Dans l'exemple suivant, la première ligature
-évite toute troncature (comportement par défaut), alors que la deuxième
-respecte rigoureusement la pulsation.
-
-"
-
- doctitlefr = "Ligature à la pulsation"
-
texidoc = "
Beamlets can be set to point in the direction of the beat to which they
belong. The first beam avoids sticking out flags (the default);
\version "2.15.20"
\header {
- lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text, fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text, fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language"
texidoc = "
Make an extender line for string number indications, showing that a
g\startTextSpan a
bes4 a g2\stopTextSpan
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, unfretted-strings, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla muestra un cuarteto de cuerda normal. También utiliza
-una sección @code{\\global} para el compás y la armadura
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda (sencilla)"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-これは簡単な弦楽四重奏のためのテンプレートです。これは拍子記号と調号のために
-@code{@bs{}global} セクションを使っています。
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello presenta un semplice quartetto d'archi. Impiega anche una
-sezione @code{\\global} per definire il tempo e l'armatura di chiave.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per quartetto d'archi (semplice)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Dieses Beispiel demonstriert die Partitur für ein Streichquartett. Hier
-wird auch eine @qq{@code{\\global}}-Variable für Taktart und
-Vorzeichen benutzt.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Streichquartett (einfach)"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bdfe3dc8175a2d7e9ea0800b5b04cfb68fe58a7a
- texidocfr = "
-Voici un canevas pour quatuor à cordes. Notez l'utilisation de la
-variable @code{\\global} pour traiter la métrique et la tonalité.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Quatuor à cordes (conducteur)"
+ lsrtags = "really-simple, template, unfretted-strings"
texidoc = "
This template demonstrates a simple string quartet. It also uses a
\layout { }
\midi { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "unfretted-strings, preparing-parts, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El fragmento de código @qq{Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda} produce un
-resultado satisfactorio para el cuarteto, pero ¿y si tenemos que
-imprimir las particellas? Esta nueva plantilla muestra cómo usar la
-funcionalidad @code{\\tag} (etiqueta) para dividir fácilmente una
-pieza en particellas indicviduales.
-
-Tenemos que dividir esta plantilla en archivos independientes; los
-nombres de archivo están dentro de los comentarios al principio de
-cada archivo. @file{piece.ly} contiene todas las definiciones de
-música. Los otros archivos (@file{score.ly}, @file{vn1.ly},
-@file{vn2.ly}, @file{vla.ly} y @file{vlc.ly}) producen la particella
-correspondiente.
-
-¡No olvide quitar los comentarios que hemos especificado cuando use
-los archivos independientes!
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda con particellas independientes"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-\"弦楽四重奏テンプレート\" は適切な弦楽四重奏の楽譜を作り出しますが、個々の@c
-パート譜を譜刻する必要がある場合はどうでしょうか？今度の新しいテンプレートは
-@code{@bs{}tag} 機能を用いて容易に楽曲を個々のパートに分ける方法を示しています。
-
-このテンプレートは別々のファイルに分ける必要があります。ファイル名は各ファイル@c
-の開始部分のコメントの中に記述されています。@code{piece.ly} はすべての音楽定義@c
-を保持しています。他のファイル - @code{score.ly}, @code{vn1.ly}, @code{vn2.ly},
-@code{vla.ly} それに @code{vlc.ly} - は対応するパートを作り出します。
-
-
-別々のファイルに分ける場合は、指定されたコメントを外すことを忘れないでください！
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Il frammento di codice del @qq{Modello per quartetto d'archi} crea un bel
-quartetto, ma cosa fare se si ha bisogno di creare le singole parti? Questo
-nuovo modello mostra come usare la funzionalità @code{\\tag} per dividere
-facilmente un pezzo in parti staccate.
-
-Occorre dividere questo modello in file separati; i nomi dei file sono
-indicati nei commenti all'inizio di ogni file. @code{piece.ly}
-contiene tutte le definizioni musicali. Gli altri file – @code{score.ly},
-@code{vn1.ly}, @code{vn2.ly}, @code{vla.ly} e @code{vlc.ly} –
-creano ciascuna parte.
-
-
-Non dimenticare di togliere i commenti quando usi i file separati!
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per quartetto d'archi con parti separate"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Mit diesem Beispiel können Sie ein schönes Streichquartett notieren,
-aber wie gehen Sie vor, wenn Sie Stimmen brauchen? Das Beispiel
-oben hat gezeigt, wie Sie mit Variablen einzelne Abschnitte getrennt
-voneinander notieren können. Im nächsten Beispiel wird nun
-gezeigt, wie Sie mit diesen Variablen einzelne Stimmen erstellen.
-
-Sie müssen das Beispiel in einzelne Dateien aufteilen; die Dateinamen
-sind in den Kommentaren am Anfang jeder Datei enthalten. @file{piece.ly}
-enthält die Noten. Die anderen Dateien -- @file{score.ly},
-@file{vn1.ly}, @file{vn2.ly}, @file{vla.ly} und
-@file{vlc.ly} -- erstellen daraus die entsprechenden Stimmen bzw. die
-Partitur (@file{score.ly}). Mit @code{\\tag} wird den Stimmen ein Name
-zugewiesen, auf den zurückgegriffen werden kann.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Streichquartett mit einzelnen Stimmen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Grâce à ce canevas, vous pouvez obtenir une partition d'excellente
-facture pour quatuor à cordes mais aussi, si le besoin s'en faisait
-sentir, une partie séparée par instrument. Par ailleurs, cet exemple
-illustre l'utilisation de la fonction @code{\\tag} dans le but
-d'extraire des parties séparées.
-
-Il vous faudra découper ce canevas en plusieurs fichiers séparés@tie{};
-leur nom respectif est indiqué en commentaire@tie{}: @file{piece.ly}
-comporte tout ce qui a trait à la musique, les autres fichiers --
-@file{score.ly}, @file{vn1.ly}, @file{vn2.ly}, @file{vla.ly}, et
-@file{vlc.ly} -- vous permettront d'obtenir les parties selon le
-pupitre.
-
-N'oubliez pas de supprimer les commentaires superflus des fichiers
-individualisés@tie{}!
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Quatuor à cordes avec parties séparées"
+ lsrtags = "preparing-parts, template, unfretted-strings"
texidoc = "
The @qq{String quartet template} snippet produces a nice string
}
%}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Las barras de semicorchea, o de figuras más breves, no se subdividen
-de forma predeterminada. Esto es, las tres (o más) barras se amplían
-sin romperse sobre grupos completos de notas. Este comportamiento se
-puede modificar para subdividir las barras en subgrupos mediante el
-establecimiento de la propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}. Cuando está
-activada, las barras se subdividen a intervalos definidos por el valor
-actual de @code{baseMoment} mediante la reducción de las barras
-repetidas a una sola entre los subgrupos. Observe que el valor
-predeterminado de @code{baseMoment} es uno más que el denominador del
-tipo de compás actual, si no se fija explícitamente. Se debe ajustar
-a una fracción que da la duración del subgrupo de barras utilizando la
-función @code{ly:make-moment}, como se ve en este fragmento de código.
-Asimismo, cuando se modifica @code{baseMoment}, se debería cambiar
-también @code{beatStructure} para que corresponda al @code{baseMoment}
-nuevo:
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Subdivisión de barras"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les ligatures d'une succession de notes de durée inférieure à la croche
-ne sont pas subdivisées par défaut. Autrement dit, tous les traits de
-ligature (deux ou plus) seront continus. Ce comportement peut être
-modifié afin de diviser la ligature en sous-groupes grâce à la propriété
-@code{subdivideBeams}. Lorsqu'elle est activée, les ligatures seront
-subdivisées selon un intervalle défini par @code{baseMoment}@tie{}; il n'y
-aura alors plus qu'un seul trait de ligature entre chaque sous-groupe.
-Par défaut, @code{baseMoment} fixe la valeur de référence par rapport à
-la métrique en vigueur. Il faudra donc lui fournir, à l'aide de la
-fonction @code{ly:make-moment}, une fraction correspondant à la durée du
-sous-groupe désiré comme dans l'exemple ci-dessous. Gardez à l'esprit
-que, si vous venez à modifier @code{baseMoment}, vous devrez
-probablement adapter @code{beatStrusture} afin qu'il reste en adéquation
-avec les nouvelles valeurs de @code{baseMoment}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Subdivision des ligatures"
-
texidoc = "
The beams of consecutive 16th (or shorter) notes are, by default, not
subdivided. That is, the three (or more) beams stretch unbroken over
\set beatStructure = #'(4 4 4 4)
c32[ c c c c c c c]
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, simultaneous-notes"
+ lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
If notes from two voices with stems in the same direction are placed at
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "rhythms, text, scheme-language"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, scheme-language, text"
texidoc = "
This example shows how to add a markup command to get a three sided box
c1^\markup { \NWS-box ABCD }
c1^\markup { \NWS-box \note #"4" #1.0 }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation"
+ lsrtags = "specific-notation, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Another way to put the time signature in parenthesis
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, staff-notation"
+ lsrtags = "specific-notation, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The time signature can be enclosed within parentheses.
\time 2/4
a4 b8 c
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-A veces, la indicación de compás no debe imprimir la fracción completa
-(p.ej. 7/4), sino sólo el numerador (7 en este caso). Esto se puede
-hacer fácilmente utilizando @code{\\override Staff.TimeSignature
-#'style = #'single-digit} para cambiar el estilo
-permanentemente. Usando @code{\\revert Staff.TimeSignature #'style},
-se puede revertir el cambio. Para aplicar el estilo de un dígito
-único a una sola indicación de compás, utilice la instrucción
-@code{\\override} y anteponga la instrucción @code{\\once}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Indicación de compás imprimiendo sólo el numerador (en lugar de la fracción)"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La métrique est parfois indiquée non pas par une fraction (p.ex. 7/4)
-mais simplement par son numérateur (7 dans ce cas). L'instruction
-@code{\\override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'single-digit} permet de
-déroger au style par défaut de manière permanente -- un @code{\\revert
-Staff.TimeSignature #'style} d'annuler ces modifications. Lorsque cette
-métrique sous la forme d'une seul chiffre ne se présente qu'une seule
-fois, il suffit de faire précéder l'instruction @code{\\override} d'un
-simple @code{\\once}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Affichage seulement du numérateur d'une métrique (au
-lieu d'une fraction)"
-
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Sometimes, a time signature should not print the whole fraction (e.g.
\time 2/4
c4 c
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, workaround, ancient-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-A modo de alternativa para obtener auténticos «incipit»
-independientes de la partitura principal, se incluyen como
-elemento de marcado en el campo que se usa normalmente para el
-nombre del instrumento. Por el momento, la letra sólo se puede
-añadir como marcado directo. Por desgracia, su espaciado no es
-análogo al de la letra principal.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Transcripción de música antigua con incipit"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, specific-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, workaround"
texidoc = "
As a workaround to get real incipits which are independent from the
indent = 5\cm
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "workaround, pitches, scheme-language"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-doctitlees = "Transportar música con el menor número de alteraciones"
-texidoces = "
-Este ejemplo utiliza código de Scheme para forzar las
-modificaciones enarmónicas de las notas, y así tener el menor
-número de alteraciones accidentales. En este caso se aplican las
-siguientes reglas:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Se quitan las dobles alteraciones
-
-@item
-Si sostenido -> Do
-
-@item
-Mi sistenido -> Fa
-
-@item
-Do bemol -> Si
-
-@item
-Fa bemol -> Mi
-
-@end itemize
-
-De esta forma se selecciona el mayor número de notas enarmónicas
-naturales.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo esempio usa del codice Scheme per imporre delle modifiche
-enarmoniche alle note che permettano di avere il numero minimo di
-alterazioni. In questo caso si applica la seguente regola:
-
-Le doppie alterazioni devono essere eliminate
-
-
-Si diesis -> Do
-
-
-Mi diesis -> Fa
-
-
-Do bemolle -> Si
-
-
-Fa bemolle -> Mi
-
-
-In questo modo vengono scelti i suoni enarmonici più semplici.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Trasposizione delle altezze con numero minimo di alterazioni"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- doctitlede = "Noten mit minimaler Anzahl an Versetzungszeichen transponieren."
- texidocde = "Dieses Beispiel benutzt Scheme-Code, um enharmonische
-Verwechslungen für Noten zu erzwingen, damit nur eine minimale Anzahl
-an Versetzungszeichen ausgegeben wird. In diesem Fall gelten die
-folgenden Regeln:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Doppelte Versetzungszeichen sollen entfernt werden
-
-@item
-His -> C
-
-@item
-Eis -> F
-
-@item
-Ces -> B
-
-@item
-Fes -> E
-
-@end itemize
-
-Auf diese Art werden am meisten natürliche Tonhöhen als enharmonische
-Variante gewählt.
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple, grâce à un peu de code Scheme, donne la priorité aux
-enharmoniques afin de limiter le nombre d'altérations supplémentaires.
-La règle appliquable est@tie{}:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Les altérations doubles sont supprimées
-
-@item
-Si dièse -> Do
-
-@item
-Mi dièse -> Fa
-
-@item
-Do bémol -> Si
-
-@item
-Fa bémol -> Mi
-
-@end itemize
-
-Cette façon de procéder aboutit à plus d'enharmoniques naturelles.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Transposition et réduction du nombre d'altérations accidentelles"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, scheme-language, workaround"
texidoc = "
This example uses some Scheme code to enforce enharmonic modifications
}
\layout { }
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, pitches, staff-notation"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Trucaje de las propiedades de clave"
- texidoces = "
-La instrucción @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a un ajuste de
-@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (que controla la posición
-vertical de la clave), @code{middleCPosition} y
-@code{clefOctavation}. Se imprime una clave cada vez que se
-modifica cualquiera de las propiedades excepto
-@code{middleCPosition}.
-
-Observe que la modificación del glifo, la posición de la clave o
-su octavación, no cambian 'per se' la posición de las siguientes
-notas del pentagrama: para hacer esto también se debe especificar
-la posición del Do central. Los parámetros posicionales están en
-relación con la tercera línea del pentagrama, los números
-positivos desplazan hacia arriba, contando una unidad por cada
-línea y espacio. El valor de @code{clefOctavation} se
-establecería normalmente a 7, -7, 15 or -15, pero son válidos
-otros valores.
-
-Cuando se produce un cambio de clave en el salto de línea se
-imprime la clave nueva tanto al final de la línea anterior como al
-principio de la nueva, de forma predeterminada. Si no se necesita
-la clave de advertencia al final de la línea anterior, se puede
-quitar estableciendo el valor de la propiedad
-@code{explicitClefVisibility} de @code{Staff}, a
-@code{end-of-line-invisible}. El comportamiento predeterminado se
-puede recuperar con @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
-
-Los siguientes ejemplos muestran las posibilidades cuando se
-ajustan estas propiedades manualmente. En la primera línea, los
-cambios manuales preservan el posicionamiento relativo estándar de
-las claves y las notas, pero no lo hacen en la segunda línea.
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Il comando @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} equivale a impostare
-@code{clefGlyph}, @code{clefPosition} (che regola la posizione
-verticale della chiave), @code{middleCPosition} e
-@code{clefOctavation}. Viene stampata una chiave quando cambia una
-di queste proprietà, eccetto @code{middleCPosition}.
-
-
-La modifica del glifo, della posizione della chiave o
-dell'ottavazione non è sufficiente per cambiare la posizione delle
-note che seguono sul rigo: bisogna anche specificare la posizione
-del Do centrale (middle C). I parametri di posizione sono relativi
-alla linea centrale del rigo, con i numeri positivi che indicano
-la parte superiore: ogni linea e spazio valgono uno. Il valore
-@code{clefOctavation} di norma è impostato su 7, -7, 15
-o -15, ma altri valori sono considerati validi.
-
-
-Quando un cambio di chiave avviene in corrispondenza di un'interruzione di
-linea, di norma il simbolo della nuova chiave viene inserito sia alla fine
-del rigo precedente sia all'inizio di quello successivo. Se la
-chiave di avvertimento a fine rigo non fosse necessaria,
-può essere nascosta impostando la proprietà @code{explicitClefVisibility}
-del contesto @code{Staff} su @code{end-of-line-invisible}. Il comportamento
-predefinito può essere ripristinato con @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility}.
-
-Gli esempi seguenti mostrano le possibilità date dall'impostazione
-manuale di tali proprietà. Sulla prima linea le modifiche manuali preservano
-il posizionamento relativo standard di chiavi e note, mentre sulla seconda
-linea non lo fanno.
-
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modifiche manuali della proprietà della chiave"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- doctitlede = "Eigenschaften des Schlüssels optimieren"
- texidocde = "
-Der Befehl @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} ist gleichbedeutend mit einem
-expliziten Setzen der Eigenschaften von @code{clefGlyph},
-@code{clefPosition} (welche die vertikale Position des Schlüssels bestimmt),
-@code{middleCPosition} und @code{clefOctavation}. Ein Schlüssel wird
-ausgegeben, wenn eine der Eigenschaften außer @code{middleCPosition} sich
-ändert.
-
-Eine Änderung des Schriftzeichens (Glyph), der Schlüsselposition oder der
-Oktavierung selber ändert noch nicht die Position der darauf folgenden Noten
-auf dem System: das geschieht nur, wenn auch die Position des
-eingestrichenen@tie{}C (middleCPosition) angegeben wird. Die
-Positionsparameter sind relativ zur Mittellinie des Systems, dabei versetzen
-positive Zahlen die Position nach oben, jeweils eine Zahl für jede Linie
-plus Zwischenraum. Der @code{clefOctavation}-Wert ist normalerweise auf 7,
--7, 15 oder -15 gesetzt, aber auch andere Werte sind gültig.
-
-Wenn ein Schlüsselwechsel an einem Zeilenwechsel geschieht, wird das neue
-Symbol sowohl am Ende der alten Zeilen als auch am Anfang der neuen Zeile
-ausgegeben. Wenn der Warnungs-Schlüssel am Ende der alten Zeile nicht
-erforderlich ist, kann er unterdrückt werden, indem die
-@code{explicitClefVisibility}-Eigenschaft des @code{Staff}-Kontextes auf den
-Wert @code{end-of-line-invisible} gesetzt wird. Das Standardverhalten kann
-mit @code{\\unset Staff.explicitClefVisibility} wieder hergestellt werden.
-
-Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen die Möglichkeiten, wenn man diese
-Eigenschaften manuell setzt. Auf der ersten Zeile erhalten die manuellen
-Änderungen die ursprüngliche relative Positionierung von Schlüssel und
-Noten, auf der zweiten Zeile nicht.
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-La commande @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} équivaut à définir @code{clefGlyph},
-@code{clefPosition} -- qui contrôle la position verticale de la clé --
-@code{middleCPosition} et @code{clefOctavation}. Une clé est imprimée
-lorsque l'une de ces propriétés, hormis @code{middleCPosition}, est
-modifiée. Les exemples suivant font apparaître des possibilités de
-réglage manuel de ces propriétés.
-
-
-Modifier le glyphe, la position de la clef ou son octaviation ne
-changera pas la position des notes@tie{}; il faut pour y parvenir
-modifier aussi la position du do médium. Le positionnement est relatif
-à la ligne médiane, un nombre positif faisant monter, chaque ligne ou
-interligne comptant pour@tie{}1. La valeur de @code{clefOctavation}
-devrait être de 7, -7, 15 ou -15, bien que rien ne vous empêche de lui
-affecter une autre valeur.
-
-
-Lorsqu'un changement de clef intervient en même temps qu'un saut de
-ligne, la nouvelle clef est imprimée à la fois en fin de ligne et au
-début de la suivante. Vous pouvez toujours supprimer cette @qq{clef de
-précaution} en affectant la valeur @code{end-of-line-invisible} à la
-propriété @code{explicitClefVisibility} du contexte @code{Staff}. Le
-comportement par défaut sera réactivé par
-@w{@code{\\unset@tie{}Staff.explicitClefVisibility}}.
-
-
-Les exemples qui suivent illustrent les différentes possibilités de
-définir ces propriétés manuellement. Sur la première ligne, la
-position relative des notes par rapport aux clefs est préservée, ce
-qui n'est pas le cas pour la deuxième ligne.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Affinage des propriétés d'une clef"
+ lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The command @code{\\clef \"treble_8\"} is equivalent to setting
\set Staff.middleCPosition = #0
c'1
}
-
\version "2.15.40"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, rhythms"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-La disposición de las expresiones de adorno se puede cambiar a lo
-largo de toda la música usando las funciones
-@code{add-grace-property} y @code{remove-grace-property}. El
-ejemplo siguiente borra la definición de la dirección de la plica
-para esta nota de adorno, de manera que las plicas no siemmpre
-apuntan hacia arriba, y cambia la forma predeterminada de las
-cabezas a aspas.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Trucar la disposición de las notas de adorno dentro de la música"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Das Layout von Verzierungsausdrücken kann in der Musik verändert
-werden mit den Funktionen @code{add-grace-property} und
-@code{remove-grace-property}. Das folgende Beispiel definiert
-die Richtung von Hälsen (Stem) für diese Verzierung, sodass die
-Hälse nicht immer nach unten zeigen, und ändert den Standardnotenkopf
-in ein Kreuz.
-"
- doctitlede = "Veränderung des Layouts von Verzierungen innerhalb der Noten"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 374d57cf9b68ddf32a95409ce08ba75816900f6b
- texidocfr = "
-Il est possible de changer globalement la mise en forme des petites
-notes dans un morceau, au moyen de la fonction
-@code{add-grace-property}. Ici, par exemple, on ôte la définition de
-l'orientation des objets @code{Stem} pour toutes les petites notes,
-afin que les hampes ne soient pas toujours orientées vers le haut, et on
-leur préfère des têtes en forme de croix.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Mise en forme des notes d'ornement"
+ lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The layout of grace expressions can be changed throughout the music
creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly
creating-text-spanners.ly
cross-staff-chords---beaming-problems-workaround.ly
+cross-staff-stems.ly
custodes.ly
customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly
customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
setting-hairpin-behavior-at-bar-lines.ly
setting-system-separators.ly
showing-the-same-articulation-above-and-below-a-note-or-chord.ly
-stem-cross-staff-engraver.ly
string-number-extender-lines.ly
suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
time-signature-in-parentheses---method-3.ly
\header {
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, staff-notation"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Se puede usar el delimitador de comienzo de un sistema
-@code{SystemStartSquare} estableciéndolo explícitamente dentro de
-un contexto @code{StaffGroup} o @code{ChoirStaffGroup}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Uso del corchete recto al comienzo de un grupo de pentagramas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Die Klammer zu Beginn von Systemgruppen kann auch in eine eckige Klammer
-(@code{SystemStartSquare}) umgewandelt werden, wenn man sie explizit
-im @code{StaffGroup}- oder @code{ChoirStaffGroup}-Kontext setzt.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Eine eckige Klammer zu Beginn von Systemgruppen benutzen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Un regroupement de portées sera indiqué par un simple rectangle
--- @code{SystemStartSquare} -- en début de ligne dès lors que vous le
-mentionnerez explicitement au sein d'un contexte @code{StaffGroup} ou
-@code{ChoirStaffGroup}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Indication de regroupement de portées par un rectangle"
-
-
texidoc = "
The system start delimiter @code{SystemStartSquare} can be used by
setting it explicitly in a @code{StaffGroup} or @code{ChoirStaff}
\new Staff { c'4 d' e' f' }
>> }
}
-
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Se pueden imprimir estilos alternativos del corchete o gancho de las
-corcheas y figuras menores, mediante la sobreescritura de la propiedad
-@code{stencil} del objeto @code{Flag}. Son valores válidos
-@code{modern-straight-flag} y @code{old-straight-flag}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Uso de estilos alternativos para los corchetes"
-
-
-
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
\revert Flag #'stencil
\testnotes
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El corchete de arpegios @code{arpeggioBracket} se puede usar para
-indicar la división de voces cuando no hay plicas que puedan ofrecer
-esta información. Se suele encontrar en la música coral.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Uso de arpeggioBracket para hacer más visible un divisi"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 27b1197f3bae8512c14d946752cd3e40e7c76016
-
- texidocde = "
-Das @code{arpeggioBracket}-Klammerobjekt kann benutzt werden, um geteilte
-Stimmen anzuzeigen, wenn keine Hälse diese Information bieten. Das sieht
-man oft in Chormusik.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Arpeggio-Klammern benutzen um geteilte Stimmen besser sichtbar zu machen"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Les crochets d'arpegio (@code{arpeggioBracket}) permettent de mettre en
-évidence les divisions d'un pupitre en l'absence de hampe, comme on le
-voit régulièrement dans les partitions pour chœur.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Utilisation d'un arpeggioBracket pour rendre les
-divisions plus évidentes"
-
-
texidoc = "
The @code{arpeggioBracket} can be used to indicate the division of
voices where there are no stems to provide the information. This is
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Algunos compositores escriben dos ligaduras cuando quieren acordes
-legato. Esto se puede conseguir estableciendo @code{doubleSlurs}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Utilizar ligaduras dobles para acordes legato"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Einige Komponisten schreiben doppelte Bögen, wenn Legato-Akkorde notiert
-werden. Das kann mit der Eigenschaft @code{doubleSlurs} erreicht werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Doppelte Bögen für Legato-Akkorde benutzen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Certains auteurs utilisent deux liaisons lorsqu'ils veulent
-lier des accords. Dans LilyPond, il faut pour cela activer
-la propriété @code{doubleSlurs}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Accords et double liaison d'articulation"
-
-
texidoc = "
Some composers write two slurs when they want legato chords. This can
be achieved by setting @code{doubleSlurs}.
\set doubleSlurs = ##t
<c e>4( <d f> <c e> <d f>)
}
-
\version "2.15.15"
\header {
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Es posible aplicar la barrita que cruza la barra de las
-acciaccaturas, en otras situaciones.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Utilizar la barra que tacha las notas de adorno con notas normales"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Le trait que l'on trouve sur les hampes des acciaccatures peut
-être appliqué dans d'autres situations.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Utilisation de hampe barrée pour une note normale"
-
lsrtags = "rhythms"
texidoc = "
\override Flag #'stroke-style = #"grace"
c8( d2) e8( f4)
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "devel, tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Se puede acceder @qq{lateralmente} a algunos grobs desde dentro de la
-función de callback de otro grob. Éstos se encuentran relacionados
-normalmente como @qq{layout objects} (objetos de presentación) en la
-sección @qq{Internal properties} (propiedades internas) de un
-interface de grob. Se usa la función @code{ly:grob-object} para
-acceder a estos grobs.
-
-
-Se presentan más abajo como ejemplo algunas formas de addecer a grobs
-desde dentro de una función de callback de NoteHead, pero la técnica
-no se limita a las cabezas de nota. Sin embargo, la función de
-callback de NoteHead es especialmente importante, porque es la función
-de callback implícita que utiliza la instrucción @code{\\tweak}.
-
-
-La función de ejemplo que se define abajo (\"display-grobs\") no es
-probablemente tan útil, pero muestra que se está accediendo
-efectivamente a los grobs.
-
-
-Salida de ejemplo de la consola:
-
-
-@example
---------------------
-#-Grob Accidental -
-#-Grob Arpeggio -
-#-Grob Stem -
-@end example
-
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Utilizar ly:grob-object para acceder a los grobs con \\tweak"
-
+ lsrtags = "devel, scheme-language, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Some grobs can be accessed @qq{laterally} from within another grob's
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, scheme-language, really-cool, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 5a898cf43a2a78be6c3a58e4359dccd82196fbe7
- texidocfr = "
-Lorsqu'il est impossible d'obtenir facilement une allure particulière
-pour les têtes de note en recourant à la technique du @code{\\markup}, un
-code Postscript peut vous tirer d'embarras. Voici comment générer des
-têtes ressemblant à des parallélogrammes.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Utilisation de Postscript pour générer des têtes de note à l'allure particulière"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, really-cool, scheme-language, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
When a note head with a special shape cannot easily be generated with
\tweak #'duration-log #2 a
>2
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-Se puede imprimir cualquier objeto gráfico sobre un fondo blanco para
-enmascarar parte de los objetos que están por debajo. Esto puede ser
-útil para mejorar el aspecto de las colisiones en situaciones
-complejas cuando no es práctico reposicionar los objetos. Es
-necesario establecer explícitamente la propiedad de capa
-(@code{layer}) para controlar qué objetos resultan enmascarados por el
-fondo blanco.
-
-En este ejemplo, la colisión de la ligadura de unión con la indicación
-de compás resulta mejorada enmascarando la parte de la ligadura que
-cruza a la indicación de compás mediante el establecimiento de la
-propiedad @code{whiteout} de @code{TimeSignature}. Para hacer esto,
-se mueve @code{TimeSignature} a una capa por encima de @code{Tie}, que
-se deja en la capa predeterminada de 1, y @code{StaffSymbol} se mueve
-a una capa por encima de @code{TimeSignature} de manera que no resulte
-enmascarada.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Uso de la propiedad whiteout"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, expressive-marks"
texidoc = "
Any graphical object can be printed over a white background to mask
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- doctitlees = "Uso de ligaduras en los arpegios"
- texidoces = "
-En ocasiones se usan ligaduras de unión para escribir los arpegios.
-En este caso, las dos notas ligadas no tienen que ser consecutivas.
-Esto se puede conseguir estableciendo la propiedad
-@code{tieWaitForNote} al valor @code{#t}. La misma funcionalidad
-es de utilidad, por ejemplo, para ligar un trémolo a un acorde, pero
-en principio también se puede usar para notas normales consecutivas.
-
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
- Überbindungen werden teilweise benutzt, um Arpeggios zu notieren. In
- diesem Fall stehen die übergebundenen Noten nicht unbedingt hintereinander.
-Das Verhalten kann erreicht werden, indem die @code{tieWaitForNote}-Eigenschaft
-auf @code{#t} gesetzt wird. Diese Funktion ist auch sinnvoll, um etwa
-ein Tremolo mit einem Akkord zu überbinden, kann aber prinzipiell auch
-für normale Überbindungen eingesetzt werden
-"
- doctitlede = "Überbindungen für Arpeggio benutzen"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4da4307e396243a5a3bc33a0c2753acac92cb685
- texidocfr = "
-Les liaisons de tenue servent parfois à rendre un accord arpégé. Dans
-ce cas, les notes liées ne sont pas toutes consécutives. Il faut alors
-assigner à la propriété @code{tieWaitForNote} la valeur @code{#t}
-(@emph{true} pour @qq{vrai}). Cette même méthode peut servir, par
-exemple, à lier un trémolo à un accord.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Liaison de tenue et arpège"
-
texidoc = "
Ties are sometimes used to write out arpeggios. In this case, two tied
notes need not be consecutive. This can be achieved by setting the
\tieDotted
g8 ~ c g2
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "expressive-marks, ancient-notation"
+ lsrtags = "ancient-notation, expressive-marks"
texidoc = "
This short vertical line placed above the note is commonly used in
\header {
lsrtags = "spacing, tweaks-and-overrides, workaround"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Mediante el establecimiento de la propiedad @code{'Y-extent} a un valor
-adecuado, todos los objetos @code{DynamicLineSpanner} (reguladores e
-indicaciones dinámicas textuales) se pueden alinear con un punto de
-referencia común, independientemente de sus dimensiones. De esta
-manera, todos los elementos estarán alineados verticalmente,
-produciendo así un resultado más satisfactorio.
-
-Se usa una idea similar para alinear las inscripciones de texto a lo
-largo de su línea de base.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Indicaciones dinámicas y textuales alineadas verticalmente"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
-texidocde = "
-Indem man die @code{'Y-extent}-Eigenschaft auf einen passenden Wert setzt,
-können alle @code{DynamicLineSpanner}-Objekte (Crescendo-Klammern und
-Dynamik-Texte) (hairpins and dynamic texts) unabhängig von ihrer
-wirklichen Ausdehnung an einem gemeinsamen Referenzpunkt ausgerichtet werden.
-Auf diese Weise ist jedes Element vertikal ausgerichtet und der Notensatz
-sieht ansprechender aus.
-
-Die gleiche Idee wird benutzt, um Textbeschriftungen an ihrer
-Grundlinie auszurichten.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Vertikale Ausrichtung von Dynamik und Textbeschriftung beeinflussen"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 217cd2b9de6e783f2a5c8a42be9c70a82195ad20
- texidocfr = "
-Vous pourrez, en jouant sur la propriété @code{'Y-extent}, aligner les
-différents objets @code{DynamicLineSpanner} (souflets ou textuels)
-quelle que soit leur étendue, par rapport à un même point de référence.
-Tous les éléments seront alors centrés sur une même ligne, ce qui sera
-visuellement plus agréable.
-
-C'est le même principe qui sert à aligner les indications textuelles sur
-une ligne de référence.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Alignement vertical des nuances indications textuelles"
-
-
texidoc = "
By setting the @code{'Y-extent} property to a suitable value, all
@code{DynamicLineSpanner} objects (hairpins and dynamic texts) can be
\override TextScript #'Y-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)
\music
}
-
-
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Las expresiones dinámicas que se comienzan, terminan o se producen
-en la misma nota se alinean verticalmente. Para asegurar que las
-expresiones dinámicas se alinean cuando no se producen sobre la
-misma nota, incremente la propiedad @code{staff-padding} del
-objeto @code{DynamicLineSpanner}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Alinear verticalmente expresiones dinámicas que abarcan varias notas"
-
texidoc = "
Dynamics that occur at, begin on, or end on the same note will be
vertically aligned. To ensure that dynamics are aligned when they do
c2\p f\mf
g2\< b4\> c\!
}
-
\header {
lsrtags = "spacing, tweaks-and-overrides, vocal-music"
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Este fragmento de código muestra el uso de las propiedades de
-contexto @code{alignBelowContext} y @code{alignAboveContext} para
-controlar la posición de la letra y los compases de ossia.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Alineación vertical de la letra y los compases de ossia"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Dieser Schnipsel zeigt, wie man die Kontexteigenschaften
-@code{alignBelowContext} und @code{alignAboveContext} benutzen kann, um
-die Positionierung von Gesangstext und Ossia-Abschnitten zu kontrollieren.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Gesangstext und Ossia vertikal ausrichten"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 4ab2514496ac3d88a9f3121a76f890c97cedcf4e
- texidocfr = "
-Cet exemple illustre la manière de positionner une portée d'ossia et
-des paroles à l'aide des propriétés de contexte @code{alignBelowContext}
-et @code{alignAboveContext}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Positionnement d'une ossia et des paroles"
-
-
texidoc = "
This snippet demonstrates the use of the context properties
@code{alignBelowContext} and @code{alignAboveContext} to control the
>>
}
>>
-
\new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsD
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, chords"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Allí donde se utilicen líneas extensoras para el bajo cifrado mediante
-el establecimiento de @code{useBassFigureExtenders} al valor
-verdadero, las parejas de líneas extensoras congruentes se centran
-verticalmente si el valor de @code{figuredBassCenterContinuations}
-tiene el valor verdadero.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Centrado vertical de las líneas de bajo cifrado emparejadas"
-
-
+ lsrtags = "chords, tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Where figured bass extender lines are being used by setting
<6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>8
}
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "automatic-notation, keyboards, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-
-Esta plantilla añade una reducción de piano automática a la partitura
-vocal SATB estándar que se mostró en la @qq{Plantilla de conjunto
-vocal}. Esto presenta uno de los puntos fuertes de LilyPond: podemos
-usar una definición de música más de una vez. Si se hace cualquier
-cambio en las notas de la parte vocal (digamos @code{tenorMusic}),
-entonces los cambios se aplicarán también a la reducción de piano.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de conjunto vocal con reducción de piano automática"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-このテンプレートは、\"合唱テンプレート\"で示された標準の SATB ボーカル譜に自動@c
-ピアノ譜を付け加えています。これは LilyPond の強みの 1 つを示しています - 音楽@c
-定義を何回も使用することができます。ボーカルの音符 (例えば、@code{tenorMusic}
-の音符) に変更が加えられた場合、その変更はピアノ譜にも適用されます。
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello aggiunge una riduzione automatica per pianoforte alla tipica
-partitura vocale SATB illustrata in @qq{Modello per complesso vocale}. Si
-dimostra così uno dei punti di forza di LilyPond – è possibile usare una
-definizione musicale più di una volta. Qualsiasi modifica venga fatta alle note
-delle voci (ad esempio, @code{tenorMusic}) verrà applicata anche alla riduzione
-per pianoforte.
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per gruppo vocale con automatica riduzione per pianoforte"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-In diesem Beispiel wird ein automatischer Klavierauszug zu der
-Chorpartitur hinzugefügt. Das zeigt eine der Stärken von LilyPond
--- man kann eine Variable mehr als einmal benutzen. Wenn Sie
-irgendeine Änderung an einer Chorstimme vornehmen, (etwa
-tenorMusic), verändert sich auch der Klavierauszug entsprechend.
-"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Ce canevas ajoute une réduction pour piano à une partition standard pour
-chœur à quatre voix mixtes. Ceci illustre l'un des avantages de
-LilyPond@tie{}: une expression musicale peut être réutilisée sans effort.
-Toute modification apportée à l'une des voix, mettons @code{tenorMusique},
-sera automatiquement reportée dans la réduction pour piano.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ensemble vocal avec réduction pour piano"
+ lsrtags = "automatic-notation, keyboards, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This template adds an automatic piano reduction to the standard SATB
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, text, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla es, básicamente, la misma que la sencilla plantilla
-@qq{Conjunto vocal}, excepto que aquí todas las líneas de letra se
-colocan utilizando @code{alignAboveContext} y
-@code{alignBelowContext}.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla para conjunto vocal con letras alineadas encima y debajo de los pentagramas"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: fa1aa6efe68346f465cfdb9565ffe35083797b86
- texidocja = "
-このテンプレートは基本的に単純な \"合唱\" テンプレートと同じですが、歌詞が
-@code{alignAboveContext} と @code{alignBelowContext} を用いて配置されています。
-"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello è fondamentalmente analogo al semplice modello @qq{Complesso vocale},
-con l'unica differenza che qui tutti i versi del testo sono posizionati
-usando @code{alignAboveContext} e @code{alignBelowContext}.
-
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per gruppo vocale con testo allineato sotto e sopra i righi"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-In diesem Beispiel werden die Texte mit den Befehlen
-@code{alignAboveContext} und @code{alignBelowContext}
-über und unter dem System angeordnet.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Vokalensemble mit dem Gesangstext über und unter dem System"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bdfe3dc8175a2d7e9ea0800b5b04cfb68fe58a7a
- texidocfr = "
-Ce canevas ressemble beaucoup à celui pour chœur à quatre voix mixtes.
-La différence réside dans le fait que les paroles sont positionnées en
-ayant recours à @code{alignAboveContext} et @code{alignBelowContext}.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ensemble vocal avec alignement des paroles selon le contexte"
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, template, text, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This template is basically the same as the simple @qq{Vocal ensemble}
% \new Lyrics \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
>>
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-Esta plantilla crea una partitura que comienza con una estrofa para
-solista y continúa con un estribillo a dos voces. también muestra el
-uso de silencios de separación dentro de la variable @code{\\global}
-para definir cambios de compás (y otros elementos que son comunes a
-todas las partes) a lo largo de toda la partitura.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Estrofa para solista y estribillo a dos voces"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Questo modello crea una partitura che inizia con una sezione solistica e
-prosegue in un ritornello a due voci. Illustra anche l'uso delle
-pause spaziatrici all'interno della variabile @code{\\global} per definire
-i cambi di tempo (e altri elementi comuni a tutte le parti) nel corso di
-tutta la partitura.
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per gruppo vocale con strofa e ritornello"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 64feeff58e5ce3397de87188a08ac99f7ef8e37b
-
- texidocde = "
-Diese Vorlage erstellt eine Partitur, die mit Sologesang beginnt und einen
-Refrain für zwei Stimmen enthält. Sie zeigt auch die Benutzung von
-Platzhalter-Pausen innerhalb der @code{\\global}-Variable, um Taktwechsel
-(und andere Elemente, die für alle Stimmen gleich sind) für das gesamte
-Stück zu definieren.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Sologesang und zweistimmiger Refrain"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-Ce canevas illustre la manière d'agencer une œuvre vocale où le couplet
-est chanté en solo et le refrain à deux voix. Vous noterez le recours
-aux silences invisibles dans la variable @code{\\global}@tie{}; ils
-permettent de positionner les changements de métrique et autres éléments
-communs à toutes les parties et pour l'intégralité du morceau.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ensemble vocal avec couplet et refrain"
+ lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
This template creates a score which starts with a solo verse and
}
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, vocal-music, template"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-He aquí una partitura vocal estándar para cuatro voces SATB. Con
-grupos mayores, suele ser útil incluir una sección que aparezca en
-todas las partes. Por ejemplo, el compás y la armadura casi siempre
-son los mismos para todas. Como en la plantilla @qq{Himno}, las cuatro
-voces se reagrupan en sólo dos pentagramas.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Plantilla de conjunto vocal"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bfc88203ac2572737480e78ef2635ed35b458441
- texidocja = "
-これは標準の 4 パート SATB (ソプラノ、アルト、テナー、バス) ボーカル譜です。@c
-もっと大きな合唱では、すべてのパートで使用されるセクションをインクルードすると@c
-便利です。例えば、拍子記号と調号はほとんど常にすべてのパートで同じです。\"賛美@c
-歌\" テンプレートのように、4 つのボイスは 2 つの譜にグループ分けされています。"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 6ae36b6f8a7cf2df5f4e46c3c06820fccd9f35e1
- texidocit = "
-Ecco una tipica partitura corale a quattro parti, SATB. Se il complesso è più
-ampio, è spesso comodo scrivere gli elementi comuni in un'unica sezione, che
-verrà poi inclusa in tutte le parti. Ad esempio, l'indicazione di tempo e
-l'armatura di chiave sono quasi sempre le stesse per tutte le parti. Come nel
-modello dell'@qq{Inno}, le quattro voci sono ripartite in due soli righi.
-"
- doctitleit = "Modello per complesso vocale"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bfc88203ac2572737480e78ef2635ed35b458441
- texidocde = "
-Dieses Beispiel ist für vierstimmigen Gesang (SATB). Bei größeren
-Stücken ist es oft sinnvoll, eine allgemeine Variable zu bestimmen,
-die in allen Stimmen eingefügt wird. Taktart und Vorzeichen etwa
-sind fast immer gleich in allen Stimmen.
-"
-
- doctitlede = "Vorlage für Vokalensemble"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: bfc88203ac2572737480e78ef2635ed35b458441
- texidocfr = "
-Ce fichier constitue un canevas standard de partition pour chœur à
-quatre voix mixtes. Lorsque les ensembles s'étoffent, il est judicieux
-de recourrir à une section spécifique incluse dans chacune des parties,
-tout particulièrement pour gérer la métrique et la tonalité qui,
-la plupart du temps, sont communes à tous les pupitres. Comme il est
-d'usage pour les hymnes, les quatre voix sont réparties sur deux
-portées.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Ensemble vocal (simple)"
+ lsrtags = "really-simple, template, vocal-music"
texidoc = "
Here is a standard four-part SATB vocal score. With larger ensembles,
\context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
>>
}
-
% Freu -- de, Freu -- de,__
}
}
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "chords, staff-notation, repeats"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-Mediante la adición del grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
-pentagrama pertinente, se pueden poner los corchetes de primera y
-segunda vez debajo de los acordes.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Corchetes de primera y segunda vez debajo de los acordes"
-
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 0a868be38a775ecb1ef935b079000cebbc64de40
- texidocde = "
-Indem man den @code{Volta_engraver} zu dem entsprechenden Notensystem
-hinzufügt, können Wiederholungsklammern unterhalb der Akkorde gesetzt
-werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Wiederholungs-(Volta-)Klammern unterhalb der Akkordsymbole"
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 3b125956b08d27ef39cd48bfa3a2f1e1bb2ae8b4
- texidocfr = "
-L'ajout du @code{Volta_engraver} à la bonne portée permet d'imprimer les
-crochets de reprise entre les chiffrages et la portée.
-
-"
- doctitlefr = "Crochet de reprise sous les chiffrages d'accord"
+ lsrtags = "chords, repeats, staff-notation"
texidoc = "
By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant staff, volte can be
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "really-simple, staff-notation, repeats"
+ lsrtags = "really-simple, repeats, staff-notation"
texidoc = "
By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant staff, volte can be
\new Staff \voltaMusic
>>
>>
-
\version "2.14.2"
\header {
- lsrtags = "text, repeats, symbols-and-glyphs"
+ lsrtags = "repeats, symbols-and-glyphs, text"
texidoc = "
Though volte are best specified using @code{\\repeat volta}, the
\version "2.14.0"
\header {
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
-
- texidoces = "
-
-El fragmento de código que aparece a continuación produce una lista de
-todas las llaves y disposiciones de llave posibles para los diagramas
-de posiciones de instrumentos de viento madera, tal y como están
-definidos en @file{scm/define-woodwind-diagrams.scm}. La lista se
-muestra en el archivo de registro, pero no en la música. Si desea una
-salida por la consola, omita el @code{(current-error-port)} de las
-instrucciones.
-
-"
-
- doctitlees = "Listas de llaves para los diagramas de viento madera"
-
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
- texidocde="
-Dieses Schnipsel erzeugt eine Liste aller möglichen Löcher und Locheinstellungen
-für Holzbläserdiagramme, wie sie in der Datei
-@file{scm/define-woodwind-diagrams.scm} definiert sind. Die Liste wird
-in der Log-Datei angezeigt, nicht in den Noten. Wenn Ausgabe auf der Kommandozeile
-gewünscht ist, muss @code{(current-error-port)} von den Befehlen weggelassen
-werden.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Liste der Löcher für Holzbläserdiagramme"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 496c48f1f2e4d345ae3637b2c38ec748a55cda1d
- texidocfr = "
-Le code suivant vous permettra d'obtenir une liste de toutes les
-possibilités en matière de doigtés pour bois, tels qu'ils sont définis
-dans le fichier @file{scm/define-woodwind-diagrams.scm}. Cette liste
-sera produite en console et dans le fichier de journalisation, mais pas
-sous forme de musique.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Liste des différents diagrammes de doigtés pour bois"
-
lsrtags = "winds"
texidoc="
\header {
lsrtags = "specific-notation, winds"
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: b482c3e5b56c3841a88d957e0ca12964bd3e64fa
- texidoces = "
-El fragmento de música que aparece a continuación presenta todos los
-diagramas de viento madera que se encuentran definidos en LilyPond por
-el momento.
-
-"
- doctitlees = "Listado de los diagramas para viento madera"
-
-%%% Translation of GIT committish: ab9e3136d78bfaf15cc6d77ed1975d252c3fe506
-
-
- texidocde="
-Folgende Noten zeige alle Holzbläserdiagramme, die für LilyPond
-definiert sind.
-
-"
- doctitlede = "Liste der Holzbläserdiagramme"
-
-
-%% Translation of GIT committish: 496c48f1f2e4d345ae3637b2c38ec748a55cda1d
- texidocfr = "
-Voici la liste des différents instruments à vent de la section des bois
-dont les doigtés sont disponibles à ce jour.
-"
- doctitlefr = "Liste des diagrammes de doigtés pour bois"
-
-
texidoc = "
The following music shows all of the woodwind diagrams currently
defined in LilyPond.
@node Easier editing
@unnumberedsec Easier editing
+@ignore
+GNU policy forbids us from linking to non-Free software, so don't
+add such links.
+
+In particular, don't link to:
+- the LilyPond bundle for TextMate (a commercial editor for MacOS).
+
+@end ignore
+
@divClass{column-center-top}
@subheading LilyPondTool
@uref{http://users.dimi.uniud.it/~nicola.vitacolonna/home/content/lilypond-scripts}
@end example
-@sourceimage{logo-macosx,,,}
-There is a LilyPond bundle for TextMate, a commercial editor for MacOS.
-It may be installed by running:
-
-@example
-mkdir -p /Library/Application\ Support/TextMate/Bundles
-cd /Library/Application\ Support/TextMate/Bundles
-git clone http://github.com/textmate/lilypond.tmbundle.git
-
-@end example
-
@divEnd
@divClass{column-center-top}
@item
@uref{http://www.holmessoft.co.uk/homepage/software/NWC2LY/index.htm,
NW2LY} is a C# program which converts a
-@uref{http://www.noteworthysoftware.com/,NoteWorthy} song into
-LilyPond.
+@c @uref{http://www.noteworthysoftware.com/,NoteWorthy}
+NoteWorthy composer song into LilyPond.
@item
@uref{https://github.com/ciconia/ripple/blob/master/README.markdown,
sequencer, which also has a score editor for single-staff editing.
@item
-@uref{http://www.volny.cz/smilauer/rumor/rumor.html,Rumor}, a
-realtime monophonic MIDI to LilyPond converter.
+@uref{https://launchpad.net/rumor/,Rumor}, a realtime monophonic
+MIDI to LilyPond converter.
@item
@uref{http://www.tuxguitar.com.ar/,TuxGuitar}, a multitrack tablature
note = {(@uref{http://lilypond.org/website/pdf/xivcim.pdf, PDF 95k})}
}
+@inproceedings{reinhold01,
+ title = {OrchestralLily: A Package for Professional Music Publishing with LilyPond and LATEX},
+ author = {Reinhold Kainhofer},
+ booktitle = {The Linux Audio Conference 2010 (LAC2010)},
+ year = 2010,
+ note = {(@uref{http://lilypond.org/website/pdf/reinhold-LAC-2010.pdf, PDF 767k})}
+}
+
+@inproceedings{graham01,
+ title = {Sustainability in F/OSS: developers as a non-renewable resource},
+ author = {Graham Percival},
+ booktitle = {Rencontres Mondiales du Logiciel Libre 2010 (RMLL2010)},
+ year = 2010,
+ note = {(@uref{http://lilypond.org/website/pdf/graham-sustainability-FOSS.pdf, PDF 333k})}
+}
for style in Roman Italic "Bold Italic" Bold; do
NCSB_FILE=`$FCLIST "Century Schoolbook L:style=$style:foundry=urw:fontformat=Type 1" file \
| head -n 1`
- NCSB_FILE=`echo $NCSB_FILE | sed 's/^\(.*\):$/\1/g'`
+ NCSB_FILE=`echo $NCSB_FILE | sed 's/\(:.*\)$//g'`
NCSB_FILE=`$PYTHON "$srcdir/scripts/auxiliar/readlink.py" $NCSB_FILE`
NCSB_SOURCE_FILES="$NCSB_FILE $NCSB_SOURCE_FILES"
done
}
\relative <<
- \new Staff = "1" { c4 c s2 }
- \new Staff = "2" { c4 c s2 }
- \new Staff = "3" { c4 c s2 }
- { \skip 2
+ \new Staff = "1" { c2 c s1 }
+ \new Staff = "2" { c2 c s1 }
+ \new StaffGroup <<
+ \new Staff = "3" { c2 c s1 }
+ { \skip 1
<<
\lyrics {
- \set alignBelowContext = #"1"
- below8 first staff
+ \set alignBelowContext = #"1"
+ below4 first staff
}
\new Staff {
- \set Staff.alignAboveContext = #"3"
- \times 4/6 {
- \override TextScript #'padding = #3
- c8^"this" d_"staff" e^"above" d_"last" e^"staff" f
- }
+ \set Staff.alignAboveContext = #"3"
+ \times 4/6 {
+ \override TextScript #'padding = #3
+ c4^"this" d_"staff" e^"above" d_"last" e^"staff" f
+ }
}
>> }
+ >>
>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.15.42"
+
+\header {
+ texidoc = "The command @code{\\alterBroken} may be used to override the
+pieces of a broken spanner independently. The following example demonstrates
+its usage with a variety of data types."
+}
+
+\layout {
+ ragged-right = ##t
+}
+
+#(ly:expect-warning (_ "not a spanner name"))
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \alterBroken Slur #'positions #'((3 . 3) (5 . 5))
+ \alterBroken Slur #'color #'((0 0 1) (1 0 0))
+ \alterBroken Slur #'dash-definition #'( ((0 1 0.4 0.75))
+ ((0 0.5 0.4 0.75) (0.5 1 1 1)) )
+ d4( d' b g
+ \break
+ d d' b g)
+ \alterBroken "Staff.OttavaBracket" #'padding #'(1 3)
+ % Spaces in spanner's name are disregarded.
+ \alterBroken "Staff . OttavaBracket" #'style #'(line dashed-line)
+ \ottava #1
+ % It is possible to use procedures as arguments.
+ \alterBroken Hairpin #'stencil #`(
+ ,ly:hairpin::print
+ ,(lambda (grob)
+ (ly:stencil-rotate (ly:hairpin::print grob) -5 0 0)))
+ c\< d e
+ % Since `NoteHead' is not the name of a spanner, the following has no
+ % effect on layout. A warning (suppressed here) is issued.
+ \alterBroken NoteHead #'color #`(,red ,blue)
+ \alterBroken Tie #'color #`(() ,blue)
+ \alterBroken Tie #'control-points #'(
+ ((1 . 3) (2 . 4) (3 . 4) (4 . 3))
+ ((3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 4) (6 . 3))
+ )
+ f~
+ \break
+ f c a f\!
+ \ottava #0
+}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.15.42"
+
+\header {
+
+ doctitle = "beamExceptions"
+
+ texinfo = "beamExceptions is used to modify the automatic beaming for certain durations;
+ the expected grouping is given after the note duration"
+
+}
+
+\relative c' {
+ \time 2/4
+ \set Score.beamExceptions = #'(
+ ( end .
+ (
+ ( (1 . 32) . (4 4 4 4) )
+ )
+ )
+ )
+ \repeat unfold 16 c32
+ \time 3/4
+ \set Score.beamExceptions = #'(
+ ( end .
+ (
+ ( (1 . 32) . (4 4 4 4 4 4) )
+ )
+ )
+ )
+ \repeat unfold 24 c32
+ c8 c32 c32 c32 c32 c16 c16 c32 c32 c32 c32 c16 c32 c32 c32 c32 c32 c32
+ \time 4/4
+ \set Score.beamExceptions = #'(
+ ( end .
+ (
+ ( (1 . 32) . (4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4) )
+ )
+ )
+ )
+ \repeat unfold 32 c32
+ \time 6/8
+ \set Score.beamExceptions = #'(
+ ( end .
+ (
+ ( (1 . 32) . (4 4 4 4 4 4) )
+ )
+ )
+ )
+ \repeat unfold 24 c32
+}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.15.42"
+
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "Test for cross-staff stems. The test produces a
+piano staff with cross-staff connected crochet, semi-quaver,
+dotted quaver (beamed with the semi-quaver) and finally a quaver.
+All stems should connect, showing correct spacing and
+stem length. The lower connected notes should have no flags." }
+
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \PianoStaff
+ \consists #Span_stem_engraver
+ }
+}
+
+{
+ \new PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff {
+ <b d'>4 r d'16\> e'8. g8 r\!
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef bass
+ \voiceOne
+ \autoBeamOff
+ \crossStaff { <e g>4 e, g16 a8. c8} d
+ }
+ >>
+}
notes = \relative c' {
\time 3/4
- c2. | d | e | f \bar ":|"
- g2. | a | b | c \bar "|:"
- d2. | e | f | g \bar ":|:"
+ c2. | d | e | f
+ g2. | a | b | c
+ d2. | e | f | g
a2.
}
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(1 3 5 7 9)
c''1 \bar "||"
c''1 \bar ":"
- c''1 \bar ":|"
c''1 \bar "|."
}
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(-5 -2 -1 2 5 6)
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'ledger-positions = #'(-5 (-2 -1) 2)
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'ledger-extra = #1
- g,4 c e b' \bar ":|" c'' e g
+ g,4 c e b' c'' e g
}
\new Staff \relative c' {
\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(-7 -2 0 3 9)
- g c f b \bar ":|" e a
+ g c f b e a
}
+
+
\version "2.15.2"
\header {
- texidoc = "Text spanners ending on full-measure rests do
-not stop prematurely on preceding note heads."
+ texidoc = "Text spanners ending on, or broken across, full-measure
+rests extend to the rests, or over the rests, as appropriate."
}
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
\relative c'' {
- a1\startTextSpan
- b1
- R1\stopTextSpan
+ a1\startTextSpan b1 R1 \break
+ \tempo "tempo" R1 a1 b1 R1\stopTextSpan
}
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #0
} {
\relative c' {
- c1 \bar ":|"
+ c1
}
}
#include "lookup.hh"
#include "output-def.hh"
#include "paper-column.hh"
-#include "staff-symbol.hh"
#include "staff-symbol-referencer.hh"
-#include <set>
-
-
MAKE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (Bar_line, calc_bar_extent, 1)
SCM
Bar_line::calc_bar_extent (SCM smob)
Stencil thick = simple_barline (me, fatline, extent, rounded);
Stencil dot = Font_interface::get_default_font (me)->find_by_name ("dots.dot");
- /*
- the two dots of the repeat sign should be centred at the middle of
- the staff and both should avoid staff lines
- */
- Real centre = 0.0, dist = 1.0;
- if (staff_space)
- {
- if (Grob *staff = Staff_symbol_referencer::get_staff_symbol (me))
- {
- std::vector<Real> linepos = Staff_symbol::line_positions (staff);
- if (!linepos.empty ())
- {
- centre = Staff_symbol::line_span (staff).center ();
-
- /*
- fold the staff into two at centre and find the first gap
- big enough to hold a dot and some space below and above
- */
- std::set<Real> half_staff;
- half_staff.insert (0.0);
- for (std::vector<Real>::const_iterator
- i = linepos.begin (), e = linepos.end ();
- i != e;
- ++i)
- half_staff.insert (fabs (*i - centre));
-
- /*
- gap is measured like line-positions;
- 1.0 for dot diameter, twice the staffline width for the
- gap above and below and one more staffline width for the
- two half stafflines
- */
- Real const gap_to_find = (1.0 + 3 * staffline) / staff_space;
- dist = *half_staff.rbegin () * 2 + gap_to_find;
- for (std::set<Real>::const_iterator
- i0 = half_staff.begin (), i1 = i0, e = half_staff.end ();
- ++i1 != e;
- i0 = i1)
- if (*i1 - *i0 > gap_to_find)
- {
- dist = *i0 + *i1;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- else
- dist += 3 * staffline;
-
- if (staff_space == 0.0)
- staff_space = 1.0;
-
+ int lines = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me);
+ Real dist
+ = ((lines & 1 || lines == 0)
+ ? 1
+ : (staff_space < 2 ? 2 : .5)) * staff_space;
Stencil colon (dot);
- colon.translate_axis (dist * staff_space / 2, Y_AXIS);
+ colon.translate_axis (dist, Y_AXIS);
colon.add_stencil (dot);
- colon.translate_axis ((centre - dist / 2) * staff_space / 2, Y_AXIS);
+ colon.translate_axis (-dist / 2, Y_AXIS);
Real const h = extent.length ();
Stencil m;
// we need two translations: the normal one and
// the one of the lowest segment
- size_t idx[] = {i, extreme};
+ int idx[] = {i, extreme};
Real translations[2];
for (int j = 0; j < 2; j++)
Real shift = d * min (d * (beam_y - d * minimum_distance - rest_dim), 0.0);
shift /= staff_space;
+ Real rad = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (rest) * staff_space / 2;
/* Always move discretely by half spaces */
shift = ceil (fabs (shift * 2.0)) / 2.0 * sign (shift);
- Interval staff_span = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_span (rest);
- staff_span *= staff_space / 2;
-
/* Inside staff, move by whole spaces*/
- if (staff_span.contains (rest_extent[d] + staff_space * shift)
- || staff_span.contains (rest_extent[-d] + staff_space * shift))
+ if ((rest_extent[d] + staff_space * shift) * d
+ < rad
+ || (rest_extent[-d] + staff_space * shift) * -d
+ < rad)
shift = ceil (fabs (shift)) * sign (shift);
return scm_from_double (offset + staff_space * shift);
* more than half the size of the staff, such that the endings of
* the line are in the middle of a staff space.
*/
- Interval ydim = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_span (me);
- ydim.widen (-0.25 * ydim.delta ());
- for (UP_and_DOWN (i))
- {
- int const int_dim = (int) ydim[i];
- if (int_dim == ydim[i]
- && Staff_symbol_referencer::on_staff_line (me, int_dim))
- ydim[i] += i;
- }
-
- ydim *= 1.0 / Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me);
+ int lines = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me);
+ int height = lines / 2; // little more than half of staff size
+ if ((lines & 1) != (height & 1))
+ height++; // ensure endings are centered in staff space
Interval xdim (0, thickness);
+ Interval ydim (-0.5 * height, +0.5 * height);
Box b (xdim, ydim);
Stencil out = Lookup::round_filled_box (b, blotdiameter);
return out.smobbed_copy ();
{
Grob *me = unsmob_grob (smob);
Real staff_space = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me);
+ Real staff_size;
Real thickness = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_thickness (me);
thickness *= robust_scm2double (me->get_property ("thickness"), 1.0);
+ if (Staff_symbol_referencer::get_staff_symbol (me))
+ staff_size = (Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me) - 1) * staff_space;
+ else
+ staff_size = 0.0;
+
Real blotdiameter = me->layout ()->get_dimension (ly_symbol2scm ("blot-diameter"));
// like a "|" type bar
Interval xdim (0, thickness);
- Interval ydim = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_span (me);
- ydim *= staff_space / 2;
+ Interval ydim (-0.5 * staff_size, +0.5 * staff_size);
Box b (xdim, ydim);
Stencil out = Lookup::round_filled_box (b, blotdiameter);
return out.smobbed_copy ();
{
Grob *me = unsmob_grob (smob);
Real staff_space = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me);
+ Real staff_size;
Real thickness = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_thickness (me);
thickness *= robust_scm2double (me->get_property ("thickness"), 1.0);
+ if (Staff_symbol_referencer::get_staff_symbol (me))
+ staff_size = (Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me) - 1) * staff_space;
+ else
+ staff_size = 0.0;
+
Real blotdiameter = me->layout ()->get_dimension (ly_symbol2scm ("blot-diameter"));
// like a "||" type bar
Interval xdim (0, thickness);
- Interval ydim = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_span (me);
- ydim *= staff_space / 2;
+ Interval ydim (-0.5 * staff_size, +0.5 * staff_size);
Box b (xdim, ydim);
Stencil line1 = Lookup::round_filled_box (b, blotdiameter);
Stencil line2 (line1);
else
return Context_mod ().smobbed_copy ();
}
+
+LY_DEFINE (ly_context_mod_apply_x, "ly:context-mod-apply!",
+ 2, 0, 0, (SCM context, SCM mod),
+ "Apply the context modification @var{mod} to @var{context}.")
+{
+ LY_ASSERT_SMOB (Context, context, 1);
+ LY_ASSERT_SMOB (Context_mod, mod, 2);
+
+ apply_property_operations (unsmob_context (context),
+ unsmob_context_mod (mod)->get_mods ());
+ scm_remember_upto_here_1 (context);
+ return SCM_UNSPECIFIED;
+}
= to_dir (me->get_property ("neutral-direction"));
int pos = Staff_symbol_referencer::get_rounded_position (me);
+ int sz = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me) - 1;
string font_char = "custodes." + style + ".";
if (pos < neutral_pos)
font_char += "d";
if (adjust)
- font_char += Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (me, pos) ? "1" : "0";
+ font_char += (((pos ^ sz) & 0x1) == 0) ? "1" : "0";
else
font_char += "2";
SCM lookup_identifier (string s);
SCM lookup_identifier_symbol (SCM s);
void push_extra_token (int token_type, SCM scm = SCM_UNDEFINED);
- void push_chord_state (SCM tab);
+ void push_chord_state (SCM alist);
void push_figuredbass_state ();
void push_lyric_state ();
void push_initial_state ();
void push_markup_state ();
- void push_note_state (SCM tab);
+ void push_note_state (SCM alist);
void pop_state ();
void LexerError (char const *);
void LexerWarning (char const *);
}
void
-Lily_lexer::push_chord_state (SCM tab)
+Lily_lexer::push_chord_state (SCM alist)
{
- pitchname_tab_stack_ = scm_cons (tab, pitchname_tab_stack_);
+ SCM p = scm_assq (alist, pitchname_tab_stack_);
+
+ if (scm_is_false (p))
+ p = scm_cons (alist, alist_to_hashq (alist));
+ pitchname_tab_stack_ = scm_cons (p, pitchname_tab_stack_);
yy_push_state (chords);
}
}
void
-Lily_lexer::push_note_state (SCM tab)
+Lily_lexer::push_note_state (SCM alist)
{
- pitchname_tab_stack_ = scm_cons (tab, pitchname_tab_stack_);
+ SCM p = scm_assq (alist, pitchname_tab_stack_);
+
+ if (scm_is_false (p))
+ p = scm_cons (alist, alist_to_hashq (alist));
+ pitchname_tab_stack_ = scm_cons (p, pitchname_tab_stack_);
yy_push_state (notes);
}
if ((YYSTATE == notes) || (YYSTATE == chords)) {
SCM handle = SCM_BOOL_F;
if (scm_is_pair (pitchname_tab_stack_))
- handle = scm_hashq_get_handle (scm_car (pitchname_tab_stack_), sym);
+ handle = scm_hashq_get_handle (scm_cdar (pitchname_tab_stack_), sym);
if (scm_is_pair (handle)) {
yylval.scm = scm_cdr (handle);
smobify_self ();
add_scope (ly_make_module (false));
- push_note_state (scm_c_make_hash_table (0));
+ push_note_state (SCM_EOL);
chordmodifier_tab_ = scm_make_vector (scm_from_int (1), SCM_EOL);
}
}
scopes_ = scopes;
- push_note_state (scm_c_make_hash_table (0));
+ push_note_state (SCM_EOL);
}
Lily_lexer::~Lily_lexer ()
if (p->lexer_->is_note_state ())
{
p->lexer_->pop_state ();
- p->lexer_->push_note_state (alist_to_hashq (names));
+ p->lexer_->push_note_state (names);
}
return SCM_UNSPECIFIED;
#include "axis-group-interface.hh"
#include "font-interface.hh"
#include "grob-interface.hh"
+#include "international.hh"
#include "item.hh"
#include "lily-proto.hh"
#include "line-interface.hh"
arrows[LEFT],
arrows[RIGHT]));
}
+ else
+ me->warning (_ ("Line spanner's left point is to the right of its right point."));
line.translate (Offset (-me->relative_coordinate (commonx, X_AXIS),
simple_y ? 0.0 : -me->relative_coordinate (my_common_y, Y_AXIS)));
return (*ma % * mb).smobbed_copy ();
}
+LY_DEFINE (ly_moment_grace, "ly:moment-grace",
+ 1, 0, 0, (SCM mom),
+ "Extract grace timing as a rational number from @var{mom}.")
+{
+ LY_ASSERT_SMOB (Moment, mom, 1);
+
+ return ly_rational2scm (unsmob_moment (mom)->grace_part_);
+}
+
LY_DEFINE (ly_moment_grace_numerator, "ly:moment-grace-numerator",
1, 0, 0, (SCM mom),
"Extract numerator from grace timing.")
return scm_from_int64 (ma->grace_part_.denominator ());
}
+
+LY_DEFINE (ly_moment_main, "ly:moment-main",
+ 1, 0, 0, (SCM mom),
+ "Extract main timing as a rational number from @var{mom}.")
+{
+ LY_ASSERT_SMOB (Moment, mom, 1);
+
+ return ly_rational2scm (unsmob_moment (mom)->main_part_);
+}
+
+
LY_DEFINE (ly_moment_main_numerator, "ly:moment-main-numerator",
1, 0, 0, (SCM mom),
"Extract numerator from main timing.")
%type <scm> event_function_event
%type <scm> figure_list
%type <scm> figure_spec
-%type <scm> fraction
%type <scm> full_markup
%type <scm> full_markup_list
%type <scm> function_arglist
lilypond
| EMBEDDED_LILY {
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("pitchnames");
- parser->lexer_->push_note_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_note_state (nn);
} embedded_lilypond {
parser->lexer_->pop_state ();
parser->lexer_->set_identifier (ly_symbol2scm ("parseStringResult"), $3);
$$ = check_scheme_arg (parser, @3,
$3, $1, $2);
}
- | function_arglist_backup REPARSE fraction
- {
- $$ = check_scheme_arg (parser, @3,
- $3, $1, $2);
- }
;
function_arglist:
$$ = check_scheme_arg (parser, @3,
$3, $2, $1);
}
- | EXPECT_SCM function_arglist_closed_optional fraction
+ | EXPECT_SCM function_arglist_closed_optional FRACTION
{
$$ = check_scheme_arg (parser, @3,
$3, $2, $1);
$$ = check_scheme_arg (parser, @3,
$3, $2, $1);
}
- | EXPECT_SCM function_arglist_closed_optional fraction
+ | EXPECT_SCM function_arglist_closed_optional FRACTION
{
$$ = check_scheme_arg (parser, @3,
$3, $2, $1);
mode_changing_head:
NOTEMODE {
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("pitchnames");
- parser->lexer_->push_note_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_note_state (nn);
$$ = ly_symbol2scm ("notes");
}
| DRUMMODE
{
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("drumPitchNames");
- parser->lexer_->push_note_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_note_state (nn);
$$ = ly_symbol2scm ("drums");
}
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("chordmodifiers");
parser->lexer_->chordmodifier_tab_ = alist_to_hashq (nn);
nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("pitchnames");
- parser->lexer_->push_chord_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_chord_state (nn);
$$ = ly_symbol2scm ("chords");
}
mode_changing_head_with_context:
DRUMS {
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("drumPitchNames");
- parser->lexer_->push_note_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_note_state (nn);
$$ = ly_symbol2scm ("DrumStaff");
}
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("chordmodifiers");
parser->lexer_->chordmodifier_tab_ = alist_to_hashq (nn);
nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("pitchnames");
- parser->lexer_->push_chord_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_chord_state (nn);
$$ = ly_symbol2scm ("ChordNames");
}
| LYRICS
}
;
-fraction:
- FRACTION { $$ = $1; }
- | UNSIGNED '/' UNSIGNED {
- $$ = scm_cons ($1, $3);
- }
- ;
-
dots:
/* empty */ {
$$ = 0;
}
| SCORE {
SCM nn = parser->lexer_->lookup_identifier ("pitchnames");
- parser->lexer_->push_note_state (alist_to_hashq (nn));
+ parser->lexer_->push_note_state (nn);
} '{' score_body '}' {
Score * sc = $4;
$$ = scm_list_2 (ly_lily_module_constant ("score-markup"), sc->self_scm ());
Direction updown = to_dir (ev->get_property ("direction"));
bool completed;
- for (vsize j = 0; !(completed = (j == slurs_.size ())); j++)
+ for (vsize j = slurs_.size (); !(completed = (j-- == 0));)
{
// Check if we already have a slur with the same spanner-id.
if (id == robust_scm2string (slurs_[j]->get_property ("spanner-id"), ""))
// If this slur event has no direction, it will not
// contribute anything new to the existing slur(s), so
- // we can ignore it. This is not entirely accurate:
- // tweaks or context properties like those set with
- // \slurUp can still override a neutral direction, so
- // when encountering a slur event with "opposite"
- // direction first, then one with neutral direction, we
- // only let the "opposite" direction remain, while if
- // the order is the other way round, a double slur
- // results since the direction of the first slur is no
- // longer attributable to a "neutral" slur event. A
- // mixture of neutral and directed events is nothing
- // that the partcombiner should crank out, and it would
- // be decidedly strange for manual input.
+ // we can ignore it.
if (!updown)
break;
- // If the existing slur does not have a direction yet,
- // give it ours
+ Stream_event *c = unsmob_stream_event (slurs_[j]->get_property ("cause"));
+
+ if (!c) {
+ slurs_[j]->programming_error ("phrasing slur without a cause");
+ continue;
+ }
- Direction slur_dir = to_dir (slurs_[j]->get_property ("direction"));
+ Direction slur_dir = to_dir (c->get_property ("direction"));
+
+ // If the existing slur does not have a direction yet,
+ // we'd rather take the new one.
if (!slur_dir)
{
- set_grob_direction (slurs_[j], updown);
- break;
+ slurs_[j]->suicide ();
+ slurs_.erase (slurs_.begin () + j);
+ continue;
}
// If the existing slur has the same direction as ours, drop ours
string s = "";
bool start = false;
bool end = false;
+ bool segno = false;
bool volta_found = false;
while (scm_is_pair (cs))
{
start = true;
else if (command == ly_symbol2scm ("end-repeat"))
end = true;
+ else if (command == ly_symbol2scm ("segno-display"))
+ segno = true;
else if (scm_is_pair (command) && scm_car (command) == ly_symbol2scm ("volta"))
volta_found = true;
cs = scm_cdr (cs);
}
- if (start && end)
- s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("doubleRepeatType"), ":|:");
- else if (start)
- s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("startRepeatType"), "|:");
- else if (end)
- s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("endRepeatType"), ":|");
+ /*
+ Select which bar type to set
+ */
+ if (segno)
+ if (start)
+ if (end) // { segno, start, end }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("doubleRepeatSegnoType"), ":|S|:");
+ else // { segno, start }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("startRepeatSegnoType"), ".S|:");
+ else
+ if (end) // { segno, end }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("endRepeatSegnoType"), ":|S");
+ else // { segno }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("segnoType"), "S");
+ else
+ if (start)
+ if (end) // { start, end }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("doubleRepeatType"), ":|:");
+ else // { start }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("startRepeatType"), "|:");
+ else
+ if (end) // { end }
+ s = robust_scm2string (get_property ("endRepeatType"), ":|");
/*
TODO: line breaks might be allowed if we set whichBar to "".
/* read */
"doubleRepeatType "
+ "startRepeatType "
+ "endRepeatType "
+ "doubleRepeatSegnoType "
+ "startRepeatSegnoType "
+ "endRepeatSegnoType "
+ "segnoType "
"repeatCommands "
"whichBar ",
Real y = dir * max (0.0,
-dir * restdim[-dir] + dir * notedim[dir] + minimum_dist);
+ int stafflines = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me);
+ if (!stafflines)
+ {
+ programming_error ("no staff line count");
+ stafflines = 5;
+ }
+
// move discretely by half spaces.
int discrete_y = dir * int (ceil (y / (0.5 * dir * staff_space)));
- Interval staff_span = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_span (rest);
- staff_span.widen (1);
// move by whole spaces inside the staff.
- if (staff_span.contains
- (Staff_symbol_referencer::get_position (rest) + discrete_y))
+ if (fabs (Staff_symbol_referencer::get_position (rest)
+ + discrete_y) < stafflines + 1)
{
discrete_y = dir * int (ceil (dir * discrete_y / 2.0) * 2.0);
}
{
Grob *me = unsmob_grob (smob);
int duration_log = scm_to_int (me->get_property ("duration-log"));
+ int line_count = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me);
Real ss = Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me);
bool position_override = scm_is_number (me->get_property ("staff-position"));
make a semibreve rest hang from the next line,
except for a single line staff
*/
- if (duration_log == 0 && Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me) > 1)
+ if (duration_log == 0 && line_count > 1)
pos += 2;
/*
Direction updown = to_dir (ev->get_property ("direction"));
bool completed;
- for (vsize j = 0; !(completed = (j == slurs_.size ())); j++)
+ for (vsize j = slurs_.size (); !(completed = (j-- == 0));)
{
// Check if we already have a slur with the same spanner-id.
if (id == robust_scm2string (slurs_[j]->get_property ("spanner-id"), ""))
// If this slur event has no direction, it will not
// contribute anything new to the existing slur(s), so
- // we can ignore it. This is not entirely accurate:
- // tweaks or context properties like those set with
- // \slurUp can still override a neutral direction, so
- // when encountering a slur event with "opposite"
- // direction first, then one with neutral direction, we
- // only let the "opposite" direction remain, while if
- // the order is the other way round, a double slur
- // results since the direction of the first slur is no
- // longer attributable to a "neutral" slur event. A
- // mixture of neutral and directed events is nothing
- // that the partcombiner should crank out, and it would
- // be decidedly strange for manual input.
+ // we can ignore it.
if (!updown)
break;
- // If the existing slur does not have a direction yet,
- // give it ours
+ Stream_event *c = unsmob_stream_event (slurs_[j]->get_property ("cause"));
+
+ if (!c) {
+ slurs_[j]->programming_error ("slur without a cause");
+ continue;
+ }
- Direction slur_dir = to_dir (slurs_[j]->get_property ("direction"));
+ Direction slur_dir = to_dir (c->get_property ("direction"));
+
+ // If the existing slur does not have a direction yet,
+ // we'd rather take the new one.
if (!slur_dir)
{
- set_grob_direction (slurs_[j], updown);
- break;
+ slurs_[j]->suicide ();
+ slurs_.erase (slurs_.begin () + j);
+ continue;
}
// If the existing slur has the same direction as ours, drop ours
* 2.0 / staff_space_;
if (fabs (pos - my_round (pos)) < 0.2
- && Staff_symbol_referencer::on_staff_line (on_staff, (int) rint (pos)))
+ && Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (on_staff, (int) rint (pos))
+ && Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (on_staff) - 1 >= rint (pos))
y += 1.5 * staff_space_ * dir_ / 10;
return y;
if (!model_bar)
model_bar = me;
+ // Fixes problem with disappearing span bars when alignAboveContext is active
+ vector_sort (extents, Interval::left_less);
+
Stencil span_bar;
for (vsize i = 1; i < extents.size (); i++)
{
If there is a beam but no stem, slope calculations depend on this
routine to return where the stem end /would/ be.
*/
- if (!beam && !unsmob_stencil (me->get_property ("stencil")))
+ if (calc_beam && !beam && !unsmob_stencil (me->get_property ("stencil")))
return Interval ();
Real y1 = robust_scm2double ((calc_beam
#include "font-interface.hh"
#include "international.hh"
#include "output-def.hh"
-#include "staff-symbol.hh"
#include "staff-symbol-referencer.hh"
#include "text-interface.hh"
#include "warn.hh"
else
m = numbered_time_signature (me, n, d);
- /*
- position the signature centred on the staff line
- nearest to the middle of the staff
- */
- if (Grob *staff = Staff_symbol_referencer::get_staff_symbol (me))
- {
- std::vector<Real> const linepos = Staff_symbol::line_positions (staff);
- if (!linepos.empty ())
- {
- Interval const span = Staff_symbol::line_span (staff);
- Real const mid = span.center ();
- Real pos = linepos.front ();
- Real dist = fabs (pos - mid);
- for (std::vector<Real>::const_iterator
- i = linepos.begin (), e = linepos.end ();
- ++i != e;)
- {
- double const d = fabs (*i - mid);
- if (d < dist)
- {
- pos = *i;
- dist = d;
- }
- }
-
- m.translate_axis
- (pos * Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me) / 2, Y_AXIS);
- }
- }
+ if (Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me) % 2 == 0)
+ m.translate_axis (Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me) / 2, Y_AXIS);
return m.smobbed_copy ();
}
Real blotdiameter)
{
bool on_staffline = Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (me, pos);
- bool above_staff = pos > Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_span (me)[UP];
+ int interspaces = Staff_symbol_referencer::line_count (me) - 1;
+ bool above_staff = pos > interspaces;
if (delta_pitch > -1)
{
'elements (list (make-music 'PageTurnEvent
'break-permission 'allow))))
+alterBroken =
+#(define-music-function (parser location name property arg)
+ (string? scheme? list?)
+ (_i "Override @var{property} for pieces of broken spanner @var{name} with
+values @var{arg}.")
+ (let* ((name (string-delete name char-set:blank)) ; remove any spaces
+ (name-components (string-split name #\.))
+ (context-name "Bottom")
+ (grob-name #f))
+
+ (if (> 2 (length name-components))
+ (set! grob-name (car name-components))
+ (begin
+ (set! grob-name (cadr name-components))
+ (set! context-name (car name-components))))
+
+ ;; only apply override if grob is a spanner
+ (let ((description
+ (assoc-get (string->symbol grob-name) all-grob-descriptions)))
+ (if (and description
+ (member 'spanner-interface
+ (assoc-get 'interfaces
+ (assoc-get 'meta description))))
+ #{
+ \override $context-name . $grob-name $property =
+ #(value-for-spanner-piece arg)
+ #}
+ (begin
+ (ly:input-warning location (_ "not a spanner name, `~a'") grob-name)
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))))))
+
appendToTag =
#(define-music-function (parser location tag more music)
(symbol? ly:music? ly:music?)
(ly:moment-main-denominator mlen))))
#{
\once \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
- (grob-interpret-markup grob (format-compound-time args)))
+ (grob-interpret-markup grob (format-compound-time args)))
\set Timing.timeSignatureFraction = $timesig
\set Timing.baseMoment = $beat
\set Timing.beatStructure = $beatGrouping
\set Timing.measureLength = $mlen
#} ))
+crossStaff =
+#(define-music-function (parser location notes) (ly:music?)
+ (_i "Create cross-staff stems")
+ #{
+ \override Stem #'cross-staff = #cross-staff-connect
+ \override Flag #'style = #'no-flag
+ $notes
+ \revert Stem #'cross-staff
+ \revert Flag #'style
+#})
cueClef =
#(define-music-function (parser location type) (string?)
(_i "Set the current cue clef to @var{type}.")
(make-cue-clef-set type))
+
cueClefUnset =
#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
(_i "Unset the current cue clef.")
\revert NoteHead #'stencil
#})
+inStaffSegno =
+#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
+ (_i "Put the segno variant 'varsegno' at this position into the staff,
+compatible with the repeat command.")
+ (make-music 'ApplyContext
+ 'procedure
+ (lambda (ctx)
+ (let ((score-ctx (ly:context-find ctx 'Score)))
+ (if (ly:context? score-ctx)
+ (let ((old-rc (ly:context-property score-ctx 'repeatCommands '())))
+ (if (eq? (memq 'segno-display old-rc) #f)
+ (ly:context-set-property! score-ctx 'repeatCommands (cons 'segno-display old-rc)))))))))
+
instrumentSwitch =
#(define-music-function
(parser location name) (string?)
LILYPOND_BOOK = $(script-dir)/lilypond-book.py
LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES = -I $(src-dir)/ -I $(outdir) -I $(input-dir) \
- -I $(top-src-dir)/Documentation -I $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/snippets \
+ -I $(top-src-dir)/Documentation -I $(top-build-dir)/Documentation/snippets/out \
-I $(input-dir)/regression/ -I $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/included/ \
-I $(top-build-dir)/mf/$(outconfbase)/ \
-I $(top-build-dir)/mf/out/ \
(defaultStrings ,list? "A list of strings to use in calculating
frets for tablatures and fretboards if no strings are provided in
the notes for the current moment.")
+ (doubleRepeatSegnoType ,string? "Set the default bar line for
+the combinations double repeat with segno. Default is @samp{:|S|:}.")
(doubleRepeatType ,string? "Set the default bar line for double
repeats.")
(doubleSlurs ,boolean? "If set, two slurs are created for every
@code{(@var{notehead-style} @var{script} @var{vertical-position})} as
values.")
+ (endRepeatSegnoType ,string? "Set the default bar line for the
+combinations ending of repeat with segno. Default is @samp{:|S}.")
(endRepeatType ,string? "Set the default bar line for the ending
of repeats.")
(explicitClefVisibility ,vector? "@samp{break-visibility}
(searchForVoice ,boolean? "Signal whether a search should be made
of all contexts in the context hierarchy for a voice to provide rhythms
for the lyrics.")
+ (segnoType ,string? "Set the default bar line for a requested segno.
+Default is @samp{S}.")
(shapeNoteStyles ,vector? "Vector of symbols, listing style for
each note head relative to the tonic (qv.) of the scale.")
(shortInstrumentName ,markup? "See @code{instrumentName}.")
@code{traditional}, or @code{semitone}.")
(stanza ,markup? "Stanza @q{number} to print before the start of a
verse. Use in @code{Lyrics} context.")
+ (startRepeatSegnoType ,string? "Set the default bar line for the
+combinations beginning of repeat with segno. Default is @samp{.S|:}.")
(startRepeatType ,string? "Set the default bar line for the beginning
of repeats.")
(stemLeftBeamCount ,integer? "Specify the number of beams to draw
(padding . 0.25)
(attach-dir . ,LEFT)
))
- (left-broken . ((end-on-note . #t)))
+ (left-broken . ((attach-dir . ,RIGHT)))
(right . ((Y . 0)
(padding . 0.25)
))
(and (with-music-match (?start (music
'SequentialMusic
elements ((music
- 'SkipEvent
- duration (ly:make-duration 0 0 0 1)
- articulations
+ 'EventChord
+ elements
((music
'SlurEvent
span-direction START))))))
(with-music-match (?stop (music
'SequentialMusic
elements ((music
- 'SkipEvent
- duration (ly:make-duration 0 0 0 1)
- articulations
+ 'EventChord
+ elements
((music
'SlurEvent
span-direction STOP))))))
(and (with-music-match (?start (music
'SequentialMusic
elements ((music
- 'SkipEvent
- duration (ly:make-duration 0 0 0 1)
- articulations
+ 'EventChord
+ elements
((music
'SlurEvent
span-direction START)))
symbol 'Flag))
(music
- 'SkipEvent
- duration (ly:make-duration 0 0 0 1)
- articulations
+ 'EventChord
+ elements
((music
'SlurEvent
span-direction STOP))))))
;; found in the repeated chord. We don't need to look for
;; articulations on individual events since they can't actually get
;; into a repeat chord given its input syntax.
- (for-each (lambda (e)
- (for-each (lambda (x)
- (set! event-types (delq x event-types)))
- (ly:music-property e 'types)))
- (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'elements))
+
+ (define (keep-element? m)
+ (any (lambda (t) (music-is-of-type? m t))
+ event-types))
+ (define origin (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'origin #f))
+ (define (set-origin! l)
+ (if origin
+ (for-each (lambda (m) (set! (ly:music-property m 'origin) origin)) l))
+ l)
+
+ (for-each
+ (lambda (field)
+ (for-each (lambda (e)
+ (for-each (lambda (x)
+ (set! event-types (delq x event-types)))
+ (ly:music-property e 'types)))
+ (ly:music-property repeat-chord field)))
+ '(elements articulations))
+
;; now treat the elements
(set! (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'elements)
- (append!
- (filter-map
- (lambda (m)
- (and (any (lambda (t) (music-is-of-type? m t)) event-types)
- (begin
- (set! m (ly:music-deep-copy m))
- (if (pair? (ly:music-property m 'articulations))
- (set! (ly:music-property m 'articulations)
- (filter
- (lambda (a)
- (any (lambda (t) (music-is-of-type? a t))
- event-types))
- (ly:music-property m 'articulations))))
- (if (ly:duration? (ly:music-property m 'duration))
- (set! (ly:music-property m 'duration) duration))
- m)))
- (ly:music-property original-chord 'elements))
- (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'elements))))
+ (let ((elts
+ (set-origin! (ly:music-deep-copy
+ (filter keep-element?
+ (ly:music-property original-chord
+ 'elements))))))
+ (for-each
+ (lambda (m)
+ (let ((arts (ly:music-property m 'articulations)))
+ (if (pair? arts)
+ (set! (ly:music-property m 'articulations)
+ (set-origin! (filter! keep-element? arts))))
+ (if (ly:duration? (ly:music-property m 'duration))
+ (set! (ly:music-property m 'duration) duration))))
+ elts)
+ (append! elts (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'elements))))
+ (let ((arts (filter keep-element?
+ (ly:music-property original-chord
+ 'articulations))))
+ (if (pair? arts)
+ (set! (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'articulations)
+ (append!
+ (set-origin! (ly:music-deep-copy arts))
+ (ly:music-property repeat-chord 'articulations))))))
+
(define-public (expand-repeat-chords! event-types music)
"Walks through @var{music} and fills repeated chords (notable by
"Return a list of all pitches from @var{event-chord}."
(map (lambda (x) (ly:music-property x 'pitch))
(event-chord-notes event-chord)))
+
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+; The following functions are all associated with the crossStaff
+; function
+
+(define (close-enough? x y)
+ "Values are close enough to ignore the difference"
+ (< (abs (- x y)) 0.0001))
+
+(define (extent-combine extents)
+ "Combine a list of extents"
+ (if (pair? (cdr extents))
+ (interval-union (car extents) (extent-combine (cdr extents)))
+ (car extents)))
+
+(define ((stem-connectable? ref root) stem)
+ "Check if the stem is connectable to the root"
+ ; The root is always connectable to itself
+ (or (eq? root stem)
+ (and
+ ; Horizontal positions of the stems must be almost the same
+ (close-enough? (car (ly:grob-extent root ref X))
+ (car (ly:grob-extent stem ref X)))
+ ; The stem must be in the direction away from the root's notehead
+ (positive? (* (ly:grob-property root 'direction)
+ (- (car (ly:grob-extent stem ref Y))
+ (car (ly:grob-extent root ref Y))))))))
+
+(define (stem-span-stencil span)
+ "Connect stems if we have at least one stem connectable to the root"
+ (let* ((system (ly:grob-system span))
+ (root (ly:grob-parent span X))
+ (stems (filter (stem-connectable? system root)
+ (ly:grob-object span 'stems))))
+ (if (<= 2 (length stems))
+ (let* ((yextents (map (lambda (st)
+ (ly:grob-extent st system Y)) stems))
+ (yextent (extent-combine yextents))
+ (layout (ly:grob-layout root))
+ (blot (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'blot-diameter)))
+ ; Hide spanned stems
+ (map (lambda (st)
+ (set! (ly:grob-property st 'transparent) #t))
+ stems)
+ ; Draw a nice looking stem with rounded corners
+ (ly:round-filled-box (ly:grob-extent root root X) yextent blot))
+ ; Nothing to connect, don't draw the span
+ #f)))
+
+(define ((make-stem-span! stems trans) root)
+ "Create a stem span as a child of the cross-staff stem (the root)"
+ (let ((span (ly:engraver-make-grob trans 'Stem '())))
+ (ly:grob-set-parent! span X root)
+ (set! (ly:grob-object span 'stems) stems)
+ ; Suppress positioning, the stem code is confused by this weird stem
+ (set! (ly:grob-property span 'X-offset) 0)
+ (set! (ly:grob-property span 'stencil) stem-span-stencil)))
+
+(define-public (cross-staff-connect stem)
+ "Set cross-staff property of the stem to this function to connect it to
+other stems automatically"
+ #t)
+
+(define (stem-is-root? stem)
+ "Check if automatic connecting of the stem was requested. Stems connected
+to cross-staff beams are cross-staff, but they should not be connected to
+other stems just because of that."
+ (eq? cross-staff-connect (ly:grob-property-data stem 'cross-staff)))
+
+(define (make-stem-spans! ctx stems trans)
+ "Create stem spans for cross-staff stems"
+ ; Cannot do extensive checks here, just make sure there are at least
+ ; two stems at this musical moment
+ (if (<= 2 (length stems))
+ (let ((roots (filter stem-is-root? stems)))
+ (map (make-stem-span! stems trans) roots))))
+
+(define-public (Span_stem_engraver ctx)
+ "Connect cross-staff stems to the stems above in the system"
+ (let ((stems '()))
+ (make-engraver
+ ; Record all stems for the given moment
+ (acknowledgers
+ ((stem-interface trans grob source)
+ (set! stems (cons grob stems))))
+ ; Process stems and reset the stem list to empty
+ ((process-acknowledged trans)
+ (make-stem-spans! ctx stems trans)
+ (set! stems '())))))
+
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+;; The following is used by the alterBroken function.
+
+(define-public ((value-for-spanner-piece arg) grob)
+ "Associate a piece of broken spanner @var{grob} with an element
+of list @var{arg}."
+ (let* ((orig (ly:grob-original grob))
+ (siblings (ly:spanner-broken-into orig)))
+
+ (define (helper sibs arg)
+ (if (null? arg)
+ arg
+ (if (eq? (car sibs) grob)
+ (car arg)
+ (helper (cdr sibs) (cdr arg)))))
+
+ (if (>= (length siblings) 2)
+ (helper siblings arg)
+ (car arg))))
import os
import glob
import re
+import optparse
+import tempfile
+
+lilypond_flags = "-dno-print-pages -dsafe"
+
+lys_from_lsr = os.path.join ('Documentation', 'snippets')
+new_lys = os.path.join ('Documentation', 'snippets', 'new')
+ly_output = os.path.join (tempfile.gettempdir (), 'lsrtest')
+
+# which convert-ly and lilypond to use
+P = os.path.join (os.environ.get ("LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR", ""),
+ "out/bin/convert-ly")
+if os.path.isfile (P):
+ conv_path = os.path.dirname (P)
+elif os.path.isfile ("build/out/bin/convert-ly"):
+ conv_path = "build/out/bin/"
+else:
+ conv_path=''
+convert_ly = os.path.join (conv_path, 'convert-ly')
+lilypond_bin = os.path.join (conv_path, 'lilypond')
-sys.path.append ('python')
-import langdefs
-
-DEST = os.path.join ('Documentation', 'snippets')
-NEW_LYS = os.path.join ('Documentation', 'snippets', 'new')
-TEXIDOCS = [os.path.join ('Documentation', language_code, 'texidocs')
- for language_code in langdefs.LANGDICT]
-USAGE = ''' Usage: makelsr.py [LSR_SNIPPETS_DIR]
-This script must be run from top of the source tree;
-it updates snippets %(DEST)s with snippets
-from %(NEW_LYS)s or LSR_SNIPPETS_DIR.
-If a snippet is present in both directories, the one
-from %(NEW_LYS)s is preferred.
-''' % vars ()
LY_HEADER_LSR = '''%% DO NOT EDIT this file manually; it is automatically
%% generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
'''
+new_lys_marker = "%% generated from %s" % new_lys
LY_HEADER_NEW = '''%% DO NOT EDIT this file manually; it is automatically
-%% generated from %s
+%s
%% Make any changes in Documentation/snippets/new/
%% and then run scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py
%%
%% This file is in the public domain.
-''' % NEW_LYS
+''' % new_lys_marker
+
+options_parser = optparse.OptionParser (
+ description = "makelsr - update snippets directory from LSR",
+ usage = '''%%prog [options] [LSR_SNIPPETS_DIR]
+Unless -s option is specified, this script must be run from top of the
+source tree. If LSR_SNIPPETS_DIR is not specified, it defaults to
+current directory.
+
+Remove snippets in TOP_SOURCE_DIR/%(lys_from_lsr)s and put in snippets
+from LSR_SNIPPETS_DIR run through convert-ly or from
+TOP_SOURCE_DIR/%(new_lys)s; if a snippet is present in both
+directories, the one from TOP_SOURCE_DIR/%(new_lys)s is preferred.
+All written snippets are copied in LY_OUTPUT
+with appending translations from .texidoc files and are tested with
+lilypond with flags %(lilypond_flags)s
+
+''' % vars ())
+
+options_parser.add_option ('-s', '--top-source',
+ dest="top_source_dir",
+ action="store",
+ metavar="TOP_SOURCE_DIR",
+ default=".",
+ help="set LilyPond top source directory")
+
+options_parser.add_option ('-o', '--ly-output',
+ dest="ly_output",
+ action="store",
+ metavar="LY_OUTPUT",
+ default=ly_output,
+ help="set LilyPond output files temporary directory")
+
+options_parser.add_option ('-p', '--path',
+ dest="bin_path",
+ action="store",
+ metavar="LY_PATH",
+ default=conv_path,
+ help="directory where looking for LilyPond binaries")
+
+options_parser.add_option ('-c', '--convert-ly',
+ dest="convert_ly",
+ action="store",
+ metavar="CONVERT-LY",
+ default="LY_PATH/convert-ly",
+ help="convert-ly binary to use")
+
+options_parser.add_option ('-l', '--lilypond-binary',
+ dest="lilypond_bin",
+ action="store",
+ metavar="LILYPOND_BIN",
+ default="LY_PATH/lilypond",
+ help="lilypond binary to use")
+
+(options, args) = options_parser.parse_args ()
+
+if not os.path.isdir (options.top_source_dir):
+ sys.stderr.write ("Error: top source: %s: not a directory\n" % options.top_source_dir)
+ sys.exit (4)
+
+lys_from_lsr = os.path.normpath (os.path.join (options.top_source_dir, lys_from_lsr))
+new_lys = os.path.normpath (os.path.join (options.top_source_dir, new_lys))
+sys.path.append (os.path.normpath (os.path.join (options.top_source_dir, 'python')))
+import langdefs
+texidoc_dirs = [
+ os.path.normpath (os.path.join (options.top_source_dir, 'Documentation', language_code, 'texidocs'))
+ for language_code in langdefs.LANGDICT]
+
+if not os.path.isdir (lys_from_lsr):
+ sys.stderr.write ("Error: snippets path: %s: not a directory\n" % lys_from_lsr)
+ sys.exit (3)
+if not os.path.isdir (new_lys):
+ sys.stderr.write ("Error: new snippets path: %s: not a directory\n" % lys_from_lsr)
+ sys.exit (3)
+
+ly_output_ok = False
+if os.path.isdir (options.ly_output):
+ ly_output = options.ly_output
+ ly_output_ok = True
+elif os.path.exists (options.ly_output):
+ try:
+ os.unlink (options.ly_output)
+ except Exception as e:
+ sys.stderr.write ("Warning: could not delete file before creating directory: %s\n" % e)
+ else:
+ try:
+ os.makedirs (options.ly_output)
+ except Exception as e:
+ sys.stderr.write ("Warning: could not create directory: %s\n" % e)
+ else:
+ ly_output = options.ly_output
+ ly_output_ok = True
+else:
+ try:
+ os.makedirs (options.ly_output)
+ except Exception as e:
+ sys.stderr.write ("Warning: could not create directory: %s\n" % e)
+ else:
+ ly_output = options.ly_output
+ ly_output_ok = True
+if not ly_output_ok:
+ ly_output = tempfile.gettempdir ()
+ sys.stderr.write ("Warning: could not use or create directory %s, using default %s\n" % (options.ly_output, ly_output))
def exit_with_usage (n=0):
- sys.stderr.write (USAGE)
+ options_parser.print_help (sys.stderr)
sys.exit (n)
-TAGS = []
-
-if len (sys.argv) >= 2:
- in_dir = sys.argv[1]
+if len (args):
+ in_dir = args[0]
if not (os.path.isdir (in_dir)):
- sys.stderr.write (in_dir + ' is not a directory.\n')
- exit (2)
- if len (sys.argv) >= 3:
+ sys.stderr.write ("Error: %s: not a directory\n" % in_dir)
+ sys.exit (4)
+ if len (args) > 1:
exit_with_usage (2)
- if not (os.path.isdir (DEST) and os.path.isdir (NEW_LYS)):
- exit_with_usage (3)
- TAGS = os.listdir (in_dir)
+ tags = os.listdir (in_dir)
else:
in_dir = ''
+ tags = [os.path.splitext (os.path.basename (f))[0]
+ for f in glob.glob (os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, '*.snippet-list'))]
+## Make sure all users get the same ordering of tags
+tags.sort ()
-# which convert-ly to use
-if os.path.isfile("out/bin/convert-ly"):
- conv_path='out/bin/'
-elif os.path.isfile("build/out/bin/convert-ly"):
- conv_path='build/out/bin/'
+if options.convert_ly == "LY_PATH/convert-ly":
+ convert_ly = os.path.join (options.bin_path, "convert-ly")
else:
- conv_path=''
-convert_ly=conv_path+'convert-ly'
-lilypond_bin=conv_path+'lilypond'
-
-print 'using '+convert_ly
+ convert_ly = options.convert_ly
+if not os.path.exists (convert_ly):
+ sys.stderr.write ("Warning: %s: no such file\n" % convert_ly)
+ convert_ly = "convert-ly"
+if options.lilypond_bin == "LY_PATH/lilypond":
+ lilypond_bin = os.path.join (options.bin_path, "lilypond")
+else:
+ lilypond_bin = options.lilypond_bin
+if not os.path.exists (lilypond_bin):
+ sys.stderr.write ("Warning: %s: no such file\n" % lilypond_bin)
+ lilypond_bin = "lilypond"
+sys.stderr.write ("Using %s, %s\n" % (convert_ly, lilypond_bin))
unsafe = []
unconverted = []
begin_header_re = re.compile (r'\\header\s*{', re.M)
ly_new_version_re = re.compile (r'\\version\s*"(.+?)"')
strip_white_spaces_re = re.compile (r'[ \t]+(?=\n)')
+final_empty_lines_re = re.compile (r'\n{2,}$')
# add tags to ly files from LSR
def add_tags (ly_code, tags):
return begin_header_re.sub ('\\g<0>\n lsrtags = "' + tags + '"\n',
ly_code, 1)
-# for snippets from input/new, add message for earliest working version
+# for snippets from Documentation/snippets/new, add message for earliest working version
def add_version (ly_code):
return '''%% Note: this file works from version ''' + \
ly_new_version_re.search (ly_code).group (1) + '\n'
-s = 'Translation of GIT [Cc]ommittish'
-texidoc_chunk_re = re.compile (r'^(?:%+\s*' + s + \
- r'.+)?\s*(?:texidoc|doctitle)([a-zA-Z]{2,4})\s+=(?:.|\n)*?(?=%+\s*' + \
- s + r'|\n\} % begin verbatim|\n (?:doctitle|texidoc|lsrtags) |$(?!.|\n))', re.M)
-
-def update_translated_texidoc (m, snippet_path, visited_languages):
- base = os.path.splitext (os.path.basename (snippet_path))[0]
- language_code = m.group (1)
- visited_languages.append (language_code)
- texidoc_path = os.path.join ('Documentation', language_code,
- 'texidocs', base + '.texidoc')
- if os.path.isfile (texidoc_path):
- return open (texidoc_path).read ()
- else:
- return m.group (0)
-
def escape_backslashes_in_header(snippet):
# ASSUME: the \header exists.
header_char_number_start = snippet.find('\header {')
header_char_number_end = snippet.find('} % begin verbatim')
header = snippet[header_char_number_start:header_char_number_end]
- # two levels of escaping happening here -- 4\ means 1\
- # and the 10\ means two \ backslashes (that's 8\ ), and
- # one backreference to group 1 (that's two 2\ ).
- new_header = re.sub("@code\{\\\\([a-zA-Z])", "@code{\\\\\\\\\\1", header)
+ # only one level of escaping happening here
+ # thanks to raw strings
+ new_header = re.sub(r"@code\{\\([a-zA-Z])", r"@code{\\\\\1", header)
escaped_snippet = (snippet[:header_char_number_start] +
new_header + snippet[header_char_number_end:])
return escaped_snippet
def copy_ly (srcdir, name, tags):
global unsafe
global unconverted
- dest = os.path.join (DEST, name)
+ dest = os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, name)
tags = ', '.join (tags)
- s = open (os.path.join (srcdir, name)).read ()
- sys.stderr.write ('\nmakelsr.py: reading ' + os.path.join (srcdir, name) + '\n')
-
- for path in TEXIDOCS:
- texidoc_translation_path = \
- os.path.join (path, os.path.splitext (name)[0] + '.texidoc')
- if os.path.exists (texidoc_translation_path):
- texidoc_translation = open (texidoc_translation_path).read ()
- # Since we want to insert the translations verbatim using a
- # regexp, \\ is understood as ONE escaped backslash. So we have
- # to escape those backslashes once more...
- texidoc_translation = texidoc_translation.replace ('\\', '\\\\')
- s = begin_header_re.sub ('\\g<0>\n' + texidoc_translation, s, 1)
+ file_path = os.path.join (srcdir, name)
+ sys.stderr.write ("\nmakelsr.py: reading %s\n" % file_path)
+ s = open (file_path).read ()
s = doctitle_re.sub (doctitle_sub, s)
- if in_dir and in_dir in srcdir:
- s = LY_HEADER_LSR + add_tags (s, tags)
- else:
+ if "new" in srcdir:
s = LY_HEADER_NEW + add_version (s) + s
+ else:
+ s = LY_HEADER_LSR + add_tags (s, tags)
s = mark_verbatim_section (s)
s = lsr_comment_re.sub ('', s)
s = strip_white_spaces_re.sub ('', s)
+ s = final_empty_lines_re.sub ('\n', s)
s = escape_backslashes_in_header (s)
+ sys.stderr.write ("makelsr.py: writing %s\n" % dest)
open (dest, 'w').write (s)
- sys.stderr.write ('makelsr.py: writing ' + dest + '\n')
e = os.system (convert_ly+(" -d -e '%s'" % dest))
if e:
unconverted.append (dest)
if os.path.exists (dest + '~'):
os.remove (dest + '~')
- # no need to check snippets from input/new
- if in_dir and in_dir in srcdir:
- e = os.system ("%s -dno-print-pages -dsafe -o /tmp/lsrtest '%s'" %(lilypond_bin, dest))
+ # no need to check snippets from Documentation/snippets/new
+ if not "new" in srcdir:
+ e = os.system (
+ "%s %s -o %s '%s'" %
+ (lilypond_bin, lilypond_flags, ly_output, dest))
if e:
unsafe.append (dest)
def read_source_with_dirs (src):
- s = {}
- l = {}
- for tag in TAGS:
+ snippet_list = {}
+ tag_list = {}
+ for tag in tags:
srcdir = os.path.join (src, tag)
- l[tag] = set (map (os.path.basename,
+ tag_list[tag] = set (map (os.path.basename,
glob.glob (os.path.join (srcdir, '*.ly'))))
- for f in l[tag]:
- if f in s:
- s[f][1].append (tag)
+ for f in tag_list[tag]:
+ if f in snippet_list:
+ snippet_list[f][1].append (tag)
else:
- s[f] = (srcdir, [tag])
- return s, l
+ snippet_list[f] = (srcdir, [tag])
+ return snippet_list
tags_re = re.compile ('lsrtags\\s*=\\s*"(.+?)"')
def read_source (src):
- s = {}
- l = dict ([(tag, set()) for tag in TAGS])
+ snippet_list = {}
+ tag_list = dict ([(tag, set()) for tag in tags])
for f in glob.glob (os.path.join (src, '*.ly')):
basename = os.path.basename (f)
m = tags_re.search (open (f, 'r').read ())
if m:
file_tags = [tag.strip() for tag in m.group (1). split(',')]
- s[basename] = (src, file_tags)
- [l[tag].add (basename) for tag in file_tags if tag in TAGS]
+ snippet_list[basename] = (src, file_tags)
+ for tag in file_tags:
+ if tag in tags:
+ tag_list[tag].add (basename)
+ else:
+ tag_list[tag] = set ((basename,))
else:
notags_files.append (f)
- return s, l
+ return snippet_list, tag_list
-def dump_file_list (file, file_list, update=False):
- if update:
- old_list = set (open (file, 'r').read ().splitlines ())
- old_list.update (file_list)
- new_list = list (old_list)
- else:
- new_list = file_list
+def dump_file_list (file, file_list):
+ new_list = file_list
f = open (file, 'w')
f.write ('\n'.join (sorted (new_list)) + '\n')
-def update_ly_in_place (snippet_path):
- visited_languages = []
- contents = open (snippet_path).read ()
- contents = texidoc_chunk_re.sub \
- (lambda m: update_translated_texidoc (m,
- snippet_path,
- visited_languages),
- contents)
- need_line_break_workaround = False
- for language_code in langdefs.LANGDICT:
- if not language_code in visited_languages:
- base = os.path.splitext (os.path.basename (snippet_path))[0]
- texidoc_path = os.path.join ('Documentation', language_code,
- 'texidocs', base + '.texidoc')
- if os.path.isfile (texidoc_path):
- texidoc_translation = open (texidoc_path).read ()
- texidoc_translation = texidoc_translation.replace ('\\', '\\\\')
- contents = begin_header_re.sub ('\\g<0>\n' + texidoc_translation, contents, 1)
- else:
- need_line_break_workaround = True
- contents = doctitle_re.sub (doctitle_sub, contents)
- contents = escape_backslashes_in_header (contents)
-
- # workaround for a bug in the regex's that I'm not smart
- # enough to figure out. -gp
- if need_line_break_workaround:
- first_translated = contents.find('%% Translation of')
- keep = contents[:first_translated+5]
- contents = keep + contents[first_translated+5:].replace('%% Translation of', '\n%% Translation of')
+## clean out existing lys and generated files - but when we're
+## not recreating all of them from the tarball don't delete
+## snippets that came from LSR.
+if in_dir:
+ map (os.remove, glob.glob (os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, '*.ly')) +
+ glob.glob (os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, '*.snippet-list')))
+else:
+ map (os.remove, glob.glob (os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, '*.snippet-list')))
+ for f in glob.glob (os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, '*.ly')):
+ if new_lys_marker in open (f).read ():
+ os.remove (f)
+snippets = {}
+if in_dir:
+ # read LSR source where tags are defined by subdirs
+ snippets = read_source_with_dirs (in_dir)
- open (snippet_path, 'w').write (contents)
+# read Documentation/snippets/new where tags are directly defined
+snippets_new, not_used_list = read_source (new_lys)
+snippets.update (snippets_new)
-if in_dir:
- ## clean out existing lys and generated files
- map (os.remove, glob.glob (os.path.join (DEST, '*.ly')) +
- glob.glob (os.path.join (DEST, '*.snippet-list')))
+for (name, (srcdir, file_tags)) in snippets.items ():
+ copy_ly (srcdir, name, file_tags)
- # read LSR source where tags are defined by subdirs
- snippets, tag_lists = read_source_with_dirs (in_dir)
+not_used_snippets, tag_lists = read_source (lys_from_lsr)
- # read input/new where tags are directly defined
- s, l = read_source (NEW_LYS)
- snippets.update (s)
- for t in TAGS:
- tag_lists[t].update (l[t])
-else:
- snippets, tag_lists = read_source (NEW_LYS)
- ## update texidocs of snippets that don't come from NEW_LYS
- for snippet_path in glob.glob (os.path.join (DEST, '*.ly')):
- if not os.path.basename (snippet_path) in snippets:
- update_ly_in_place (snippet_path)
-
-for (name, (srcdir, tags)) in snippets.items ():
- copy_ly (srcdir, name, tags)
for (tag, file_set) in tag_lists.items ():
- dump_file_list (os.path.join (DEST, tag + '.snippet-list'),
- file_set, update=not(in_dir))
+ dump_file_list (os.path.join (lys_from_lsr, tag + '.snippet-list'),
+ file_set)
if unconverted:
sys.stderr.write ('These files could not be converted successfully by convert-ly:\n')
sys.stderr.write ('\n'.join (unconverted) + '\n\n')
sys.stderr.write ('''
Unsafe files printed in lsr-unsafe.txt: CHECK MANUALLY!
- git add %s/*.ly
+ git add %(lys_from_lsr)s/*.ly
xargs git diff HEAD < lsr-unsafe.txt
-''' % DEST)
+''' % vars ())
--- /dev/null
+#!@PYTHON@
+# makesnippets.py
+
+'''USAGE: makesnippets.py INPUT_DIR OUTPUT_DIR DOC_DIR
+
+Read all .ly files from INPUT_DIR, insert translations from .texidoc
+files found in DOC_DIR/LANG/texdiocs, and write ther result to OUTPUT_DIR.'''
+
+import glob
+import sys
+import os.path
+import re
+
+import langdefs
+
+(input_dir, output_dir, doc_dir) = sys.argv[1:4]
+
+texidoc_dirs = [os.path.join (doc_dir, language_code, 'texidocs')
+ for language_code in langdefs.LANGDICT]
+
+begin_header_re = re.compile (r'\\header\s*{', re.M)
+
+for f in glob.glob (os.path.join (input_dir, '*.ly')):
+ name = os.path.basename (f)
+ s = open (f).read ()
+ for path in texidoc_dirs:
+ texidoc_translation_path = \
+ os.path.join (path, os.path.splitext (name)[0] + '.texidoc')
+ if os.path.exists (texidoc_translation_path):
+ texidoc_translation = open (texidoc_translation_path).read ()
+ # Since we want to insert the translations verbatim using a
+ # regexp, \\ is understood as ONE escaped backslash. So we have
+ # to escape those backslashes once more...
+ texidoc_translation = texidoc_translation.replace ('\\', '\\\\')
+ s = begin_header_re.sub ('\\g<0>\n' + texidoc_translation, s, 1)
+ dest = os.path.join (output_dir, name)
+ open (dest, 'w').write (s)
# Clean out junk: http://bugs.python.org/issue3290
# Python headers may need some -f* flags, leave them in.
# We want the sed commands to look like 's/-[WDOm][[:alnum:][:punct:]][[:alnum:][:punct:]]*//g' and 's/-arch [^[:space:]]*//g', but automake eats brackets.
- PYTHON_CFLAGS=`$PYTHON_CONFIG --cflags | sed -e 's/-[[WDOm]][[[:alnum:][:punct:]]][[[:alnum:][:punct:]]]*//g' | sed -e 's/-arch @<:@^@<:@:space:@:>@@:>@*//g'`
+ #PYTHON_CFLAGS=`$PYTHON_CONFIG --cflags | sed -e 's/-[[WDOm]][[[:alnum:][:punct:]]][[[:alnum:][:punct:]]]*//g' | sed -e 's/-arch @<:@^@<:@:space:@:>@@:>@*//g'`
+ # The above sed BRE matches parts of legal options, stipping down part of that option, resulting in invalid gcc arguments. Gentoo Bug #415793
+ # For instance, '-floop-stip-mime' becomes '-floop-strip', and '-fvect-cost-model' becomes '-fvect-cost'.
+ # Tentative fix to require a non alphanumeric character before the initial hyphen of the BRE or the hyphen being the first character in the string.
+ PYTHON_CFLAGS=`$PYTHON_CONFIG --cflags | sed -e 's/\(^\|[[^[:alnum:]]]\)-[[WDOm]][[[:alnum:][:punct:]]][[[:alnum:][:punct:]]]*//g' | sed -e 's/-arch @<:@^@<:@:space:@:>@@:>@*//g'`
PYTHON_LDFLAGS=`$PYTHON_CONFIG --ldflags`
fi
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{2009-08-14.15}
+\def\texinfoversion{2012-07-03.16@LP}
%
% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% Modified version used in LilyPond, changed in 2012.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
+% http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
+% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
%
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
\let\ptexstar=\*
\let\ptext=\t
\let\ptextop=\top
-{\catcode`\'=\active
-\global\let\ptexquoteright'}% Math-mode def from plain.tex.
-\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
+{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
% starts a new line in the output.
% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
+\chardef\ampChar = `\&
\chardef\colonChar = `\:
\chardef\commaChar = `\,
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
\chardef\dotChar = `\.
\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\hashChar = `\#
\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
\chardef\questChar = `\?
\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\slashChar = `\/
\chardef\underChar = `\_
% Ignore a token.
% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
\tracingmacros2
\tracingrestores1
\showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
- \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
\tracingscantokens1
\tracingifs1
\tracinggroups1
\errorcontextlines16
}%
+% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
+% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
+% after all.
+%
+\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
+\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
+
% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
%
\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-% For @cropmarks command.
% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
%
\newif\ifcropmarks
}
\def\inenvironment#1{%
\ifx#1\empty
- out of any environment%
+ outside of any environment%
\else
in environment \expandafter\string#1%
\fi
\parseargdef\end{%
\if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
\else
- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
\expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
\csname E#1\endcsname
\endgroup
\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
- L\kern-.36em
- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
- \kern-.15em
- \TeX
-}
-
% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
\else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+ \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
\parseargdef\need{%
% Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
%
\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
\temp
}
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command
+% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
\makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
\turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
\edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
%
% This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
+%
\def\thisfile{}
% @center line
%
\parseargdef\center{%
\ifhmode
- \let\next\centerH
+ \let\centersub\centerH
\else
- \let\next\centerV
+ \let\centersub\centerV
\fi
- \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
}
-\def\centerH#1{%
- {%
- \hfil\break
- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{#1}%
- \break
- }%
+\def\centerH#1{{%
+ \hfil\break
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{#1}%
+ \break
+}}
+%
+\newcount\centerpenalty
+\def\centerV#1{%
+ % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
+ % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
+ % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
+ % prevent a page break here.
+ \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
+ \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
+ \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
+ \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-
+%
\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
+%
\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
\commentxxx}
{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
+%
\let\c=\comment
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
}
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
- }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
- \let\"=\ddot
- \let\'=\acute
- \let\==\bar
- \let\^=\hat
- \let\`=\grave
- \let\u=\breve
- \let\v=\check
- \let\~=\tilde
- \let\dotaccent=\dot
- $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
- \catcode`^ = \active
- \catcode`< = \active
- \catcode`> = \active
- \catcode`+ = \active
- \catcode`' = \active
- \gdef\mathactive{%
- \let^ = \ptexhat
- \let< = \ptexless
- \let> = \ptexgtr
- \let+ = \ptexplus
- \let' = \ptexquoteright
- }
-}
-
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
- \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
- \dimen0 = \wd0
- \else
- \dimen0 = 1.5em
- \fi
- \hbox to \dimen0{%
- \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
- .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \dots
- \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
-
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
-% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
\else
\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
\else
% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
-% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
-% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
-% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do).
-
-% double active backslashes.
-%
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
- @catcode`@\=@active
- @let\=@doublebackslash}
-}
-
-% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
-% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
-% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
-% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission
-% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
-%
-% #1 is the tokens to replace.
-% #2 is the replacement.
-% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
-%
-\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
- \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
- ##1%
- \ifx\\##2\\%
- \else
- #2%
- \HyReturnAfterFi{%
- \HyPsdReplace##2\END
- }%
- \fi
- }%
- \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
-}
-\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
-\def\backslashparens#1{%
- \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
- % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
- \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
- \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+%
+% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
+% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
+% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
+% do this reliably, so we use it.
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
+% which we \xdef.
+\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
+ % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
+ % Many times it won't matter.
+ \else
+ % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
+ % backslashes, and other special chars.
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
+ \fi
}
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
%
% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
%
- % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
- % others). Let's try in that order.
+ % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
\let\pdfimgext=\empty
\begingroup
- \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
- \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
\fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
\fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
\fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
\fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
\fi
- \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
\else
\immediate\pdfximage
\fi
- \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
- \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
#1.\pdfimgext
\else
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
- \activebackslashdouble
\makevalueexpandable
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
- \backslashparens\pdfdestname
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}}
%
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
\ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
\def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
\else
- % Doubled backslashes in the name.
- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
\fi
%
- % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
+ \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
%
\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
\begingroup
- % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
- \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
- \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
- %
% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\def\thischapnum{##2}%
\def\thissecnum{0}%
% Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
% Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
%
- % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
- % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
+ % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
+ % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
+ % we use for the index sort strings.
+ %
\indexnofonts
\setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
\input \tocreadfilename
\endgroup
}
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
%
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
+ \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
\fi
\nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \def\getfilename#1{%
+ \filenamelength=0
+ % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+ % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+ }
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\let \startlink \pdfannotlink
\else
\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
-
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
\def\baselinefactor{1}
%
+\newdimen\textleading
\def\setleading#1{%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
-\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
\fi\fi
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
-% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
-% empty to omit).
+% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
+% Example:
+% #1 = \textrm
+% #2 = \rmshape
+% #3 = 10
+% #4 = \mainmagstep
+% #5 = OT1
+%
\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
\csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
}
% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
\let\cmap\gobble
-% emacs-page end of cmaps
+%
+% (end of cmaps)
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
\def\fontprefix{cm}
\fi
% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold
\def\bfshape{b}
\def\bxshape{bx}
\def\ttshape{tt}
\def\scshape{csc}
\def\scbshape{csc}
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
-% Texinfo.
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
%
\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
\def\reducedecsize{1000}
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
+\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
+\textfonts % reset the current fonts
\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
\def\reducedecsize{0900}
-% reduce space between paragraphs
-\divide\parskip by 2
-
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
+\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
+\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
+\textfonts % reset the current fonts
\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
% We provide the user-level command
% @fonttextsize 10
% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
%
-\def\xword{10}
\def\xiword{11}
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xwordpt{10pt}
%
\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
\def\textsizearg{#1}%
- \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+ %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
%
% Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
% makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
\let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
\def\curfontsize{title}%
\def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
\def\chapfonts{%
\let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
+ \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
\ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
}
\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
+ \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
\ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
}
\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
+\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft
+\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
+%
\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
-\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft
\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetnoligaturesquoteleft
-% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
-% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
-% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
-% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
-% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the
-% regular 0x27.
+% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
+% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
+% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
+% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
+% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
%
\def\codequoteright{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
\else \char'22 \fi
}
+% Commands to set the quote options.
+%
+\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+ = t%
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+%
+\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+ = t%
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+% Font commands.
+
+% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
+% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
+% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
+\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
+ \ifusingtt
+ {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
+ {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
+\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
- \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
+% character) is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
+ \ifx\next,%
+ \else\ifx\next-%
+ \else\ifx\next.%
+ \else\ptexslash
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \aftersmartic
+}
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl, and no ic.
% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
+
+\def\aftersmartic{}
+\def\var#1{%
+ \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
+ \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
+ \smartslanted{#1}%
+}
\let\i=\smartitalic
\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\def\var#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\smartslanted{#1}}}
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
\let\emph=\smartitalic
\plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
- \null
+ \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
}
% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
}
}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
\def\realdash{-}
\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
\def\codeunder{%
\discretionary{}{}{}}%
{\_}%
}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
\allowcodebreaksfalse
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+ \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
\fi\fi
}
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-\def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}}
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct'.
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\indicateurl=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
-\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
-
-% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
-\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
-\def\click{\arrow}
-
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
+% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while
+% for comparison.)
+\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish}
+\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\endlink
\endgroup}
+% This \urefbreak definition is the active one.
+\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
+\let\uref=\urefbreak
+\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
+\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
+\def\urefcatcodes{%
+ \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active
+ \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active
+ \catcode\slashChar=\active
+}
+{
+ \urefcatcodes
+ %
+ \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
+ \setupmarkupstyle{code}%
+ \urefcatcodes
+ \let&\urefcodeamp
+ \let.\urefcodedot
+ \let#\urefcodehash
+ \let?\urefcodequest
+ \let/\urefcodeslash
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ % By default, they are just regular characters.
+ \global\def&{\normalamp}
+ \global\def.{\normaldot}
+ \global\def#{\normalhash}
+ \global\def?{\normalquest}
+ \global\def/{\normalslash}
+}
+
+% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
+% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in
+% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
+\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em }
+\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em }
+%
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
+{
+ \catcode`\/=\active
+ \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
+ \urefprestretch \slashChar
+ % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
+ % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
+ \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
+ }
+}
+
+% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
+% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
+% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
+%
+\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
+ \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\wordafter{after}
+\def\wordbefore{before}
+\def\wordnone{none}
+
+\urefbreakstyle after
+
% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
%
\let\url=\uref
\let\email=\uref
\fi
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+\def\kbd#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}}
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct'.
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
+\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
+
+% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
+\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
+\def\click{\arrow}
+
% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
\fi
+ \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+%
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+ \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+ }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
+% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
+ $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \catcode`' = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ \let' = \ptexquoteright
+ }
+}
+
+% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
+% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
+% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
+%
+\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
+%
+\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+}
+% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
+% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
+% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
+% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
+% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
+% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
+% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
+%
+\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
+\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
+\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+ \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
+}
+
+
+\message{glyphs,}
+% and logos.
+
+% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
+\def\@{\char64 }
+\let\atchar=\@
+
+% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
+% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
+% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
+\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}}
+\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
+\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \ptexc
+\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \ptext
+\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+ L\kern-.36em
+ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
+ \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
+ % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+ % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
+ \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+ \else
+ % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
+ \selectfonts\lllsize A%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }}%
+ \kern-.15em
+ \TeX
+}
+
+% Some math mode symbols.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
+\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
+\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+ \dimen0 = \wd0
+ \else
+ \dimen0 = 1.5em
+ \fi
+ \hbox to \dimen0{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+ }%
}
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
+\def\enddots{%
+ \dots
+ \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
}
-
-\message{glyphs,}
-
% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
%
% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
%
\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
\hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
% so we'll define it if necessary.
%
-\ifx\Orb\undefined
+\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
\fi
\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
\let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
+ \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
\envdef\titlepage{%
% Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
\finishedtitlepagetrue
}
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
}
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+% Set up page headings and footings.
\let\thispage=\folio
\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
+\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
+ \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
+ \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
+\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
+
% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
+\ifx\today\thisisundefined
\def\today{%
\number\day\space
\ifcase\month
\begingroup
\advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
\advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
\leavevmode\unhbox0\par
\endgroup
%
\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
\fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+% table. If not, do nothing.
+% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ % than skip between lines in the table.
\fi%
\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ % than skip between lines in the table.
\fi}
}
\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
%
% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
+% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
+% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
+% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
+%
+\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
+\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
+%
+\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
+}
+\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
+
+% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handlded similar to @ifclear above.
+\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
+\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
+ \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
+\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
+
+% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
+% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
+\set txicommandconditionals
+
% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
\let\dircategory=\comment
\def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
\def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
%
- % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
- \let\{ = \mylbrace
- \let\} = \myrbrace
+ % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
+ % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more
+ % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we
+ % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma.
+ \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
+ \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
%
% I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
% generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
\def\commondummies{%
%
% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
- % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
+ % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
% from whatever follows.
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\definedummyletter\_%
+ \definedummyletter\-%
%
% Non-English letters.
\definedummyword\AA
\definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword\arrow
\definedummyword\bullet
\definedummyword\comma
\definedummyword\copyright
\definedummyword\registeredsymbol
\definedummyword\dots
\definedummyword\enddots
+ \definedummyword\entrybreak
\definedummyword\equiv
\definedummyword\error
\definedummyword\euro
+ \definedummyword\expansion
+ \definedummyword\geq
\definedummyword\guillemetleft
\definedummyword\guillemetright
\definedummyword\guilsinglleft
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
- \definedummyword\expansion
+ \definedummyword\lbracechar
+ \definedummyword\leq
\definedummyword\minus
\definedummyword\ogonek
\definedummyword\pounds
\definedummyword\quoteleft
\definedummyword\quoteright
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
+ \definedummyword\rbracechar
\definedummyword\result
\definedummyword\textdegree
%
\definedummyword\b
\definedummyword\i
\definedummyword\r
+ \definedummyword\sansserif
\definedummyword\sc
+ \definedummyword\slanted
\definedummyword\t
%
% Commands that take arguments.
+ \definedummyword\abbr
\definedummyword\acronym
+ \definedummyword\anchor
\definedummyword\cite
\definedummyword\code
\definedummyword\command
\definedummyword\dfn
+ \definedummyword\dmn
\definedummyword\email
\definedummyword\emph
\definedummyword\env
\definedummyword\file
+ \definedummyword\image
+ \definedummyword\indicateurl
+ \definedummyword\inforef
\definedummyword\kbd
\definedummyword\key
\definedummyword\math
\def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
% We can just ignore other control letters.
\def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
- % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+ % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
\let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
%
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\def\ { }%
\def\@{@}%
- % how to handle braces?
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
+ %
+ % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the
+ % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings
+ % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }.
+ \def\{{|a}%
+ \def\lbracechar{|a}%
+ %
+ \def\}{|b}%
+ \def\rbracechar{|b}%
%
% Non-English letters.
\def\AA{AA}%
%
% Assorted special characters.
% (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+ \def\arrow{->}%
\def\bullet{bullet}%
\def\comma{,}%
\def\copyright{copyright}%
\def\error{error}%
\def\euro{euro}%
\def\expansion{==>}%
+ \def\geq{>=}%
\def\guillemetleft{<<}%
\def\guillemetright{>>}%
\def\guilsinglleft{<}%
\def\guilsinglright{>}%
+ \def\leq{<=}%
\def\minus{-}%
\def\point{.}%
\def\pounds{pounds}%
\def\result{=>}%
\def\textdegree{o}%
%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax
+ \else \indexlquoteignore \fi
+ %
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
% makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
\macrolist
}
+% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us
+% ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+{\catcode`\`=\active
+ \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}}
+
\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
%
% ..., ready, GO:
%
-\def\safewhatsit#1{%
-\ifhmode
+\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
#1%
-\else
+ \else
% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
\whatsitskip = \lastskip
\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
% to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
% signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
% following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
- %
% @deffn deffn-whatever
% @vindex index-whatever
% Description.
% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
\nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
\fi
-\fi
-}
+\fi}
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-%
% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
% --kasal, 21nov03
\def\entry{%
% columns.
\vskip 0pt plus1pt
%
+ % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
+ % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
+ % titles, for instance.
+ \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+ \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}%
+ %
% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
\afterassignment\doentry
\let\temp =
}
+\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\doentry{%
\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
\noindent
\message{sectioning,}
% Chapters, sections, etc.
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
+% Let's start with @part.
+\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
+\def\partzzz#1{%
+ \chapoddpage
+ \null
+ \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
+ \begingroup
+ \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
+ \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
+ \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
+ \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
+ \chapoddpage
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
%
% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
%
% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
% The heading type:
\def\headtype{#1}%
\if \headtype U%
- \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
- \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
+ \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
\fi
\else
% Check for appendix sections:
\fi\fi
\fi
% Check for numbered within unnumbered:
- \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
\def\headtype{U}%
\else
- \chardef\unmlevel = 3
+ \chardef\unnlevel = 3
\fi
\fi
% Now print the heading:
\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
}
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
\let\top\unnumbered
% Sections.
+%
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
\def\seczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
}
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
}
\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
}
% Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+%
+% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
}
% Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+%
+% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
\newskip\chapheadingskip
+% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
\chappager
\ifodd\pageno \else
\begingroup
- \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
- \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
- \hbox to 0pt{}%
+ \headingsoff
+ \null
\chappager
\endgroup
\fi
%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
+ \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment.
+ %
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
%
%
% We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
% glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
- % discardable item.)
+ % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next
+ % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
+ % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
+ % obscuring the section heading with something else.
\vskip-\parskip
%
- % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
- % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
- % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
- %
- % @section sec-whatever
- % @deffn def-whatever
+ % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
+ % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
+ % and do the needful.
\penalty 10001
}
\def\summarycontents{%
\startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
%
+ \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
\let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
\let\appentry = \shortchapentry
\let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
% The last argument is the page number.
% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
+% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
+% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
+\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}}
+%
+% Parts, in the short toc.
+\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \penalty-300
+ \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
+ \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
+}
+
% Chapters, in the main contents.
\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
%
\message{environments,}
% @foo ... @end foo.
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
\envdef\tex{%
\setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
\catcode`\'=\other
\escapechar=`\\
%
+ % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
+ % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
+ \mathactive
+ %
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
% If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
% \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
% collide with the section heading.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
%
\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\lineskip=\normlskip
\parskip=\normpskip
\vskip -\parskip
- \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+ \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
}
\def\Ecartouche{%
\ifhmode\par\fi
}
% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
+\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
\expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
}
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
- \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
- \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
+\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
+ \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
+ \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
+% @example: same as @lisp.
%
% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
+\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
\nonfillstart
\tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
\let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
+ \gobble % eat return
}
% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
-\makedispenv {display}{%
+\makedispenvdef{display}{%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
%
-\makedispenv{format}{%
+\makedispenvdef{format}{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
\envdef\flushright{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
\gobble
}
\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
%
+\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
+%
\def\quotationstart{%
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
\parindent=0pt
\parsearg\quotationlabel
}
-\envdef\quotation{%
- \setnormaldispenv
- \quotationstart
-}
-
-\envdef\smallquotation{%
- \setsmalldispenv
- \quotationstart
-}
-\let\Esmallquotation = \Equotation
-
% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
% doing normal filling.
%
\def\Equotation{%
\par
- \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+ \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
% indent a bit.
\leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
\fi
{\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
}
+\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
\def\quotationlabel#1{%
% Setup for the @verbatim environment
%
-% Real tab expansion
+% Real tab expansion.
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
+% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
+% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the
+% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
+% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
+% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
+\newbox\verbbox
+\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\gdef\tabexpand{%
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
- \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
- \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
- \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
- \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
}%
}
\endgroup
\def\setupverbatim{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
- % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \tt
- \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would
+ % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
\tabexpand
\setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
% Respect line breaks,
% print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
+ % make each space count.
+ % Must do in this order:
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
\everypar{\starttabbox}%
}
\makevalueexpandable
\setupverbatim
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
\input #1
\afterenvbreak
}%
% commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
% a break between a section heading and a defun.
%
- % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+ % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
% with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
% sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
% @def command.
#1#2 \endheader
% common ending:
\interlinepenalty = 10000
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
\endgraf
\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
\penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
\envdef#1{%
\startdefun
+ \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
\parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
}%
\def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
\def#3%
}
-%%% Untyped functions:
+\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
+\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
+
+% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
+% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
+% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
+%
+\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+ = \empty
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
+ must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Untyped functions:
% @deffn category name args
\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
\defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
-%%% Typed functions:
+% Typed functions:
% @deftypefn category type name args
\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
%
\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \doingtypefntrue
\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
-%%% Typed variables:
+% Typed variables:
% @deftypevr category type var args
\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
-%%% Untyped variables:
+% Untyped variables:
% @defvr category var args
\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
% \defcvof {category of}class var args
\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-%%% Type:
+% Types:
+
% @deftp category name args
\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
\doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
%
\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+ \par
% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
%
- % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
+ % on a line by itself.
+ \rettypeownlinefalse
+ \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
+ % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
+ \rettypeownlinetrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
% distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
% just below it.
\def\temp{#1}%
\setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
%
- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
+ % least two.
+ \tempnum = 2
+ %
% The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
% we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
\dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+ %
+ % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
+ \ifrettypeownline
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
+ \else
+ \def\maybeshapeline{}%
+ \fi
+ %
% The continuations:
\dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
- % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
- \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
%
- % Put the type name to the right margin.
+ % The final paragraph shape:
+ \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
+ %
+ % Put the category name at the right margin.
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{%
\hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
% . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
% one has made identifiers using them :).
\df \tt
- \def\temp{#2}% return value type
- \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+ \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
+ \ifx\temp\empty\else
+ \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
+ \ifrettypeownline
+ % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
+ \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
+ \else
+ \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
+ \fi
+ \fi % no return type
#3% output function name
}%
{\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
\newwrite\macscribble
\def\scantokens#1{%
\toks0={#1}%
}
\fi
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup
- \newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
- % ... and \example
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
- % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
- % --kasal, 29nov03
- \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
- \endgroup
-}
+\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup
+ \newlinechar`\^^M
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ %
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+ % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
+ % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
+ % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ %
+ % ... and for \example:
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as
+ % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not
+ % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two
+ % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX
+ % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in
+ % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and
+ % line-oriented commands.
+ %
+ \scantokens{#1\empty}%
+\endgroup}
\def\scanexp#1{%
\edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
+% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
+%
% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
% confine the change to the current group.
-
+%
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\scanctxt{%
+%
+\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
\catcode`\"=\other
\catcode`\+=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
}
-\def\scanargctxt{%
+\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
\scanctxt
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
}
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
\scanctxt
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
\usembodybackslash
}
-\def\macroargctxt{%
+% LilyPond CHANGE: The following definition has been reverted to the
+% original definition since it was problematic in the context of
+% indexing.
+
+\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations
\scanctxt
+% \catcode`\\=0
\catcode`\\=\other
}
+% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes"
+% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands"
+% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document.
+%
+% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for
+% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we
+% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls):
+%
+\def\\{\normalbackslash}%
+%
+% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does.
+% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a
+% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead.
+%
+% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind.
+
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% where N is the macro parameter number.
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
+%
{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
@gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
@gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
}
\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
+
\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
\ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0%
+ \paramno=0\relax
\else
\expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \if\paramno>256\relax
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
+ \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
\message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH
+% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If
+% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
+% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
+%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
+%
% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
% it to # just before using the token list produced.
%
% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+%
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an
+% error is produced.
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
+ \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax
+ \let\xeatspaces\relax
+ \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
+ % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+ % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+ % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+ % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+ % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+ % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
+ \paramno0\relax
+ \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
+ \fi
+}
\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \advance\paramno by 1
\expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
{\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
+\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
+ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
+ \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
+ % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
+ % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
+ % \xdef .
+ \expandafter\edef\tempa
+ {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
+ \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+ \fi\next}
+
% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode
\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\catcode `\@=11\relax
+
+\let\endargs@\relax
+\let\nil@\relax
+\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
+\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
+
+% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
+% definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros
+% macarg.ARGNAME
+%
+% #1 is the macro name
+% #2 is the list of argument names
+% #3 is the list of argument values
+\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
+ \def\macargdeflist@{}%
+ \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
+ \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
+ \def\macroname{#1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
+ \def\@tempa{#3}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty
+ \setemptyargvalues@
+ \else
+ \getargvals@@
+ \fi
+}
+
+%
+\def\getargvals@@{%
+ \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
+ \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
+ \fi
+ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+ \else
+ \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
+ % macros to empty.
+ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+ \else
+ % pop current arg name into \@tempb
+ \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
+ % pop current argument value into \@tempc
+ \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
+ % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
+ % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
+ \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
+ \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
+ \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
+ \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
+ \let\next\getargvals@@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+\def\push@#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter#1#2}%
+}
+
+% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
+% in macro \@tempa
+\def\macvalstoargs@{%
+ % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
+ % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
+ % values into respective token registers.
+ %
+ % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
+ \begingroup
+ \paramno0\relax
+ % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
+ % value into a new token list register \toks#N
+ \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
+ % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
+ % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
+ % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
+ \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
+ % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
+ % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
+ % group.
+ \expandafter
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ }
+
+\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
+ %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+ \expandafter
+ \endgroup
+ \macargdeflist@
+ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
+ % is in \@tempa .
+ \macvalstoargs@
+ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
+ % with \@tempb .
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
+ % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
+ % \egroup .
+ \ifx\@tempb\gobble
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \else
+ \let\@tempc\egroup
+ \fi
+ % And now we do the real job:
+ \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
+ \@tempd
+}
+
+\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next\relax
+ \else
+ \let\next\putargsintokens@
+ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
+ % alias \@tempb .
+ \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
+ % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1
+\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}}
+% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1
+\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax}
+% newtoks that can be used non \outer .
+\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi}
+
+% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty
+\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
+ \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+ \else
+ \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
+ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
+ \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
+ \def\paramlist{#2}%
+}
+
+% #1 is the element target macro
+% #2 is the list macro
+% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
+\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+ \def#1{#3}%
+ \def#2{#4}%
+}
+\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+ \long\def#1{#3}%
+ \long\def#2{#4}%
+}
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% Much magic with \expandafter here.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
\ifrecursive
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % 10 or more
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
+ \fi
\fi
\else
\ifcase\paramno
\egroup
\noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % at most 9
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % 10 or more:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
+ \fi
\fi
\fi}
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax
+
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg).
+%
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
% @alias.
% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+%
\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
% @inforef is relatively simple.
\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
+ \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
\toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
+ \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
}%
\fi
}
+% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
+% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
+% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
+% variable, now it's official.
+%
+\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+ = \empty
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
+ must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% \f
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+%
+\newbox\toprefbox
+\newbox\printedrefnamebox
+\newbox\infofilenamebox
+\newbox\printedmanualbox
+%
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ %
+ % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+ %
+ \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
+ \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
+ %
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+ %
+ % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
+ % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
+ \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
% No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
+ % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
+ % the square brackets if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
\ifhavexrefs
- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
\def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
\else
% Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
\ifpdf
{\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \makevalueexpandable
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
- % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
+ % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
\getfilename{#4}%
%
- % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
- \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+ % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+ % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+ \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+ \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
+ \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
+ \else
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % escape PDF special chars
+ \fi
%
\leavevmode
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
- \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+ \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
\refx{#1-snt}{}%
\else
\printedrefname
\fi
%
- % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+ % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
% "in MANUALNAME".
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
\space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\fi
\else
% node/anchor (non-float) references.
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
+ % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
+ % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
+ % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
+ % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ %
+ \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+ % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
+ %
+ \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
+ %
+ \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
+ % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
+ % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
+ % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
+ %
+ \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
%
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\else
+ % Reference within this manual.
+ %
% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
% into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
}%
- % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+ % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
\xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
%
% But we always want a comma and a space:
%
% output the `page 3'.
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
- \fi
+ \fi\fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
+% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
+%
+% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
+% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
+% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
+%
+% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
+% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
+% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
+% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
+% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
+%
+% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
+% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
+%
+\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
+ \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty?
+ \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top?
+ \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ #1%
+}
+
% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
\angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
\iflinks
\ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
\else
\ifwarnedxrefs\else
\global\warnedxrefstrue
% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
\let\footnotestyle=\comment
{\catcode `\@=11
% expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
% provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
\footstrut
+ %
+ % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
\futurelet\next\fo@t
}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
%
\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
\ifwarnednoepsf \else
\errhelp = \noepsfhelp
\errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
\newif\ifimagevmode
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
+ \else \ifx\centersub\centerV
+ % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
+ \fi\fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode
\nobreak\medskip
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
\fi
%
% Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
- % environment such as @quotation is respected. On the other hand, if
- % it's at the top level, we don't want the normal paragraph indentation.
- \noindent
+ % environment such as @quotation is respected.
+ % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
+ % normal paragraph indentation.
+ % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
+ % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
+ % eradicate the centering.
+ \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi
%
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
\fi
%
- \ifimagevmode \medskip \fi % space after the standalone image
+ \ifimagevmode
+ \medskip % space after a standalone image
+ \fi
+ \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
\endgroup}
%
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
\def\latonechardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{~}
+ \gdef^^a0{\tie}
\gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
\gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
\gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
\gdef^^b9{$^1$}
\gdef^^ba{\ordm}
%
- \gdef^^bb{\guilletright}
+ \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright}
\gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
\gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
\gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{~}
+ \gdef^^a0{\tie}
\gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
\gdef^^a2{\u{}}
\gdef^^a3{\L}
\gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
\gdef^^eb{\"e}
\gdef^^ec{\v e}
- \gdef^^ed{\'\i}
- \gdef^^ee{\^\i}
+ \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
\gdef^^ef{\v d}
%
\gdef^^f0{\dh}
\gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
- \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
+ %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
\begingroup
\parseXMLCharref
\def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
\vbadness = 10000
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
+% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 6666
% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
\widowpenalty=10000
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
+
% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
\catcode`\^^? = 14
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
+\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
+\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
+\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
+\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
+\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
% in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active
-@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
+\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
+
+% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont
+% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char
+% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets
+% \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always
+% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
+% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
+% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
+@let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
+
% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
% @let \ = @normalbackslash
-
% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
+% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these.
@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
% the literal character `\'.
%
@def@normalturnoffactive{%
- @let\=@normalbackslash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let~=@normaltilde
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let\=@normalbackslash
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@let|=@normalverticalbar
- @let<=@normalless
- @let>=@normalgreater
- @let+=@normalplus
- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+ @let~=@normaltilde
@markupsetuplqdefault
@markupsetuprqdefault
@unsepspaces
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
+% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
+% active definitions as the normal characters.
+@def@normaldot{.}
+@def@normalquest{?}
+@def@normalslash{/}
+
% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
+% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
+@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
+@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
+@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
+
+@let @hashchar = @normalhash
@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
@markupsetuprqdefault
@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c End:
@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
projects / lilypond.git / commitdiff